Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract IV. CONTRACT DOCUMEI04ORMS �kd CAG-04-119 CONTRACTS OTHER THAN FEDERAL-AID FHWA THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this asp' day of�, 200 . by and between THE CITY OF RENTON, Washington, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "CITY" and Mowat Construction Company ,hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR." WITNESSETH: 1) The Contractor shall within the time stipulated, (to-wit: within 120 working days from date of commencement hereof as required by the Contract, of which this agreement is a component part) perform all the work and services required to be performed, and provide and furnish all of the labor, materials, appliances, machines, tools, equipment, utility and transportation services necessary to perform the Contract, and shall complete the construction and installation work in a workmanlike manner, in connection with the City's Project (identified as No. _ 04.119 ) for improvement by construction and installation of: Work as described in"Scope of Work"dated 10-01S1-QV ,attached hereto. All the foregoing shall be timely performed, furnished, constructed, installed and completed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications, including any and all addenda issued by the City and all other documents hereinafter enumerated, and in full compliance with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations of the City of Renton and any other governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover. It is further agreed and stipulated that all of said labor, materials, appliances, machines, tools, equipment and services shall be furnished and the construction installation performed and completed to the satisfaction and the approval of the City's Public Works Director as being in such conformity with the plans, specifications and all requirements of or arising under the Contract. The Consultant agrees to use recycled materials whenever practicable. 2) The aforesaid Contract, entered into by the acceptance of the Contractor's bid and signing of this agreement, consists of the following documents, all of which are component parts of said Contract and as fully a part thereof as if herein set out in full, and if not attached, as if hereto attached. a) This Agreement b) Instruction to Bidders c) Bid Proposal d) Specifications e) Maps and Plans f) Bid g) Advertisement for Bids h) Special Provisions,if any i) Technical Specifications,if any Monster Road Bridge Repair S ``. CAG-04-119 3) If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the work or any part thereof,with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified in this Contract, or any extension in writing thereof, or fails to complete said work with such time, or if the Contractor shall be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver shall be appointed on account of the Contractor's insolvency, or if he or any of his subcontractors should violate any of the provisions of this Contract, the City may then serve written notice upon him and his surety of its intention to terminate the Contract, and unless within ten (10) days after the serving of such notice, such violation or non-compliance of any provision of the Contract shall cease and satisfactory arrangement for the correction thereof be made,this Contract, shall,upon the expiration of said ten(10) day period, cease and terminate in every respect. In the event of any such termination, the City shall immediately serve written notice thereof upon the surety and the Contractor and the surety shall have the right to take over and perform the Contract,provided,however, that if the surety within fifteen (15) days after the serving upon it of such notice of termination does not perform the Contract or does not commence performance thereof within thirty (30) days from the date of serving such notice, the City itself may take over the work under the Contract and prosecute the same to completion by Contract or by any other method it may deem advisable,for the account and at the expense of the Contractor, and his surety shall be liable to the City for any excess cost or other damages occasioned the City thereby. In such event, the City, if it so elects, may, without liability for so doing, take possession of and utilize in completing said Contract such materials, machinery, appliances, equipment, plants and other properties belonging to the Contractor as may be on site of the project and useful therein. 4) The foregoing provisions are in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights or remedies available to the City. 5) Contractor agrees and covenants to hold and save the City, its officers, agents, representatives and employees harmless and to promptly indemnify same from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability of every type and nature including all costs and legal expenses incurred by reason of any work arising under or in connection with the Contract to be performed hereunder, including loss of life, personal injury and/or damage to property arising from or out of any occurrence, omission or activity upon, on or about the premises worked upon or in any way relating to this Contract. This hold harmless and indemnification provision shall likewise apply for or on account of any patented or unpatented invention, process, article or appliance manufactured for use in the performance of the Contract, including its use by the City, unless otherwise specifically provided for in this Contract. The Contractor agrees to name the City as an additional insured. In the E Y event the City shall, j without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against Contractor, then Contractor shall proceed and hold the City harmless and he shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's fees incurred or paid by the City in connection with such litigation. Furthermore, Contractor agrees to pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's fees that may be incurred or paid by City in the enforcement of any of the covenants, provisions and agreements hereunder. Nothing herein shall require the Contractor to indemnify the City against and hold harmless the City, from claims, demands or suits based solely upon the conduct of the City, its officers or employees and provided further that if claims or suits are caused by or result from the concurrent negligence of(a) the Contractor's agents or employees and (b) the City, its agents, officers and employees, and involves those actions covered by RCW 4.24.115, this indemnity provision with respect to claims or suits based upon such concurrent negligence shall be valid and enforceable only to the extent of the Contractor's negligence or the negligence of the Contractor's agents or employees. SAO, 14%d CAG-04-119 6) Any notice from one party to the other party under the Contract shall be in writing and shall be dated and signed by the party giving such notice or by its duly authorized representative of such party. Any such notice as heretofore specified shall be given by personal delivery thereof or by depositing same in the United States mail,postage prepaid, certified or registered mail. 7) The Contractor shall commence performance of the Contract no later than 10 calendar days after Contract final execution, and shall complete the full performance of the Contract not later than 120 working days from the date of commencement. For each and every working day of delay after the established day of completion,it is hereby stipulated and agreed that the damages to the City occasioned by said delay will be the sum of per Section 1-08.9 of Standard Specifications as liquidated damages (and not as a penalty) for each such day, which shall be paid by the Contractor to the City. 8) Neither the final certificate of payment not any provision in the Contract nor partial or entire use of any installation provided for by this Contract shall relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall be under the duty to remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting there from which shall appear within the period of one(1) year from the date of final acceptance of the work,unless a longer period is specified. The City will give notice of observed defects as heretofore specified with reasonable promptness after discovery thereof, and Contractor shall be obligated to take immediate steps to correct and remedy any such defect, fault or breach at the sole cost and expense of Contractor. The Contractor agrees the above one year limitation shall not exclude or diminish the City's rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and unauthorized work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 4.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing, or liability expressed or implied arising out of a written agreement. 9) The Contractor and each subcontractor, if any, shall submit to the City such schedules of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and miscellaneous data pertaining to the Contract as may be requested by the City from time to time. 10) The Contractor shall furnish a surety bond or bonds as security for the faithful performance of the Contract, including the payment of all persons and firms performing labor on the construction project under this Contract or furnishing materials in connection with this Contract; said bond to be in the full amount of the Contract price as specified in Paragraph 12. The surety or sureties on such bond or bonds must be duly licensed as a surety in the State of Washington. `W NN` CAG-04-119 11) The Contractor shall verify, when submitting first payment invoice and annually thereafter, possession of a current City of Renton business license while conducting work for the City. The Contractor shall require, and provide verification upon request, that all subcontractors participating in a City project possess a current City of Renton business license. The Contractor shall provide, and obtain City approval of, a traffic control plan prior to conducting work in City right-of-way. 12) The total amount of this contract is the sum of $449,800.00 numbers Four Hundred Forty-Nine Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars and No/100 written words which includes Washington State Sales Tax. Payments will be made to Contractor as specified in the"Special Provisions" of this Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City has caused these presents to be signed by its Mayor and attested by its City Clerk and the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above- written. 7v:O CITY OF RENTON'J es n artner/O ner Mayor— K thy Keolker—Wheeler o P. Sandstrom, President ATTEST Secret (.lJ ,, Bonnie I. Walton City Clerk dba Mowat Construction Comi)anv Firm Name check one ❑ Individual ® Partnership ❑ Corporation Incorporated in Mowat Construction Company is a general partnership comprised of David A. Mowat Company, a Washington corporation, and M. L. Mowat Company, a Washington corporation Attention: If business is a CORPORATION, name of the corporation should be listed in full and both President and Secretary must sign the contract, OR if one signature is permitted by corporation by-laws, a copy of the by-laws shall be furnished to the City and made a part of the contract document. If business is a PARTNERSHIP, full name of each partner should be listed followed by d/b/a (doing business as) and firm or trade name; any one partner may sign the contract. If business is an INDIVIDUAL PROPRIETORSHIP,the name of the owner should appear followed by d/b/a and name of the company. low lose CAG-04-119 IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CITY OF RENTON BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON Bond No. 6282022 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we,the undersigned Mowat Construction Company as principal, and Safeco Insurance Company of America corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum of$ 449,800.00----for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors,heirs, administrators or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at ,Washington,this day of , 200_. Nevertheless,the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG- 04-119 providing for construction of Monster Road Bridge Repair (project name) the principal is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract; and WHEREAS, the principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE,if the principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said City of Renton harmless from any loss or damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the City of Renton harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton,then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. Mowat Construction Company Safeco Insurance Company of America Principal Surety By: By: Signa r John P.i t rom Si nature Darlene Jakielski Pre ident Attorney-In-Fact Title Title Monster Road Bridge Repair S A F E C O® POWER SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA OF ATTORNEY HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE,WASHINGTON 98185 No. 7351 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint *****STEVEN K.BUSH;M.J.COTTON;NANCY J.OSBORNE;MIKE AMUNDSEN;S.M.SCOTT;DARLENE JAKIELSKI;JULIE M.GLOVER;JIM W.DOYLE; MICHAEL A.MURPHY;ANDY D.PRILL;LAWRENCE J.NEWTON;ROXANA PALACIOS;JIM S.KUICH;VIKI BAUM;JOHN C.BEESON;Bothell,Washington*** its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business,and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this 23rd day of December 2003 et C_�� 4 Y _ C` '7— " `vim CHRISTINE MEAD,SECRETARY MIKE MCGAVICK,PRESIDENT CERTIFICATE Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V,Section 13.-FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS...the President,any Vice President,the Secretary,and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys-in-fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment,the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however,that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (i) The provisions of Article V,Section 13 of the By-Laws,and (ii) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment,executed pursuant thereto,and (iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile,and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, Christine Mead, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations,and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct,and that both the By-Laws,the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation this day of COMo SEE COMP 0�rE��' SJWN Ado SEAL Ic CORPORATE a SEAL T y sr 1953 da ArE�f WA51� Of WdS� CHRISTINE MEAD,SECRETARY S-0974/SAEF 2/01 ®A registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation 12/23/2003 PDF IMPORTANT NOTICE TO SURETY BOND CUSTOMERS REGARDING THE TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002 As a surety bond customer of one of the SAFECO insurance companies (SAFECO Insurance Company of America, General Insurance Company of America, First National Insurance Company, American States Insur- ance Company or American Economy Insurance Company), it is our duty to notify you that the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 extends to "surety insurance". This means that under certain circumstances we may be eligible for reimbursement of certain surety bond losses by the United States government under a formula established by this Act. Under this formula, the United States government pays 90% of losses caused by certified acts of terrorism that exceed a statutorily established deductible to be paid by the insurance company providing the bond. The Act also establishes a $100 billion cap for the total of all losses to be paid by all insurers for certified acts of terrorism. Losses on some or all of your bonds may be subject to this cap. This notice does not modify any of the existing terms and conditions of this bond, the underlying agreement guaranteed by this bond, any statutes governing the terms of this bond or any generally applicable rules of law. At this time there is no premium change resulting from this Act. r 10/11/2004 Award Date:_Mowat Construction Company CAG: 04-119 Awarded to: P.O. Box 1330 rt. R E N T ON Woodinville, WA 98072 $449,800.00 �SY Bidding Requirements, City of Renton Forms, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, Plans and Specifications aw Ag r x MONSTER ROAD BRIDGE REPAIR r City of Renton �. 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 General Bid Information: (425)430-7200 City Contact: Jason Fritzler (425)430-7243 Consultant Contact: Amir Asaidali or Dan Russell �2 =c (INCA Engineers) (425)635-1000 EXPIRES V n .0 CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS For the - Monster Road Bridge Repair Project CAG: 04-119 September 2004 s BIDDING REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT FORM CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS PLANS ,. CITY Of RENTON TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM DIVISION 1055South Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 s CITY OF RENTON INDEX I. CALL FOR BIDS II. INTRODUCTION s 1. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2. SUMMARY OF AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY, CITY OF RENTON 3. SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY,CITY OF RENTON 4. SCOPE OF WORK 5. VICINITY MAP r III. PROJECT PROPOSAL 1. BIDDER'S CHECKLIST 2. PROPOSAL 3. SCHEDULE OF PRICES 4. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDA 5. BID BOND FORM 6. NON-COLLUSION/ANTITRUST/MINIMUM WAGE 7. BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS s 1. BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON 2. CONTRACT OTHER THAN FEDERAL AID 3. CITY OF RENTON INSURANCE INFORMATION FORM(INCLUDING SAMPLE) 4. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE(SAMPLE) V. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS ar 1. CITY'S DIVISION ONE 2. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 3. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX A—HOURLY MINIMUM WAGE RATES APPENDIX B—PERMITS APPENDIX C—STANDARD PLANS APPENDIX D—PLANS 1 ' Monster Road Bridge Repair I. CALL FOR BIDS CITY OF RENTON , _ _ _ _ CALL FOR BIDS _ r r +r _ Monster Road Bridgc Repair _ CITY OF RENTON Monster Road Bridge Repair CALL FOR BIDS Sealed bids will be received until 2:30 p.m., September 28,2004 at the City Clerk's office and will be opened and publicly read in conference room 521 on the 5`h floor, Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way. The work to be performed within 120 working days from the date of commencement under this contract shall include, but not be limited to: Furnishing of materials, equipment, tools, labor, and other work or items incidental thereto (excepting any materials, equipment, utilities, or service, if any specified herein to be furnished by Owner or others), and performing all Work as required by the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents, all of which are made a part hereof. ,. Work includes Girder Deck Reinforcement, comprised of: core drilling existing reinforced concrete, installing thread bar anchors attached to new metal fabrications and encasing the anchors with epoxy grout. Work also includes Bottom Flange Reinforcement, comprised of: core drilling existing reinforced concrete, installing thread bar anchors attached to new metal fabrications and forming and placing concrete encasement around the anchors. Work also includes installing Girder Support Brackets, comprised of: core drilling existing reinforced concrete, installing thread bar anchors attached to new metal fabrications, encasing the anchors with epoxy grout, and placing epoxy under the girders. Work also includes Girder Epoxy Injection, comprised of the epoxy injection of cracks in the existing concrete girders. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and to waive any and/or all informalities. The estimating range for this contract is$400,000- $500,000. A notice to all interested bidders: There will be a mandatory pre-bid opening meeting held in conference room 511 on the 5`h floor, Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way on 9/16/04 at 2:00 PM to discuss any concerns with the bid documents, constructablity issues, and/or the project as a whole. It is highly recommended that before this meeting that all parties take the time to visit Monster Road Bridge to get a clear understanding of the project. Approved plans and specifications and contract forms may be obtained from the City of Renton, Planning/Building/Public Works Department, sixth floor Customer Service Counter, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98055. There is a non-refundable fee of $45.96 plus $4.04 Tax (Total $50.00) for each set. If ordered by mail, add $10.00 for postage, which is also non-refundable. No telephone orders will be accepted. Questions regarding this call for bids or the plan holders lists should be directed to the Public Works Customer Service Counter at the above address or at (425) 430-7200. If a bidder has any questions regarding the project, please contact the Project Manager, Jason Fritzler, at 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98055 or(425)430-7243. A certified check or bid bond in the amount of five percent (5%) of the total of each bid must accompany each bid. The City's Fair Practices, Non-Discrimination, and Americans with Disability Act Policies shall apply. Bonnie I. Walton, City Clerk Published: Daily Journal of Commerce 9/7/04, 9/14/04, 9/21/04 "' Il. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON- r 4W wv up INTRODUCTION s OK r. .. Monster Road Bridge Repair II. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON .r INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Sealed bids for this proposal will be received by the City of Renton at the office of the Renton City Clerk, Renton City Hall,until the time and date specified in the Call for Bids. r At this time the bids will be publicly opened and read, after which the bids will be considered and the award made as early as practicable. wo No proposal may be changed or withdrawn after the time set for receiving bids. Proposals shall be submitted on the forms attached hereto. r 2 Any omissions, discrepancies or need for interpretation should be brought, in writing, to the attention of the Project Engineer. Written addenda to clarify questions that arise may then be issued. 4W No oral statements by Owner, Engineer, or other representative of the owner shall, in any way, modify the contract documents, whether made before or alter letting the contract. 3 The work to be done is shown in the plans and/or specifications. Quantities are understood to be only approximate. Final payment will be based on actual quantities and at the unit price bid. The City reserves the right to add or to eliminate portions of that work as deemed necessary. 4. Plans may be examined and copies obtained at the Public Works Department Office. Bidders shall satisfy themselves as to the local conditions by inspection of the site. 5. The bid price for any item must include the performance of all work necessary for completion of that item as described in the specifications. 6. The bid price shall be stated in terms of the units indicated and as to a total amount. In the event of errors,the unit price bid will govern. Illegible figures will invalidate the bid. 7. The right is reserved to reject any and/or all bids and to waive informalities if it is deemed advantageous to the City to do so. 8. A certified check or satisfactory bid bond made payable without reservation to the Director of Finance of the City of Renton in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid shall accompany each bid proposal. Checks will be returned to unsuccessful bidders immediately following the decision as to award of contract. The check of the successful bidder will be returned provided he enters into a contract and furnishes a satisfactory performance bond covering the full amount of the work within ten days after receipt of notice of intention to award contract. Should he fail, or refuse to do so, the check shall be forfeited to the City of Renton as liquidated damage for such failure. 9. All bids must be self-explanatory. No opportunity will be offered for oral explanation except as the City may request further information on particular points. 10. The bidder shall, upon request, furnish information to the City as to his financial and practical ability to satisfactorily perform the work. 11. Payment for this work will be made in Cash Warrants. 12. The contractor shall obtain such construction insurance (e.g. fire and extended coverage, worker's compensation, public liability, and property damage as indicated on Forms enclosed under Attachment A herein and as identified within Specification Section 1-07.18. Monster Road Bridge Repair II. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON .w 13. The contractor, prior to the start of construction, shall provide the City of Renton a detailed bar chart type construction schedule for the project. 14 Before starting work under this contract, the Contractor is required to supply information to the City of r. Renton on all chemical hazards Contractor is bringing into the work place and potentially exposing City of Renton Employees. 15. Payment retainage shall be done in accordance with Section 1-09.9(2) "Retainage and Section" 1-09.9(3) "Contracting Agency's Right to Withhold and Disburse Certain Amounts" located in City of Renton Supplemental Specifications. 16. Basis For Approval The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. The bidder shall bid on all bid schedules items of all schedules set forth in the bid forms to be considered responsive for award. The total price of all schedules will be used to determine the successful low responsive bidder. Partial bids will not be accepted. The owner reserves the right to award any or all schedules of the Bid r• to meet the needs of the City. The intent is to award to only one BIDDER. 17. Trench Excavation Safety Systems W As required by RCW 39.04.180, on public works projects in which trench excavation will exceed a depth of four feet, any contract therefor shall require adequate safety systems for the trench excavation that meet the requirements of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act, Chapter 49.17 RCW. • These requirements shall be included in the Bid Schedule as a separate item. The costs of trench safety systems shall not be considered as incidental to any other contract item and any attempt to include the trench safety systems as an incidental cost is prohibited. .r 18. Payment of Prevailing Wages In accordance with Revised Code of Washington Chapters 39.12 and 49.28 as amended or supplemented herein, there shall be paid to all laborers, workmen or mechanics employed on this contract the prevailing rate of wage for an hour's work in the same trade or occupation in the area of work regardless of any contractual relationship which may exist, or be alleged to exist, between the CONTRACTOR and any laborers, workmen, mechanics or subconsultants. The most recent issue of the prevailing wage rates are included within these specifications under section titled "Prevailing Minimum Hourly Wage Rates". The Contractor is Responsible for obtaining updated issues of the prevailing wage rate forms as they become available during the duration of the contract. The wage rates shall be included as part of any subcontracts the Contractor may enter into ' for work on this project. 19. Employment of Resident Employees The CONTRACTOR and subcontractors shall employ Washington State residents in accordance with the requirements of RCW 39.16. 20. Pollution Control Requirements Work under this contract shall meet all local, state and federal requirements for the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources. The CONTRACTOR shall .. Monster Road Bridge Repair II. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON conduct the work in accordance with all applicable pollution control laws. The CONTRACTOR shall rrr comply with and be liable for all penalties, damages, and violations under Chapter 90.48 RCW, in performance of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall also comply with Article 4 in the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency Regulation III regarding removal and encapsulation of asbestos r. materials. 21. Standard Specifications All work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with the following standard specifications except as may be exempted or modified by the City of Renton Supplemental r Specifications, Special Provisions other sections of these contract documents. These standard specifications are hereby made a part of this contract and shall control and guide all activities within this project whether referred to directly,paragraph by paragraph,or not. 1. WSDOT/APWA "2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction" and "Division 1 APWA Supplement" hereinafter referred to by the abbreviated title "Standard Specifications." A. Any reference to "State," "State of Washington," "Department of Transportation," "WSDOT," or any combination thereof in the WSDOT/APWA standards shall be modified .. to read"City of Renton," unless specifically referring to a standard specification or test method. B. All references to measurement and payment in the WSDOT/APWA standards shall be detected and the measurement and payment provisions of Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment(added herein) shall govern. • 22. If a soils investigation has been completed, a copy may be included as an appendix to this document. If one has not been provided for this project by the City or Engineer, the Bidders shall familiarize themselves adequately with the project site and existing subsurface condition as needed to submit their bid. Upon approval of the City, the Bidder may make such subsurface explorations and investigations as they see tit. The Bidder shall be responsible for protection of all existing facilities, utilities and other buried or surface improvements and shall restore the site to the satisfaction of the City. 23 Bidder's Checklist ❑ It is the responsibility of each bidder to ascertain if all the documents listed on the attached index are included in their copy of the bid specifications. If documents are missing, it is the sole responsibility of the bidder to contact the City of Renton to obtain the missing documents prior to bid opening time. ❑ Have you submitted, as part of your bid, all documents marked in the index as "Submit With Bid"? ❑ Has bid bond or certified check been enclosed? ❑ Is the amount of the bid guaranty at least 5 percent of the total amount of bid including sales tax? ❑ Has the proposal been signed? ❑ Have you bid on ALL ITEMS and ALL SCHEDULES? ❑ Have you submitted the Subcontractors List (If required) ❑ Have you reviewed the Prevailing Wage Requirements? ❑ Have you certified receipt of addenda, if any'? +rs .. Monster Road Bridge Repair Il. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON CITY OF RENTON SUMMARY OF AMERICANS 97TH DMBILI77ES ACT POLICY ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION NO. 3007 The policy of the City of Renton is to promote and afford equal treatment and service to all citizens and to assure employment opportunity to persons with disabilities, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability. This policy shall be based on the principles of equal employment opportunity, the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable guidelines as set forth in federal, state and local laws_ All departments of the City of Renton shall adhere to the following guidelines: (1) EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES - All activities relating to employment such as recruitment, selection, promotion, termination and training shall be conducted in a non- discriminatory manner. Personnel decisions will be based on individual performance, staffing requirements, and in accordance with the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable laws and regulations. (2) COOPERATION WFM HUMAN RIGHTS ORGANIZATIONS - The City of Renton will cooperate fully with all organizations and commissions organized to promote fair practices and equal opportunity for persons with disabilities in employment and receipt of City services, activities and programs. (3) AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY -The City of Renton Americans With Disabilities Act Policv will be maintained to facilitate equitable representation within the City work force and to assure equal employment opportunity and equal access to City services, activities and programs to all people with disabilities. It shall be the responsibility and the duty of all City officials and employees to carry out the policies and guidelines as set forth in this policy (4) CONTRACTORS' OBLIGATION - Contractors, subcontractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall abide by the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act and promote access to services, activities and programs for people with disabilities_ Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in all operational documentation of the City, including bid calls, and shall be prominently displayed in appropriate City facilities. CONCURRED IN by the City Council of the City of Renton, Washington, this 4th day of October 1993. CITY;- )' RENTON RENTON CITY COUNCIL: Mayor Council President Attest: ICity Clerk � Monster Road Bridge Repair w II. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON RESOLUTION 1v0, 3229 .r EXHIBIT'A' CITY OF RENTON SU1V1'Vi 1"Y OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION NO, 3229 w It is the policy of the City of Renton to promote and provide equal treatmait arid.service to all 6tizens and to ensure dual employment opportmty to all persons without regard to race, color, stational origin, eiluiic go backgrotimid, gender, marital status, religion, age or disability, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability, of eirplayees and applicants for employment and fair, non-discriminatory treatment to all citizens.. All departments:oftile City of Renton shall adhere to tiie following guidelines: w (1) EMPLOYMENT PRkCTICES - The City of Renton will ensure all employment related activities including recruitment, selection, pramotion, demotion, training, retention and separation are conducted in a mariner which is based on job-related criteria which does not Im disciiininate against women, minorities and other protected: classes. Human resources decisions Swill be;in accordance with individual performartce, staffing requirements,governing civil service rules, and labor contract agreements. w (2) C00�1=RATIOI�i VJTTH HLNI.�IN IZI_GHTS QRGAIII2l�TI4I�S - Tlie City of Renton will cooperate hilly vzth all ot'sp.nizations and commissions organized to promote fair practices w and equal opportunity in employment. (3) AFFIRIv1ATWE�CTI Imo'PLAN - The City of Renton Affirmative Action Plan and Equal Employment Program will be maintained and administered to facilitate equitable: represemtation with the City worts force and to assure equal employment opportunity to all. It shall be the responsibility of elected officials, the lblayor, the Affirmative Action Officer, department administrators, managers, superviiorsi Contact Compliance Officers and all w employees to carry out the policies, guidelines and corrective measures set forth in the .affirmative Action Plan and Equal Employment Program. aw (4) CONTRACTORS' OBLIGATIONS - Contractors, sub=contractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall a#hrnn. and subscribe to the Fair Practices and Non-discrimination policies set forth by the law and in the City's Affirmative Action.Plan and Equal Employment Program. w Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in a1I operational documentation of the City,including bid calls,and shall be prominently displayed in app ropriate.city facilities. aw CONCURRED IN by the City Council of the City of RENTON,Washington,this 7thday of October, 1996. w CITY OF RENTON: RENTON CITY COUNCIL: t.1yor Council President or Attest: City cl-e . Monster Road Bridge Repair ■. II. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON SCOPE OF WORK The work involved under the terms of this contract document shall be full and complete installation of the facilities shown on the plans and in the specifications to include, but ,. not limited to: Furnishing of materials, equipment, tools, labor, and other work or items •• incidental thereto (excepting any materials, equipment, utilities, or service, if any specified herein to be furnished by Owner or others), and performing all Work as required by the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents, all of which are made a part hereof. Work includes Girder Deck Reinforcement, comprised of: core drilling existing reinforced concrete, installing thread bar anchors attached to new metal fabrications and encasing the anchors with epoxy grout. Work also includes Bottom Flange Reinforcement, comprised of: core drilling existing reinforced concrete, installing thread bar anchors attached to new metal fabrications and forming and placing concrete encasement around the anchors. Work also includes installing Girder Support Brackets, comprised of. core drilling existing reinforced .. concrete, installing thread bar anchors attached to new metal fabrications, encasing the anchors with epoxy grout, and placing epoxy under the girders. Work also includes Girder Epoxy Injection, comprised of the epoxy injection of cracks in the existing concrete girders. „w Any contractor connected with this project shall comply with all Federal, State, County, and City codes and regulations applicable to such work and perform the work in accordance with the plans and specifications of this contract document. The funding of this project will be from City funds. Monster Road Bridge Repair err it +� � � �romwim 4 'w III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON PROJECT: Monster Road Bridge Repair - CAG NO.: 04-119 COMPANY: BID AMOUNT: ADDRESS: TEL. NO.: PROJECT PROPOSAL Monster Road Bridge Repair III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON BIDDER'S CHECKLIST .. PROJECT PROPOSAL COVER SHEET 1. BIDDER'S CHECKLIST .. 2. PROPOSAL FORM W 3. SCHEDULE OF PRICES 4. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDA .. 5. BID BOND FORM .r 6. NON-COLLUSION/ANTITRUST/MINIMUM WAGE 7. BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION Above documents must be executed by the Contractor, President and Vice-President or Secretary if corporation by-laws permit. All pages must be signed. In the event another person has been duly authorized to execute contracts, a copy of the corporation minutes establishing this authority must be attached to the bid document. 1 I Monster Road Bridge Repair III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON PROPOSAL i TO THE CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON i Ladies and/or Gentlemen: i The undersigned hereby certify that the bidder has examined the site of the proposed work and have read and thoroughly understand the plans, specifications and contract governing the work embraced in this improvement, and the method by which payment will be made for said work, and hereby propose _ to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement,or as much thereof as can be completed with the money available,in accordance with the said plans, specifications and contract and the following schedule of rates and prices: (Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid should be shown. Show unit prices both in writing and in figures.) i Printed Name: .. Signature: Address: i Names of Members of Partnership: i i i OR Name of President of Corporation Name of Secretary of Corporation i Corporation Organized under the laws of ,., With Main Office in State of Washington at +r Monster Road Bridge Repair rr III.PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON SCHEDULE OF PRICES ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID (Note: Unit prices for all items,all extentions,and total amount of bid must be shown. Show unit prices in both words and figures and where conflict occurs the written or typed words shall prevail.) ITEM APPROX. ITEM WITH UNIT PRICED BID UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO. QUANTITY Unit Prices to be Written in Words Dollars Cts. Dollars Cts. r. 1 1 Mobilization L.S. $ .. per L.S. (words) (figures) (figures) 2 1 Traffic Control ,. L.S. $ per L.S. (words) (figures) (figures) r 3 1 Girder Deck Reinforcement L.S. $ per L.S. (words) (figures) (figures) ow 4 1 Bottom Flange Reinforcement L.S. $ per L.S. (words) (figures) (figures) 5 1 Girder Support Brackets .. L.S. $ per L.S. (words) (figures) (figures) ow 6 180 Girder Epoxy Injection L.F. $ per L.F. (words) (figures) (figures) r, 7 1 Non-Destructive Testing L.S. $ per L.S. (words) (figures) (figures) .. Total (figures) .r rr. Monster Road Bridge Repair r rr III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDA o. r ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDA: NO. DATE NO. DATE NO. DATE ,. SIGNED TITLE NAME OF COMPANY ADDRESS aw CITY/STATE/ZIP .r TELEPHONE CITY OF RENTON STATE CONTRACTORS BUSINESS LICENSE# LICENSE# .. .. r. Monster Road Bridge Repair r +� III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashier's check,cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ which amount is not less than five percent of the total bid. Sign here Know All Men by These Presents: That we, as Principal, and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Renton, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefore, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure to do so, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for .r bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS DAY OF , 20_. Principal Surety Received return of deposit in the sum of$ .. Monster Road Bridge Repair +r .r III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON CITY OF RENTON Combined Affidavit and Certification form: Non-Collusion,Anti-Trust,and Minimum Wage (Non-Federal Aid) NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being duly sworn, deposes and says, that he is the identical person who submitted the foregoing proposal or bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work or equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself or to any other person any advantage over other Bidder or Bidders. AND CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF r. ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such over- " charges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that such of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception. AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work .. of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work; not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract: that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. FOR: NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT, ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT Name of Project •• Name of Bidder's Firm +r Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder Subscribed and sworn to before me on this day of , 200_. ow Notary Public in and for the State of Washington Notary(Print) My appointment expires: Monster Road Bridge Repair a� III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON NOTICE TO BIDDERS BUY AMERICAN - STEEL AND MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (JAN 1991) (a) The Aviaton Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990 provides that preference be given to steel and manufactured products produced in the United States when funds are expended pursuant to a grant issued under the Airport Improvement Program. The following terms apply: 1. Steel and manufactured products. As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) steel produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. Components of foreign origin of the same class or kind as the products referred to in subparagraphs (b) (1) or (2) shall be treated as domestic. 2. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. 3. Cost of components. This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. (b) The successful bidder will be required to assure that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers in the performance of this contract, except those- (1) that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonably available quantities and of a satisfactory quality; (2) that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, that domestic preference would be inconsistent with the public interest; or (3) that inclusion of domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project contract by more than 25 percent. (End of Clause) TO BE INCLUDED IN SOLICITATIONS i i Monster Road Bridge Repair yr [II. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE JAN (1991) By submitting a bid/proposal under this solicitation, except for those items listed by the offeror below or on a separate and clearly identified attachment to this bid/proposal, the offeror certifies that steel and each manufactured product, is produced in the United States (as defined in the clause Buy American - Steel and Manufactured Products or Buy American — Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts) and that components of unknown origin are considered to have been produced or manufactured outside the United States. Offerors may obtain from City of Renton Municipai Airport lists of articles, materials, and supplies excepted from this provision. PRODUCT COUNTRY OF ORIGIN r r. r TO BE INCLUDED IN SOLICITATIONS Monster Road Bridge Repair r IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CITY OF RENTON r. r IV CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS DOCUMENTS IN THE FOLLOWING FORM MUST BE EXECUTED AND SUBMITTED BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS FOLLOWING THE NOTICE OF AWARD. r r Monster Road Bridge Repair IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CITY OF RENTON BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: .. That we, the undersigned as principal, and corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum of$ for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors,heirs, administrators or person representatives, as the case may be. r This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at ,Washington,this day of�, 200_. .. Nevertheless,the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG- 04-119 providing for construction of Monster Road Bridge Repair (project name) the principal is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract; and WHEREAS, the principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform _ the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said City of Renton harmless from any loss or damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the City of Renton harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full r. force and effect. Principal Surety Signature Signature Title Title Monster Road Bridge Repair rr IV.CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CONTRACTS OTHER THAN FEDERAL-AID FHWA r THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of , 200 . by and between THE CITY OF RENTON, Washington, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "CITY" and , hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR." a WITNESSETH: 1) The Contractor shall within the time stipulated, (to-wit: within 120 working days from date of commencement hereof as required by the Contract,of which this agreement is a component part) perform all the work and services required to be performed, and provide and furnish all of the labor, materials, appliances, machines, tools, equipment, utility and transportation services necessary to perform the Contract, and shall complete the construction and installation work in a workmanlike manner, in connection with the City's Project (identified as No. 04-119 for improvement by construction and installation of: Work as described in "Scope of Work"dated ,attached hereto. All the foregoing shall be timely performed, furnished, constructed, installed and completed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications, including any and all addenda issued by the City and all other documents hereinafter enumerated, and in full compliance with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations of the City of Renton and any other governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover. It is further agreed and stipulated that all of said labor, materials, appliances, machines, tools, equipment and services shall be furnished and the construction installation performed and completed to the satisfaction and the approval of the City's Public Works Director as being in such conformity with the plans, specifications and all requirements of or arising under the Contract. The Consultant agrees to use recycled materials whenever practicable. �. 2) The aforesaid Contract,entered into by the acceptance of the Contractor's bid and signing of this agreement, consists of the following documents, all of which are component parts of said Contract and as fully a part thereof as if herein set out in full, and if not attached, as if hereto attached. a) This Agreement b) Instruction to Bidders c) Bid Proposal d) Specifications e) Maps and Plans I) Bid g) Advertisement for Bids h) Special Provisions, if any +r. i) Technical Specifications, if any r Monster Road Bridge Repair 3) If the Contractor refuses or tails to prosecute the work or any part thereof, with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified in this Contract, or any extension in writing thereof, or fails to complete said work with such time, or if the Contractor shall be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver shall be appointed on account of the Contractor's insolvency, or if he or any of his subcontractors should violate any of the provisions of this Contract, the City may then serve written notice upon him and his surety of its intention to terminate the Contract, and unless within ten (10) days after the serving of such notice, such violation or non-compliance of any provision of the Contract shall cease and satisfactory arrangement for the correction thereof be made,this Contract, shall, upon the expiration of said ten(10) day period, cease and terminate in every respect. In the event of any such termination, the City shall immediately serve written notice thereof upon the surety and the Contractor and the surety shall have the right to take over and perform the Contract, provided, however, that if the surety within fifteen (15) days after the serving upon it of such notice of termination does not perform the Contract or does not commence performance thereof within thirty (30) days from the date of serving such notice, the City itself may take over the work under the Contract and prosecute the same to completion by Contract or by any other method it may deem advisable, for the account and at the expense of the Contractor, and his surety shall be liable to the City for any excess cost or other damages occasioned the City thereby. In such event, the City, if it so elects, may, without liability for so doing, take possession of and utilize in completing said Contract such materials, machinery, appliances, equipment, plants and other properties belonging to the Contractor as may be on site of the project and useful therein. 4) The foregoing provisions are in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights or remedies available to the City. 5) Contractor agrees and covenants to hold and save the City, its officers, agents, representatives and employees harmless and to promptly indemnify same from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability of every type and nature including all costs and legal expenses incurred by reason of any work arising under or in connection with the Contract to be performed hereunder, including loss of life, personal injury and/or damage to property arising from or out of any occurrence, omission or activity upon, on or about the premises worked upon or in any way relating to this Contract. This hold harmless and indemnification provision shall likewise apply for or on account of any patented or unpatented invention, process, article or appliance manufactured for use in the performance of the Contract, including its use by the City, unless otherwise specifically provided for in this Contract. The Contractor agrees to name the City as an additional insured. In the event the City shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against Contractor, r then Contractor shall proceed and hold the City harmless and he shall pay all costs, expenses and arr reasonable attorney's fees incurred or paid by the City in connection with such litigation. Futhermore, Contractor agrees to pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's fees that may be incurred or paid by City in the enforcement of any of the covenants, provisions and agreements hereunder. Nothing herein shall require the Contractor to indemnify the City against and hold harmless the City, from claims, demands or suits based solely upon the'conduct of the City, its officers or employees and provided further that if claims or suits are caused by or result from the concurrent negligence of (a) the Contractor's agents or employees and (b) the City, its agents, officers and employees, and involves those actions covered by RCW 4.24.115, this indemnity provision with respect to claims or suits based upon such concurrent negligence shall be valid and enforceable only to the extent of the Contractor's negligence or the negligence of the Contractor's agents or employees. 6) Any notice from one party to the other party under the Contract shall be in writing and shall be ,r dated and signed by the party giving such notice or by its duly authorized representative of such party. Any such notice as heretofore specified shall be given by personal delivery thereof or by depositing same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail. 7) The Contractor shall commence performance of the Contract no later than 10 calendar days after Contract final execution, and shall complete the full performance of the Contract not later than 120 working days from the date of commencement. For each and every working day of delay after the established day of completion, it is hereby stipulated and agreed that the damages to the City occasioned by said delay will be the sum of per Section 1-08.9 of Standard Specifications as liquidated damages (and not as a penalty) for each such day, which shall be paid by the �• Contractor to the City. 8) Neither the final certificate of payment not any provision in the Contract nor partial or entire use of any installation provided for by this Contract shall relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall be under the duty to remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting wr therefrom which shall appear within the period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the work, unless a longer period is specified. The City will give notice of observed defects as heretofore specified with reasonable promptness after discovery thereof, and Contractor shall be obligated to take immediate steps to correct and remedy any such defect, fault or breach at the • sole cost and expense of Contractor. The Contractor agrees the above one year limitation shall not exclude or diminish the City's rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and unauthorized work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 4.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing, or liability expressed or MP implied arising out of a written agreement. 9) The Contractor and each subcontractor, if any, shall submit to the City such schedules of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and miscellaneous data pertaining to the Contract as may be requested by the City from time to time. 10) The Contractor shall furnish a surety bond or bonds as security for the faithful performance of " the Contract, including the payment of all persons and firms performing labor on the construction project under this Contract or furnishing materials in connection with this Contract; said bond to be in the full amount of the Contract price as specified in Paragraph 12. The surety ar or sureties on such bond or bonds must be duly licensed as a surety in the State of Washington. nri rr r t� 1 1) The Contractor shall verify, when submitting first payment invoice and annually thereafter, possession of a current City of Renton business license while conducting work for the City. The Contractor shall require, and provide verification upon request, that all subcontractors participating in a City project possess a current City of Renton business license. The Contractor shall provide, and obtain City approval of, a traffic control plan prior to conducting work in City "* right-of-way. 12) The total amount of this contract is the sum of numbers written words which includes Washington State Sales Tax. Payments will be made to Contractor as specified in the "Special Provisions" of this Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City has caused these presents to be signed by its Mayor and attested .� by its City Clerk and the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above- written. MP CONTRACTOR CITY OF RENTON President/Partner/Owner Mayor ATTEST i Secretary City Clerk dba Firm Name check one ❑ Individual ❑ Partnership ❑ Corporation Incorporated in r Attention: r If business is a CORPORATION, name of the corporation should be listed in full and both President and Secretary must sign the contract, OR if one signature is permitted by corporation by-laws, a copy tr.. of the by-laws shall be furnished to the City and made a part of the contract document. If business is a PARTNERSHIP, full name of each partner should be listed followed by d/b/a (doing business as) and firm or trade name; any one partner may sign the contract. If business is an INDIVIDUAL PROPRIETORSHIP, the name of the owner should appear followed by d/b/a and name of the company. r s r t. IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CITY OF RENTON .. C'ITX GF RENTON INSURANCE WORMATION FORrd FOR. ABC Construction Company; Install and Remove USTs and build Fire Renton 100 John Q. Publicemployee PRE7JECT NYJ11�$ER �'$�FF C4N'I'ACT: certificate of Insurance indicates the=Ieragcs/tiauts spetdfied in conuact? Yes 13 No Asa thr.following coverages an&or conditions in effect? � Yes l3 No r Tlu Couunesal General Liability policy form is ate ISO 1933 4o=r=ce Form or EcluhWent? XT-Yes ❑ No r Eu� i OQg�'Ofihe p°E'icywsth toquiEt+cd cuvenstpec . CQ 0043 Amendatory Endotsavent provided?' :u Yes ❑ No C,aunl A Uregate provided on a "par project basis(CG2503)?• ZX Yes ❑ NO ,• Addidonal Insuzcd wording provided?* MC Yes ❑ NO Corvtrage an a primary basis and noa-cortuibuting basis?* mK Yes ❑ No i waiver of Subrogation Clause<appjW7• :Qc Yes ❑ No Severability of Inurest Clause(Cross Li<bility)applies? 8}t Ya; © No N'odee of Custc cHstionlNan-Renetit ui amended to 45 days?* m Yes ❑ No .. *Ta be show on CM101rcrice of iitsttrlincc AM BEST'S RATING FOR CA =W: Uamb_ X111 Professional A++ xv E�, AXIV Auto AXISI This Questionnaire is issued as a raster of informadom This gtustionnaire is not an inmrance poEcY and. 4. d= not mend, =end or altar the cov=ge afforded by the policies indicated, on the attached CER-1 WI ATE of INSURANCE. The CITY of RENI't N, at its option, shall obtain copies of the policies andfor specific declaration pages FRom awarded bidder prior to ex=tion of cOntracL Arthur J. Gallagher & Co. Priscilla McCoy AgcncyJHroker Completed By(Type or Prix"NAme) .. 7900 E. Union Aver Deriver Address Complctcd By(Signature) Priscilla McCoy 303-773-9999 Marne of pamn to contact Telephone Number ArOT&.I=QC=0,%NAIRE AjUS-r BE CO.W EMD AND ATIACM VO CMR7Yfi 4TE OF 4W 1NSL RANCE Monster Road Bridge Repair dw IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CITY OF RENTON CITY OF RENTON INSURANCE INFORMATION FORM FOR: PROJECT NUMBER: STAFF CONTACT: Certificate of Insurance indicates the coverages/limits ' specified in contract? ❑ Yes ❑ No Are the following coverages and/or conditions in effect? ❑ Yes ❑ No +r The Commercial General Liability policy form is an ISO 1993 Occurrence Form or Equivalent? ❑ Yes ❑ No (If no,attach a copy of the policy with required coverages clearly identified) CG 0043 Amendatory Endorsement provided?* ❑ Yes ❑ No rr General Aggregate provided on a"per project basis(CG2503)?* ❑ Yes ❑ No .r Additional Insured wording provided?* ❑ Yes ❑ No Coverage on a primary basis and non-contributing basis?* ❑ Yes ❑ No ,r. Waiver of Subrogation Clause applies?* ❑ Yes ❑ No Severability of Interest Clause(Cross Liability) applies? ❑ Yes ❑ No 4W Notice of Cancellation/Non-Renewal amended to 45 days?* ❑ Yes ❑ No *To be shown on certificate of insurance AM BEST'S RATING FOR CARRIER: .o GL Auto Umb Professional This Questionnaire is issued as a matter of information. This questionnaire is not an insurance policy and does not VP amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies indicated on the attached CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. The CITY OF RENTON, at its option, shall obtain copies of the policies and/or specific declaration pages FROM awarded bidder prior to execution of contract. Agency/Broker Completed By(Type or Print Name) Address Completed By(Signature) Name of person to contact Telephone Number NOTE: THIS QUESTIONNAIRE MUST BE COMPLETED FOR EACH LINE OF COVERAGE AND ATT'AC'HED TO CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Rev 1/95 Monster Road Bridge Repair «. IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CITY OF RENTON j3 0 �& Bl ,� x, 1 +sou oat-:MSttv�- -� X i THI$ CEfMF'IC.A E IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INF-Jflk4A iON ON Y s CONFERS NO R104T UPON THC i.M11FICATE KOLDe.9, rRIS +:ERTIF€CAT DOES NOT AMEND, FXTFN0 OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY n I AZnXaRf aV i4=M4.t'aa,-,EYt31eTYM POLICIES BELOW, 73s+W Z WO AMMT,SMIN 2AG "" wE�z co A7 3TS7T7 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGF f$03) i3•✓^ � i( A AdrJSA ldSLfbGY7'�MtL>SFl7{L"IYCOI(PAJYY P41S+781:6 A blCGC1Y i..... . .......................................... ------------- _. ......._............ .._...... r ----------------....._............_.,-_............._.................................. .. . .. .. ...s:1iMGAMY � mRE6fettl•.Spuma=mum=CC,aff'ww sl tJHF��A Nt�'JREE;J ' 1KdS1t51ViSZ t?lflN/J+3KE 120'7A3At14Pl LtbfRAltl3' c.BC GLlNMXACnCKf tY3"AM ' _................ ...... ,low Pm7rAWwr'w ffdY7+�ss7K V4 "do tErrct Cad tFANY. _..........._ mum ..... ..... UWE Y'#'#S S i0 S'E3 T*y Tp44T THE £-Oi.`ClFS OF "LfE MCE I ISTIM 8a,.-W KWE BEEN+=UE0 TO THL 04SURM- Pl M93 ASOVE Fo_�THE YQLICt'' tt n=Tt:D m0rwfT'Ft8TAt1D#4(g Axy pEouiWurz?JT, Ted QR _'QN?ET10N ON ANY*--+ffRAcT OR OTHER 0OXXWEN°WITH }*.S?ECT TO VMCS THE - CE RTIFWATE MkY SE WUE3?OR MANY PE9 AK THE 3N6ilfIAN(,E AFFOAMD Sy THE F'Ot C;ES OESCRWED HEf' N IS SUWECT TO ALL T}E£: TEAMS,, S=LU&t0W Ai4.0 OAFiE3t7t0< CF SSrC3i I'CUCSL�. LJi�t'fs WiCWt4 UAY HAVE SU4 REDUCED BY ;PAJO CLAWS. ....----...._. M_ _ _ w ...._.. ._ _... 5�L?SXYE fie^GTtffE ;PtMiGrYS7+LttRT F LOAM Tr w- 8(CLL+'RAKQZ ' POL2G`Y 4fUtASPA i UTE NYYy € (SATE°S,Aa(Ot?" OIl�It�S QtcH�ft4I AQGfL3ATE S ?30Q:G0? �ENEi9RL LfABSLt3Y ; .r'd�GSriD�3frJfl-t►9j � DIICJ2R5 i .�: EL'E�tx£i�:.�AC. E�.iSA,e�15CY � i iti�4"i$. 1KiC9. ;$ .�.¢lXc7Ctk1 ^3Ah1 7C;OCt tyrS i' ..... - Aii(2N iti.fL.�' i$ X�fSfYJeIILJO •.'.•'.... E�t'4i?CC.E4f<.31CF :3 y.GOss,+?fT� :�.&COtdTiiA FtJPF'J3ff 1Y. -i APpa-t 'b'r�g�t ,e,-.-....................r_.. I AgMMOSILIZ UA6i OY t 02SYl}d A. fJfXa�`1 Crn?TLE ;S An00.IIOQ UUT ix�t.Ai.£.flVdPiE.Ct,k3�'SriB � Y3f•EA.4�Y EL �pcf.Y RtiSI1FSY iov4. Atli t :y � CC&:.aLveSit3'Y � .X7£.561;09�D455 � 8Ytr11P.?s Q2.YS1.�C iLrX.7lCC7.'�. '°a - 2 .�n���� r r rnR arr rrsxru s _ ar xAS o1R3t375 f YCiAYtJ1E'k�Y3LS3tTS ^1�� ?a' ;g s z4(P40lmz T-a aztua.ft s AX0 'L1i i i r C7kiGr c ff iit .,M A .^M^ ._.......... . .-.. . ....... tisaPi.rsYF..A"&tlsaui^t _ :t?GSEAiYi�f'J'�`t4LriYE& :s $Tt'fP".Pt Pc7L".3JXStkK�ViRA.C^s^. ,Q'UUr.71t71?�7s71+J'3�5 - AY.4?1F�� -FI.F7TFio i 3 t!t#;�.f'd:?Z T.f�rr ..'J_�.•_•�•W�•+�•µ•• c;Ox`17.R.ei'.SF3f,S ,l Y. th7£9Ac;i GAM;e_-4W;5;- �ftdY� P"Z PRa1LiLT u�°s'sosrar�csr�are�sastwtcc:xs�arrxrs��du�sasa�r�+s.rr�:s ----- �XS1e 4� drgn ,t�.�a�aarJ mY:tLL47 flA.sA[Y3 RMfOYA:_Oat1NiS�2 tie rrr+r �zscsFtrsuvcccr�sr�zur�zo or NEW xTA�ra�, =r OP£T&e8t W'S.49.9SS#t'X'4CWAt FiYSyar2W Ore-,d ox_-F_rV xv,.ul .z t ef,S'.RESS'ke:Y3 x/3AVL�Z'aiYF7:.cCZ: 'l.��fl�7�+�"SZ1KSaCC:.iS7flt�• A�f"J9. ,POU,=185 0M t PAifttR3'tY.L=AN[A 1MC33'XX3A'I NYatUFZ 3 rpA ty�Y @iYY301ZS2'EfPlff°ROT f3 rt£CxiL(� .AkW OF THE 40CAtE 0E.W.AMED ^G.SGtE3 SE CAN CV:XQ BE'-OfiE rHF- Attention:MIKE WEBBY �•°tt�+,TICNM Oa°TF_ T''•ttRlrsF• 1'PtE rsscnfFQ ..C£�sFAP,^! t�+`S-€- �� CITY OF RENTON,WASHINGTON ` 4� oty$'H J NT;GL TO 1'�E CE.t;TtFI ATE ptrai MI NAmr.� TO-Na 1055 SOUTH GRADY WAY RENTON,WA 98055 Ammon=RePmBEwATrgr Monster Road Bridge Repair .. VI. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF RENTON aw i us r�r `, r CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS wm am Monster Road Bridge Repair " CITY'S DIVISION ONE CITY OF RENTON CITY'S DIVISION ONE aw .. .. wo .. ,. .. Monster Road Bridge Repair up 1 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 2 3 R 1-01.1.DT8 -, 4 1-01.1 General 5 Section 1-01.1 is supplemented with: 6 (******) 7 Whenever reference is made to the State, Commission, Department of Transportation, - 8 Secretary of Transportation, Owner, Contracting Agency or Engineer, such reference shall be 9 deemed to mean the City of Renton acting through its City Council, employees, and duly 10 authorized representatives for all contracts administered by the City of Renton. 11 12 R 1-01.3.DT8 13 1-01.3 Definitions 14 Section 1-01.3 is revised and supplemented by the following: 15 (******) 16 Act of god 17 "Act of God" means an earthquake, flood, cyclone, or other cataclysmic phenomenon of 18 nature. A rain, windstorm, high water or other natural phenomenon of unusual intensity for - 19 the specific locality of the work, which might reasonably have been anticipated from 20 historical records of the general locality of the work, shall not be construed as an act of god. 21 22 Consulting Engineer 23 The Contracting Agency's design consultant, who may or may not administer the 24 construction program for the Contracting Agency. 25 26 Contract Price 27 Either the unit price, the unit prices, or lump sum price or prices named in the proposal, or in 28 properly executed change orders. 29 30 Day 31 Unless otherwise designated, day(s) as used in the Contract Documents, shall be 32 understood to mean working days. 33 34 Engineer 35 The City Engineer or duly authorized representative who is a currently licensed registered 36 engineer in the State of Washington, or an authorized member of a licensed consulting firm 37 retained by Owner for the construction engineering of a specific public works project. ' 38 39 Inspector 40 Owner's authorized representative assigned to make necessary observations of the work 41 performed or being performed, or of materials furnished or being furnished by Contractor. 42 43 Or Equal 44 Where the term "or equal" is used herein, the Contracting Agency, or the Contracting Agency - 45 on recommendation of the engineer, shall be the sole judge of the quality and suitability of 46 the proposed substitution. 47 The responsibility and cost of furnishing necessary evidence, demonstrations, or other 48 information required to obtain the approval of alternative materials or processes by the 49 Owner shall be entirely borne by the Contractor. 50 51 Owner 52 The City of Renton or its authorized representative also referred to as Contracting Agency. 53 54 Performance and Payment Bond 55 Same as "Contract Bond" defined in the Standard Specifications. 56 57 Plans 58 The contract plans and/or standard plans which show location, character, and dimensions of 59 prescribed work including layouts, profiles, cross-sections, and other details. Drawings may "- 60 either be bound in the same book as the balance of the Contract Documents or bound in DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 1 - 1 separate sets, and are a part of the Contract Documents, regardless of the method of 2 binding. The terms "Standard Drawings" or "Standard Details" generally used in 3 specifications refers to drawings bound either with the specification documents or included 4 with the Plans or the City of Renton Standard Plans. 5 6 Points 7 Wherever reference is made to Engineer's points, this shall mean all marks, bench marks, 8 reference points, stakes, hubs, tack, etc., established by Engineer for maintaining horizontal 9 and vertical control of the work. 10 11 Provide 12 Means "furnish and install" as specified and shown in the Plans. 13 14 Secretary, Secretary of Transportation 15 The chief executive officer of the Department and other authorized representatives. The 16 chief executive officer to the Department shall also refer to the Department of 17 Planning/Building/Public Works Administrator. 18 19 Shop Drawings 20 Same as "Working Drawings" defined in the Standard Specifications. 21 22 Special Provisions 23 Modifications to the standard specifications and supplemental specifications that apply to an 24 individual project. The special provisions may describe work the specifications do not cover. 25 Such work shall comply first with the special provisions and then with any specifications that y 26 apply. The Contractor shall include all costs of doing this work within the bid prices. 27 28 State 29 The state of Washington acting through its representatives. The State shall also refer to The 30 City of Renton and its authorized representatives where applicable. 31 32 Supplemental Drawings and Instructions 33 Additional instructions by Engineer at request of Contractor by means of drawings or 34 documents necessary, in the opinion of Engineer, for the proper execution of the work. Such 35 drawings and instructions are consistent with the Contract Documents. 36 - 37 Utility 38 Public or private fixed improvement for the transportation of fluids, gases, power, signals, or 39 communications and shall be understood to include tracks, overhead and underground 40 wires, cables, pipelines, conduits, ducts, sewers, or storm drains. 41 42 43 R 1-02.DT8 44 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 45 46 R1-02.6.DT8 47 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal 48 The third paragraph is revised as follows: 49 (******) 50 All prices shall be in legible figures and words written in ink or typed. The proposal shall 51 include: 52 1. A unit price for each item (omitting digits more than four places to the right of the 53 decimal point), each unit price shall also be written in words; where a conflict arises the 54 written words shall prevail. 55 56 R1-02.6(1).DT8 57 1-02.6(1) is a new section. 58 (******) DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 2 1 1-02.6(1) Proprietary Information 2 Vendors should, in the bid proposal, identify clearly any material(s) which constitute 3 "(valuable) formula, designs, drawings, and research data" so as to be exempt from 4 public disclosure, RCW 42.17.310, or any materials otherwise claimed to be exempt, 5 along with a Statement of the basis for such claim of exemption. The Department (or 6 State) will give notice to the vendor of any request for disclosure of such information 7 received within 5 (five) years from the date of submission. Failure to so label such - 8 materials or failure to timely respond after notice of request for public disclosure has 9 been given shall be deemed a waiver by the submitting vendor of any claim that such 10 materials are, in fact, so exempt. 11 °r 12 R1-02.12.DT8 13 1-02.12 Public Opening of Proposals 14 Section 1-02.12 is supplemented with the following: 15 (......) 16 The Contracting Agency reserves the right to postpone the date and time for bid opening. 17 Notification to bidder will be by addenda. 18 19 R 1-03.DT8 20 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 21 22 R 1-03.1.DT8 23 1-03.1 Consideration of bids 24 Section 1-03.1 is supplemented with the following: 25 (******) 26 All bids will be based on total sum of all schedules of prices. No partial bids will be accepted 27 unless so stated in the call for bids or special provisions. The City reserves the right however 28 to award all or any schedule of a bid to the lowest bidder at its discretion. 29 30 R1-03.2.DT8 31 1-03.2 Award of Contract 32 Section 1-03.2 is supplemented with the following: - 33 (......) 34 The contract, bond form, and all other forms requiring execution, together with a list of all 35 other forms or documents required to be submitted by the successful bidder, will be 36 forwarded to the successful bidder within 10 days of the award. The number of copies to be ® 37 executed by the Contractor shall be determined by the Contracting Agency. 38 39 R 1-03.3.DT8 40 1-03.3 Execution of Contract 41 Section 1-03.3 is revised and supplemented as follows: 42 (******) 43 Within 10 calendar days after receipt from the City of the forms and documents required to 44 be completed by the Contractor, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting 45 Agency-prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-07.18, and a 46 satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4. Before execution of the contract by 47 the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre-award information the 48 Contracting Agency may require under Section 1-02.15. 49 50 Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting 51 Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency- 52 furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas 53 and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency. 54 55 If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the 56 contract documents within 10 calendar days after the award date, the Contracting Agency 57 may grant up to a maximum of 10 additional calendar days for return of the documents, 58 provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. 59 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 3 1 The Contracting Agency is prohibited by RCW 39.06.010 from executing a contract with a 2 Contractor who is not registered or licensed as required by the laws of the state. In addition, 3 the Contracting Agency requires persons doing business with the Contracting Agency to 4 possess a valid City of Renton business license prior to award. 5 6 When the Bid Form provides spaces for a business license number, a Washington State 7 Contractors registration number, or both the Bidder shall insert such information in the - 8 spaces provided. The Contracting Agency requires legible copies of the Contractor's 9 Registration and business license be submitted to the Engineer as part of the Contracting 10 Agency's post-award information and evaluation activities. 11 ' 12 R1-04.dt8 13 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK �. 14 15 R1-04.2.DT8 16 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions 17 Specifications, and Addenda 18 Revise the second paragraph to read: 20 Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of 21 precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 22 1. Addenda, 23 2. Proposal Form, 24 3. Special Provisions, 25 4. Contract Plans, 26 5. Amendments to Division 1-99 APWA Supplement 27 6. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 28 7. Division 1-99 APWA Supplement 29 8. WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal 30 Construction 31 9. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans (if any) 32 10. WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 33 34 R1-04.3.dt8 35 Section 1-04.3 is a new section: 36 - 37 -04. Contractor-Discovered Discrepancies 38 Upon receipt of award of contract, Contractor shall carefully study and compare all the 39 components of the Contract Documents and other instructions, and check and verify all field 40 measurements. Contractor shall, prior to ordering material or performing work, report in 41 writing to Engineer any error, inconsistency, or omission in respect to design or mode of 42 construction, which is discovered. If Contractor, in the course of this study or in the 43 accomplishment of the work, finds any discrepancy between the Plans and the physical 44 condition of the locality as represented in the Plans, or any such errors or omissions in 45 respect to design or mode of construction in the Plans or in the layout as given by points and 46 instructions, it shall be Contractor's duty to inform Engineer immediately in writing, and 47 Engineer will promptly check the same. Any work done after such discovery, until correction 48 of Plans or authorization of extra work is given, if Engineer finds that extra work is involved, 49 will be done at Contractor's risk. If extra work is involved, the procedure shall be as provided 50 in Section 1-04.4 of the Standard Specifications. 51 52 R 1-04.4.DT8 53 1-04.4 Changes 54 The last two paragraphs are replaced with the following: 55 (******) 56 Renton does not have a formal policy or guidelines on cost reduction alternatives, but will 57 evaluate such proposals by the Contractor on a case-by-case basis. 58 - 59 R1-04.8.DT8 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 4 1 1-04.8 Progress Estimates and Payments 2 Section 1-04.8 is supplemented as follows: 3 (******) . 4 The Contractor is encouraged to provide to the Engineer prior to progress payments an 5 estimate of lump sum work accomplished to date. The Engineer's calculations and decisions 6 shall be final in regard to the actual percentage of any lump sum pay item accomplished and 7 eligible for payment unless another specific method of calculating lump sum payments is -- 8 provided elsewhere in the specifications. 9 10 R 1-04.11.DT8 11 1-04.11 Final Cleanup 12 Section 1-04.11 is supplemented as follows: 13 (******) 14 All salvage material as noted on the plans and taken from any of the discarded facilities 15 shall, at the engineer's discretion, be carefully salvaged and delivered to the City shops. 16 Any cost incurred in salvaging and delivering such items shall be considered incidental to the 17 project and no compensation will be made. 18 19 The contract price for "Finish and Cleanup, lump sum," shall be full compensation for all 20 work, equipment and materials required to perform final cleanup. If this pay item does not 21 appear in the contraci documents then final clean up shall be considered incidental to the 22 contract and to other pay item and no further compensation shall be made. 23 24 R1-05.DT8 25 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 26 27 R1-05.4.DT8 28 1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviation from Plans and Stakes - 29 Section 1-05.4 is supplemented with the following: 30 (******) 31 If the project calls for Contractor supplied surveying, the Contractor shall provide all required 32 survey work, including such work as mentioned in Sections 1-05.4(1) and 1-05.4(2), 1-11 33 and elsewhere in these specifications as being provided by the Engineer. All costs for this 34 survey work shall be included in "Contractor Supplied Surveying," per lump sum. 35 36 The Engineer or Contractor supplied surveyor will provide construction stakes and marks 37 establishing lines, slopes, and grades as stipulated in Sections 1-05.4 and will perform such 38 work per Section 1-11. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for detailed 39 dimensions, elevations, and excavation slopes measured from the Engineer or Contractor 40 supplied surveyor furnished stakes and marks. 41 42 The Contractor shall provide a work site which has been prepared to permit construction 43 staking to proceed in a safe and orderly manner. The Contractor shall keep the Engineer or a 44 Contractor supplied surveyor informed of staking requirements and provide at least 48 hours 45 notice to allow the Engineer or Contractor supplied surveyor adequate time for setting 46 stakes. 47 48 The Contractor shall carefully preserve stakes, marks, and other reference points, including 49 existing monumentation, set by Contracting Agency forces. The Contractor will be charged 50 for the costs of replacing stakes, markers and monumentation that were not to be disturbed 51 but were destroyed or damaged by the Contractor's operations. This charge will be deducted 52 from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. 53 54 Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or 55 reconstruction work allegedly due to error in the Engineer's line and grade, will not be 56 allowed unless the original control points set by the Engineer still exist, or unless other 57 satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error is furnished the Engineer. Three 58 consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to determine any 59 variation from a straight line or grade. Any such variation shall, upon discovery, be reported DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 5 1 to the Engineer. In the absence of such report the Contractor shall be liable for any error in 2 alignment or grade. 3 x 4 The Contractor shall provide all surveys required other than those to be performed by the 5 Engineer. All survey work shall be done in accordance with Section 1-11 SURVEYING 6 STANDARDS of these specifications. 7 8 The Contractor shall keep updated survey field notes in a standard field book and in a format 9 set by the Engineer, per Section 1-11.1(4): These field notes shall include all survey work 10 performed by the Contractor's surveyor In establishing line, grade and slopes for the 11 construction work. Copies of these field notes shall be provided the Engineer upon request 12 and upon completion of the contract work the field book or books shall be submitted to the 13 Engineer and become the property of the Contracting Agency. 14 15 If the survey work provided by the Contractor does not meet the standards of the Engineer, 16 then the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's written request, remove the individual or 17 individuals doing the survey work and the survey work will be completed by the Engineer at 18 the Contractor's expense. Costs for completing the survey work required by the Engineer will 19 be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. 20 21 All costs for survey work required to be performed by the Contractor shall be included in the 22 prices bid for the various items which comprise the improvement or be included in the bid - 23 item for "Contractor Supplied Surveying" per lump sum if that item is included in the 24 contracts. 25 26 R1-05.4(3).DT8 27 Section 1-05.4(3) is a new section: 28 (******) 29 1-05.4(3) Contractor Supplied Surveying - 30 When the contract provides for Contractor Supplied Surveying, the Contractor shall 31 supply the survey work required for the project. The Contractor shall retain as a part of 32 the Contractor Organization an experienced team of surveyors under the direct 33 supervision of a professional land surveyor licensed by the State of Washington. All 34 survey work shall be done in accordance with Sections 1-05.4 and 1-11. 35 36 The Contractor and/or Surveyor shall inform the Engineer in writing of any errors, 37 discrepancies, and omissions to the plans that prevent the Contractor and/or Surveyor 38 from constructing the project in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. All errors, 39 discrepancies, and omissions must be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer 40 before the survey work may be continued. 41 42 The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the Surveyor and perform his operations 43 in a manner to protect all survey stakes from harm. The Contractor shall inform the 44 Surveyor of the Contractors intent to remove any survey stakes and/or points before 45 physically removing them. 46 47 The surveyor shall be responsible for maintaining As-Built records for the project. The 48 Contractor shall coordinate his operations and assist the Surveyor in maintaining 49 accurate As-Built records for the project. 50 51 If the Contractor and Surveyor fail to provide, as directed by the Engineer and/or these 52 plans and specifications, accurate As-Built records and other work the Engineer deems 53 necessary, the Engineer may elect to provide at Contractor expense, a surveyor to 54 provide all As-Built records and other work as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer 55 shall deduct expenses incurred by the Engineer-supplied surveying from moneys owed 56 to the Contractor. 57 58 Payment per Section 1-04.1 for all work and materials required for the full and complete 59 survey work required to complete the project and as-built drawings shall be included in 60 the lump sum price for "Contractor Supplied Surveying." DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 6 1 2 R1-05.4(4).DT8 3 Section 1-05.4(4) is a new section: 4 (** ) 5 1-05.4(4) Contractor Provided As-Built Information 6 It shall be the contractors responsibility to record the location prior to the backfilling of 7 the trenches, by centerline station, offset, and depth below pavement, of all existing 8 utilities uncovered or crossed during his work as covered under this project. 9 10 It shall be the contractors responsibility to have his surveyor locate by centerline station, 11 offset and elevation each major item of work done under this contract per the survey 12 standard of Section 1-11. Major items of work shall include but not be limited to: 13 Manholes, Catch basins and Inlets, Valves, vertical and Horizontal Bends, Junction 14 boxes, Cleanouts, Side Sewers, Street Lights & Standards, Hydrants, Major Changes in 15 Design Grade, Vaults, Culverts, Signal Poles, Electrical Cabinets. 16 17 After the completion of the work covered by this contract, the contractors surveyor shall 18 provide to the City the hard covered field book(s) containing the as-built notes and one - 19 set of white prints of the project drawings upon which he has plotted the notes of the 20 contractor locating existing utilities, and one set of white prints of the project drawings 21 upon which he has plotted the as-built location of the new work as he recorded in the 22 field book(s). This drawing shall bear the surveyors seal and signature certifying it's 23 accuracy. 24 25 All costs for as-built work shall be included in the contract item "Contractor Supplied 26 Surveying," lump sum. 27 28 R 1-05.7.DT8 29 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work 30 Section 1-05.7 is supplemented as follows: 31 (******) 32 Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute work by Contractor forces, in accordance 33 with the intent of the Contract and without expense to Owner, and shall bear the expense of 34 making good all work of other contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or 35 replacement. 36 w 37 If Contractor does not remove such condemned work and materials and commence re- 38 execution of the work within 7 calendar days of notice from Engineer, Owner may correct the 39 same as provided in the Standard Specifications. In that case, Owner may store removed 40 material. 41 42 If Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within 10 calendar days 43 from the date of the notice to Contractor of the fact of such removal, Owner may, upon an 44 additional 10 calendar days' written notice, sell such materials at public or private sale, and 45 deduct all costs and expenses incurred from moneys due to Contractor, including costs of 46 sale, and accounting to Contractor for the net proceeds remaining. Owner may bid at any 47 such sale. Contractor shall be liable to Owner for the amount of any deficiency from any 48 funds otherwise due Contractor. 49 50 R 1-05.10.DT8 51 1-05.10 Guarantees 52 Section 1-05.10 is supplemented by adding the following: 53 (* ....) 54 If within one year after the Acceptance Date of the Work by the Contracting Agency, 55 defective and unauthorized Work is discovered, the Contractor shall promptly, upon written 56 order by the Contracting Agency, return and in accordance with the Engineer's instructions, 57 either correct such Work, or if such Work has been rejected by the Engineer, remove it from 58 the Project Site and replace it with non defective and authorized Work, all without cost to the 59 Contracting Agency. If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the written order to 60 correct defective and unauthorized Work, or if an emergency exists, the Contracting Agency DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 7 1 reserves the right to have defective and unauthorized Work corrected or removed and 2 replaced pursuant to Section 1-05.8 "Owner's Right to Correct Defective and Unauthorized 3 Work." 4 5 The Contractor agrees the above one year limitation shall not exclude or diminish the 6 Contracting Agency's rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting 7 from defective and unauthorized work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of 8 the legal time period set forth in RCW 4.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing, or 9 liability expressed or implied arising out of a written agreement. 10 11 The Contractor shall warrant good title to all materials, supplies, and equipment purchased 12 for, or incorporated in the Work. Nothing contained in this paragraph, however, shall defeat 13 or impair the right of persons furnishing materials or labor, to recover under any bond given 14 by the Contractor for their protection, or any rights under any law permitting such persons to 15 look to funds due the Contractor in the hands of the Contracting Agency. 16 17 The provisions of this paragraph shall be inserted in all subcontracts and material contracts, 18 and notice of its provisions shall be given to all persons furnishing materials for the Work 19 when no formal contract is entered into for such materials. 20 21 R1-05.11(3 .DT8 22 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing 23 Section 1-05.11(3) is supplemented as follows: 24 (******) 25 Unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall give Engineer a 26 minimum of 3 working days' notice of the time for each test and inspection. If the 27 inspection is by another authority than Engineer, Contractor shall give Engineer a 28 minimum of 3 working days' notice of the date fixed for such inspection. Required 29 certificates of inspection by other authority than Engineer shall be secured by 30 Contractor. 31 32 R1-05.14.DT8 33 1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors k. 34 Section 1-05.14 is supplemented as follows: 35 (******) 36 Contractor shall afford Owner and other contractors working in the area reasonable 37 opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their 38 respective work and shall properly connect and coordinate Contractor's work with theirs. 39 40 Other utilities, districts, agencies, and contractors who may be working within the project 41 area are: 42 43 1. Puget Sound Energy (gas and electric) 44 2. AT&T Broadband 45 3. QWest Communications 46 4. City of Renton (water, sewer, transportation) 47 5. Soos Creek Water District 48 6. Private contractors employed by adjacent property owners 49 50 The Contractor shall coordinate with City of Renton on tying into any existing electrical 51 service cabinet. 52 53 R 1-05.14.DT8 54 1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors 55 Section 1-05.14 is supplemented as follows: 56 (******) 57 Contractor shall afford Owner and other contractors working in the area reasonable 58 opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their 59 respective work and shall properly connect and coordinate Contractor's work with theirs. 60 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 8 1 Other utilities, districts, agencies, and contractors who may be working within the project 2 area are: 3 4 1. Puget Sound Energy (gas and electric) 5 2. AT&T Broadband 6 3. QWest Communications 7 4. City of Renton (water, sewer, transportation) 8 5. Soos Creek Water District 9 6. Private contractors employed by adjacent property owners 10 11 The Contractor shall coordinate with City of Renton on tying into any existing electrical 12 service cabinet. 13 14 R1-05.18.DT8 15 Section 1-05.18 is a new section: 16 ******) 17 -05.18 Contractor's Daily Diary 18 Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain and provide to Engineer a Daily Diary Record 19 of this Work. This Diary will be created by pen entries in a hard-bound diary book of the type 20 that is commonly available through commercial outlets. The Diary must contain the Project 21 and Number; if the Diary is in loose-leaf form, this information must appear on every page. 22 The Diary must be kept and maintained by Contractor's designated project 23 superintendent(s). Entries must be made on a daily basis and must accurately represent all 24 of the project activities on each day. 25 26 At a minimum, the diary shall show on a daily basis: 27 1. The day and date. 28 2. The weather conditions, including changes throughout the day. 29 3. A complete description of work accomplished during the day with adequate 30 references to the Plans and Contract Provisions so that the reader can easily and 31 accurately identify said work in the Plans. Identify location/description of 32 photographs or videos taken that day. 33 4. An entry for each and every changed condition, dispute or potential dispute, 34 incident, accident, or occurrence of any nature whatsoever which might affect 35 Contractor, Owner, or any third party in any manner. 36 5. Listing of any materials received and stored on- or off-site by Contractor for future ®, 37 installation, to include the manner of storage and protection of the same. 38 6. Listing of materials installed during each day. 39 7. List of all subcontractors working on-site during each day. 40 8. Listing of the number of Contractor's employees working during each day by 41 category of employment. 42 9. Listing of Contractor's equipment working on the site during each day. Idle 43 equipment on the site shall be listed and designated as idle. 44 10. Notations to explain inspections, testing, stake-out, and all other services furnished 45 by Owner or other party during each day. 46 11. Entries to verify the daily (including non-work days) inspection and maintenance of 47 traffic control devices and condition of the traveled roadway surfaces. Contractor 48 shall not allow any conditions to develop that would be hazardous to the public. 49 12. Any other information that serves to give an accurate and complete record of the 50 nature, quantity, and quality of Contractor's progress on each day. 51 13. Plan markups showing locations and dimensions of constructed features to be used 52 by Engineer to produce record drawings. 53 14. All pages of the diary must be numbered consecutively with no omissions in page 54 numbers. 55 15. Each page must be signed and dated by Contractor's official representative on the 56 project. 57 58 Contractor may use additional sheets separate from the diary book if necessary to provide a 59 complete diary record, but they must be signed, dated, and labeled with project name and 60 number. DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 9 1 2 It is expressly agreed between Contractor and Owner that the Daily Diary maintained 3 by Contractor shall be the "Contractor's Book of Original Entry" for the 4 documentation of any potential claims or disputes that might arise during this 5 Contract. Failure of Contractor to maintain this Diary in the manner described above 6 will constitute a waiver of any such claims or disputes by Contractor. 7 ~ 8 Engineer or other Owner's representative on the job site will also complete a Daily 9 Construction Report. 10 11 R1-06.DT8 12 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 13 14 R1-06.1.DT8 15 1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use 16 Section 1-06.1 is supplemented as follows: 17 (******) 18 The materials and equipment lists submitted to Engineer at the Preconstruction Conference 19 shall include the quantity, manufacturer and model number, if applicable, of materials and 20 equipment to be installed under the Contract. This list will be checked by Engineer as to 21 conformity with the Contract Documents. Engineer will review the lists within 10 working 22 days, noting required corrections. Contractor shall make required corrections and file 2 23 corrected copies with Engineer within one week after receipt of required corrections. 24 Engineer's review and acceptance of the lists shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility 25 for suitability for the intended purpose, nor for deviations from the Contract Documents. 26 27 R1-06.2(1).DT8 28 1-06.2(1)...Samples and Tests for Acceptance - 29 Section 1-06.2(1) is supplemented a follows: 30 (******) 31 The finished Work shall be in accordance with approved samples. Approval of samples 32 by Engineer does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for performance of the Work in 33 accordance with the Contract Documents. 34 35 R1-06.2(2).DT8 . 36 1-06.2(2) Statistical Evaluation of Materials for Acceptance 37 Section 1-06.02(2) is supplemented by adding the following: 38 (******) 39 Unless stated otherwise in the special provisions, statistical evaluation will not be used - 40 by the City of Renton. 41 42 R 1-07.DT8 43 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 44 45 R 1-07.1.DT8 46 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed 47 Section 1-07.1 is supplemented as follows: 48 (******) 49 Contractor shall erect and properly maintain, at all times, as required by the conditions and 50 progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for protection of workers and the public; shall 51 post danger signs warning against known or unusual hazards; and shall designate as Safety 52 Supervisor a responsible employee on the construction site whose duty shall be the 53 enforcement of safety. The name and position of such person so designated shall be 54 reported in writing to Engineer by Contractor. 55 56 Contractor shall, at all times, enforce strict discipline and good order among all employees 57 and shall not employ any person unfit or not skilled in the work assigned to him/her. 58 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 10 1 Necessary sanitation conveniences for the use of the workers on the job, properly secluded 2 from public observation, shall be provided and maintained by Contractor. 3 4 R 1-07.6.DT8 5 1-07.6 Permits and Licenses 6 Section 1-07.6 is supplemented as follows: 7 (******) 8 The permits, easements, and right of entry documents that have been acquired are available 9 for inspection and review. 10 11 Contractor shall be required to comply with all conditions of the permits, easements, and 12 rights of entry, at no additional cost to Owner. Contractor is required to Indemnify Owner 13 from claims on all easements and rights of entry. 14 - 15 All other permits, licenses, etc., shall be the responsibility of Contractor. Contractor shall 16 comply with the special provisions and requirements of each. 17 18 Permits, permission under franchises, licenses and bonds of a temporary nature necessary 19 for and during the prosecution of the work, and inspection fees in connection therewith shall 20 be secured and paid for by Contractor. If Owner is required to secure such permits, 21 permission under franchises, licenses and bonds, and pay the fees, the costs incurred by 22 Owner thereby shall be charged against Contractor and deducted from any funds otherwise 23 due Contractor. 24 25 R 1-07.9(5).DT8 26 1-07.9( ) Required Documents 27 Delete the first sentence of the third paragraph, and replace it with the following: 28 (******) 29 Contractor must submit weekly certified payrolls for the Contractor and all subcontractors - 30 and lower tier subcontractors, regardless of project's funding source. 31 32 R1-07.11(11).DT8 33 Section 1-07.11(11) is new: 34 (** ***) 35 1-07.11(11) City of Renton Affidavit of Compliance 36 Each Contractor, Subcontractor, Consultant, and or Supplier shall complete and submit 37 a copy of the "City of Renton Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance". A copy of 38 this document will be bound in the bid documents. 39 40 R 1-07.12.DT8 41 1-07.12 Federal Agency Inspection 42 Section 1-07.12 is supplemented with the following: 43 (******) 44 Required Federal Aid Provisions 45 The Required Contract Provisions Federal Aid Construction Contracts (FHWA 1273) and the 46 amendments thereto supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications and 47 are made a part of this contract; provided, however, that if any of the provisions of FHWA 48 1273, as amended, are less restrictive than Washington State Law, then the Washington 49 State Law shall prevail. 50 51 The provisions of FHWA 1273, as amended, included in this contract require that the u 52 Contractor insert the FHWA 1273 and amendments thereto in each subcontract, together 53 with the wage rates which are part of the FHWA 1273, as amended. Also, a clause shall be 54 included in each subcontract requiring the subcontractors to insert the FHWA 1273 and 55 amendments thereto in any lower tier subcontracts, together with the wage rates. The m 56 Contractor shall also ensure that this section, REQUIRED FEDERAL AID PROVISIONS, is 57 inserted in each subcontract for subcontractors and lower tier subcontractors. For this 58 purpose, upon request to the Project Engineer, the Contractor will be provided with extra 59 copies of the FHWA 1273, the amendments thereto, the applicable wage rates, and this 60 Special Provision. DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 11 a- 1 2 R1-07.13(1).DT8 3 1-07.13(1) General 4 Section 1-07.13(1) is supplemented as follows: 5 6 During unfavorable weather and other conditions, the contractor shall pursue only such 7 portions of the work as shall not be damaged thereby. 8 9 No portion of the work whose satisfactory quality or efficiency will be affected by 10 unfavorable conditions shall be constructed while these conditions exist, unless by 11 special means or precautions acceptable to the engineer, the contractor shall be able to 12 overcome them. 13 14 R1-07.15.DT8 15 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control 16 Section 1-07.15 is supplemented as follows: 17 (******) 18 Temporary water pollution control work shall also consist of placing filter fabric over storm - 19 drainage structures during construction and cleaning the fabric periodically, catch basin 20 inserts, straw bales, plastic sheeting, and other items as directed by Engineer. These and 21 other temporary water pollution/erosion control measures shall be performed on an 22 as-needed basis, when so directed by Engineer. 23 24 The lump sum contract price 25 "Temporary Water Pollution Control," L.S." 26 shall be full compensation for all work and materials required to provide temporary water 27 pollution control. 28 29 R1-07.16(1).DT8 - 30 1-07.16(l) Private/Public Property 31 Section 1-07.16(1) is supplemented by adding the following: 32 33 The Contracting Agency will obtain all easements and franchises required for the 34 project. The contractor shall limit his operation to the areas obtained and shall not 35 trespass on private property. 36 37 The Contracting Agency may provide certain lands, as indicated in connection with the 38 work under the contract together with the right of access to such lands. The contractor 39 shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his equipment or materials. 40 - 41 The contractor shall provide, with no liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional 42 land and access thereto not shown or described that may be required for temporary 43 construction facilities or storage of materials. He shall construct all access roads, 44 detour roads, or other temporary work as required by his operations. The contractor 45 shall confine his equipment, storage of material, and operation of his workers to those 46 areas shown and described and such additional areas as he may provide. 47 A. General. All construction work under this contract on easements, right-of-way, over 48 private property or franchise, shall be confined to the limits of such easements, 49 right-of-way or franchise. All work shall be accomplished so as to cause the least 50 amount of disturbance and a minimum amount of damage. The contractor shall 51 schedule his work so that trenches across easements shall not be left open during 52 weekends or holidays and trenches shall not be open for more than 48 hours. 53 B. Structures. The contractor shall remove such existing structures as may be 54 necessary for the performance of the work and, if required, shall rebuild the 55 structures thus removed in as good a condition as found. He shall also repair all - 56 existing structures which may be damaged as a result of the work under this 57 contract. 58 C. Easements. Cultivated areas and other surface improvements. All cultivated 59 areas, either agricultural or lawns, and other surface improvements which are 60 damaged by actions of the contractor shall be restored as nearly as possible to DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 12 M 1 their original condition. ' 2 Prior to excavation on an easement or private right-of-way, the contractor shall strip 3 top soil from the trench or construction area and stockpile it in such a manner that it .� 4 may be replaced by him, upon completion of construction. Ornamental trees and 5 shrubbery shall be carefully removed with the earth surrounding their roots 6 wrapped in burlap and replanted in their original positions within 48 hours. 7 .. 8 All shrubbery or trees destroyed or damaged, shall be replaced by the contractor 9 with material of equal quality at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. In the 10 event that it is necessary to trench through any lawn area, the sod shall be carefully 11 cut and rolled and replaced after the trenches have been backfilled. The lawn area 12 shall be cleaned by sweeping or other means, of all earth and debris. 13 14 The contractor shall use rubber wheel equipment similar to the small tractor-type ,., 15 backhoes used by side sewer contractors for all work, including excavation and 16 backfill, on easements or rights-of- way which have lawn areas. All fences, 17 markers, mail boxes, or other temporary obstacles shall be removed by the 18 contractor and immediately replace, after the trench is backfilled, in their original 19 position. The contractor shall notify the Contracting Agency and property Owner at 20 least 24 hours in advance of any work done on easements or rights-of-way. 21 22 Damage to existing structures outside of easement areas that may result from 23 dewatering and/or other construction activity under this contract shall be restored to 24 their original condition or better. The original condition shall be established by 25 photographs taken and/or inspection made prior to construction. All such work 26 shall be done to the satisfaction of the property Owners and the Contracting 27 -Agency at the expense of the contractor. 28 D. Streets. The contractor will assume all responsibility of restoration of the surface of 29 all streets (traveled ways) used by him if damaged. 30 31 In the event the contractor does not have labor or material immediately available to 32 make necessary repairs, the contractor shall so inform the Contracting Agency. The 33 Contracting Agency will make the necessary repairs and the cost of such repairs shall 34 be paid by the contractor. 35 36 The contractor is responsible for identifying and documenting any damage that is pre- y, 37 existing or caused by others. Restoration of excavation in City streets shall be done in 38 accordance with the City of Renton Trench Restoration Requirements, which is 39 available at the Public Works Department Customer Services counter on the 4th floor, 40 Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way. �. 41 42 R1-07.17.DT8 43 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities 44 Section 1-07.17 is supplemented by adding: dM 45 (****.*) 46 Existing utilities indicated in the Plans have been plotted from the best information available 47 to Engineer. Information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with 48 respect to existing underground utilities or services at or contiguous to the project site are 49 based on information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such 50 underground facilities or others, and Owner and Engineer do not assume responsibility for 51 the accuracy or completeness thereof. It is to be understood that other aboveground or .. 52 underground facilities not shown in the Plans may be encountered during the course of the 53 work. 54 55 All utility valves, manholes, vaults, or pull boxes which are buried shall be conspicuously 56 marked in a fashion acceptable to the Owner and Engineer by the Contractor to allow their 57 location to be determined by the Engineer or utility personnel under adverse conditions, 58 (inclement weather or darkness). 59 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 13 s 1 Where underground main distribution conduits, such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, or 2 telephone, are shown on the Plans, the Contractor, for the purpose of preparing his bid, shall 3 assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of 4 utility. 5 6 Contractor shall check with the utility companies concerning any possible conflict prior to 7 commencing excavation in any area. Contractor shall resolve all crossing and clearance 8 problems with the utility company concerned. No excavation shall begin until all known 9 facilities, in the vicinity of the excavation area, have been located and marked. 10 11 In addition to Contractor having all utilities field marked before starting work, Contractor shall 12 have all utilities field marked after they are relocated in conjunction with this project. 13 14 Call Before You Dig 15 The 48 Hour Locators 16 1-800-424-5555 17 18 At least 2 and not more than 10 working days prior to commencing any excavations for utility 19 potholing or for any other purpose under th s Contract, Contractor shall notify the 20 Underground Utilities Location Center by telephor e of the planned excavation and progress 21 schedule. Contractor is also warned that there may be utilities on the project that are not 22 part of the One Call system. They must be contacted directly by Contractor for locations. 23 24 Contractor shall make arrangements 48 hours in advance with respective utility owners to 25 have a representative present when their utility is exposed or modified, if the utility chooses 26 to do so. 27 28 Existing utilities for telephone, power, gas, water, and television cable facilities shall be 29 adjusted or relocated by the appropriate utility company unless otherwise noted in the Plans. 30 These adjustments may be completed before Contractor begins work, or may be performed 31 in conjunction with the contract work. Contractor shall be entirely responsible for 32 coordination with the utility companies and arranging for the movement or adjustment, either 33 temporary or permanent, of their facilities within the project limits. See also Section 1-05.14 34 of these Special Provisions. 35 36 If or when utility conflicts occur, Contractor shall continue the construction process on other 37 aspects of the project whenever possible. No additional compensation will be made to 38 Contractor for reason of delay caused by the actions of any utility company and Contractor 39 shall consider such costs to be incidental to the other items of the contract. 40 41 Utility Potholing 42 Potholing is included as a bid item for use in determining the location of existing utilities in 43 advance of the Contractor's operations. The Contractor shall submit all potholing requests to 44 the Engineer for approval, at least 2 working days before potholing is scheduled. 45 Additionally, the Contractor shall provide potholing at Engineer's request. 46 47 In no way shall the work described under Utility Potholing relieve Contractor of any of the 48 responsibilities described in Section 1-07.17 of the Standard Specifications and Special 49 Provisions, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 50 51 Payment 52 Payment will be made at the discretion of Engineer, for the following bid item(s) in 53 accordance with Section 1-09.6 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions: 54 "Utility Potholing," Force Account 55 "Resolution of Utility Conflicts," Force Account - 56 57 R1-07.17(1).DT8 58 Section 1-07.17(1) is a new section: DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 14 1 1-07.17(1) Interruption of Services 2 Whenever in the course of the construction operation it becomes necessary to cause an 3 outage of utilities, it shall be Contractor's responsibility to notify the affected users and 4 Engineer not less than 48 hours in advance of such outage. Contractor shall make 5 reasonable effort to minimize the duration of outages, and shall estimate the length of 6 time service will be interrupted and so notify the users. In the case of any utility outage 7 that has exceeded or will exceed four hours, user contact shall again be made. 8 Temporary service, if needed, will be arranged by Contractor at no cost to Owner. 9 10 Overhead lighting outages shall not exceed 24 hours. All cost to Contractor for 11 providing temporary overhead lighting to meet above requirements shall be incidental to 12 the various unit and lump sum items of the Contract; no separate payment will be made. 13 14 R1-07.18.DT8 15 Section 1-07.18 is deleted replaced by the following new section and subsections: 17 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance 18 1-07.18(1) Genera! - 19 The contractor shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect, from the Contract 20 Execution Date to the Completion Date, public liability and property damage insurance 21 with an insurance company(ies) or through sources approved by the State Insurance 22 Commissioner pursuant to RCW 48. 23 24 The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has 25 been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. Insurance shall provide 26 coverage to the Contractor, all subcontractors, Contracting Agency and the Contracting 27 Agency's consultant. The coverage shall protect against claims for bodily injuries, 28 personal injuries, including accidental death, as well as claims for property damages 29 which may arise from any act or omission of the Contractor or the subcontractor, or by 30 anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. 31 32 If warranted work is required the Contractor shall provide the City proof that insurance 33 coverage and limits established under the term of the Contract for work are in full force 34 and effect during the period of warranty work. 35 36 The Contracting Agency may request a copy of the actual declaration pages(s) for each 37 insurance policy effecting coverage(s) required on the contract prior to the date work 38 commences. Failure of the Contractor to fully comply during the term of the Contract 39 with the requirements described herin will be considered a material breach of contract 40 and shall be caused for immediate termination of the Contract at the option of the - 41 Contractin Agency. 42 1-07.18(2 Coverages 43 As part of the response to this proposal, the Contractor shall submit a completed City of 44 Renton Insurance Information form which details specific coverage and limits for this 45 contract. 46 47 All coverage provided by the Contractor shall be in a form and underwritten by a 48 company acceptable to the Contracting Agency. The City requires that all insurers: 49 1. Be licensed to do business within the State of Washington. 50 2. Coverage to be on an "occurrence" basis (Professional Liability and Pollution 51 coverage are acceptable when written on a claims-made basis). The City may 52 also require proof of professional liability coverage be provided for up to two 53 (2) years after the completion of the project. 54 3. The City may request a copy of the actual declaration page(s) for each 55 insurance policy affecting coverage(s) required by the Contract prior to the - 56 date work commences. 57 4. Possess a minimum A.M. Best rating of AVII (A rating of A XII or better is 58 preferred.) If any insurance carrier possesses a rating of less than AVII, the 59 City may make an exception. 60 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 15 1 The City reserves the right to approve the security of the insurance coverage provided 2 by the insurance company(ies), terms, conditions, and the Certificate of Insurance. 3 Failure of the Contractor to fully comply during the term of the contract with these 4 requirements will be considered a material breach of contract and shall be cause for 5 immediate termination of the contract at the option of the City. 6 7 The Contractor shall obtain and maintain the minimum insurance coverage set forth 8 below. By requiring such minimum insurance, the City of Renton shall not be deemed 9 or construed to have assessed the risks that may be applicable to the Contractor. The 10 Contractor shall assess its own risks and if it deems appropriate and/or prudent, 11 maintain higher limits and/or broader coverage. 12 13 Coverage shall include: 14 A. Commercial General Liability - ISO 1993 Form or equivalent. Coverage will be 15 written on an occurrence basis and include: 16 . Premises and Operations (including CG2503; General Aggregate to apply 17 per project, if applicable). 18 • Explosion, Collapse and Underground Hazards 19 • Products/Completed Operations 20 • Contractual Liability (including Amendatory Endorsement CG 0043 or 21 equivalent which includes defense coverage assumed under contract) 22 • Broad Form Property Damage 23 • Independent Contractors 24 • Personal/Advertising Injury 25 • Stop Gap Liability 26 B. Automobile Liability including all 27 • Owned Vehicles 28 • Non-Owned Vehicles 29 • Hired Vehicles 30 C. Workers' Compensation 31 • Statutory Benefits (Coverage A) - Show Washington Labor & Industries 32 Number 33 D. Umbrella Liability (when necessary) 34 • Excess of Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability. 35 Coverage should be as broad as primary. 36 E. Professional Liability - (whenever the work under this Contract includes 37 Professional Liability, (i.e. architectural, engineering, advertising, or computer 38 programming) the CONTRACTOR shall maintain professional liability covering 39 wrongful acts, errors and/or omissions of the CONTRACTOR for damage 40 sustained by reason of or in the course of operations under this Contract. 41 F. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to request and/or require additional 42 coverages as may be appropriate based on work performed(i.e. pollution 43 liability). 44 45 CONTRACTOR shall Name CITY OF RENTON, and its officers, officials, agents, 46 employees and volunteers as Additional Insured (ISO Form CG 2010 or equivalent). 47 The CONTRACTOR shall provide CITY OF RENTON Certificates of Insurance prior to 48 commencement of work. The City reserves the right to request copies of insurance 49 policies, if at their sole discretion it is deemed appropriate. Further, all policies of 50 insurance described above shall: 51 A. Be on a primary basis not contributory with any other insurance coverage .. 52 and/or self-insurance carried by CITY OF RENTON. 53 B. Include a Waiver of Subrogation Clause. 54 C. Severability of Interest Clause (Cross Liability) 55 D. Policy may not be non-renewed, canceled or materially changed or altered - 56 unless forty-five (45) days prior written notice is provided to CITY OF 57 RENTON. Notification shall be provided to CITY OF RENTON by certified 58 mail. 59 1-07.18(3) Limits 60 LIMITS REQUIRED DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 16 1 Providing coverage in these stated amounts shall not be construed to relieve the 2 contractor from liability in excess of such limits. The CONTRACTOR shall carry the 3 following limits of liability as required below: 4 Commercial General Llabilit General Aggregate* 2,000,000 *' Products/Completed $2,000,000 Operations Aggregate Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 Personal/Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Fire Damage (Any One Fire) $50,000 Medical Payments (Any One $5,000 Person) Stop Gap Liability $1,000,000 General Aggregate to apply per project „w (ISO Form CG2503 or equivalent) "Amount may vary based on project risk Uabflitv in:f.fry/;-"•,opef-t Statutory Benefits - Variable -W Coverage A (Show Washington Labor and Industries Number) Liauflitv �.tS Y��•.114 f..�l�f�'•}. w^A")£J 0 ":nr`d�:' ... ;4�«:•£:; i s C.iiSi:t ? 00;, ,0t-01 Angronate r P t_r._....t;i3cA..........t ......, 2.... }::.Gi'.•...__....._ OccurrC:nce :,ilk..::i. 0 5 6 The City may require the CONTRACTOR to keep professional liability coverage in effect 7 for up to two (2) years after completion of the project. 8 9 The Contractor shall promptly advise the CITY OF RENTON in writing in the event any 10 general aggregate or other aggregate limits are reduced. At their own expense, the 11 CONTRACTOR will reinstate the aggregate to comply with the minimum limits and 12 requirements as stated in Section 1-07.18(3) and shall furnish the CITY OF RENTON a 13 new Certificate of Insurance showing such coverage is in force. 14 1-07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance: 15 Within 20 days of award of the contract the CONTRACTOR shall provide evidence of 16 insurance by submitting to the CONTRACTING AGENCY the following: 17 1. City of Renton Insurance Information Form (attached herein) without 18 modification. 19 2. Certificate of Insurance (Accord Form 25s or equivalent) conforming to items 20 as specified in Sections 1-07.18(1), 1-07.18(2), and 1-07.18(3) as revised 21 above. Other requirements are as follows: 22 A. Strike the following or similar wording: This Certificate is issued as a 23 matter of information only and confers no rights upon the Certificate 24 Holder"; 25 B. Strike the wording regarding cancellation notification to the City: "Failure 26 to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon 27 the company, its agents or representatives". 28 C. Amend the cancellation clause to state: "Policy may not be non-renewed, 29 canceled or materially changed or altered unless 45 days prior written DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 17 1 notice is provided to the City". Notification shall be provided to the City by 2 certified mail. 3 4 For Professional Liability coverage only, instead of the cancellation language 5 specified above, the City will accept a written agreement that the consultant's 6 broker will provide the required notification. 7 8 R 1-07.22.DT8 9 1-07.22 Use of Explosives 10 Section 1-07.22 is supplemented by the following: 11 (*****.) 12 Explosives shall not be used without specific authority of the Engineer, and then only under 13 such restrictions as may be required by the proper authorities. Explosives shall be handled 14 and used in strict compliance with WAC 296-52 and such local laws, rules and regulations 15 that may apply. The individual in charge of the blasting shall have a current Washington 16 State Blaster Users License. 17 18 The Contractor shall obtain, comply with, and pay for such permits and costs as are 19 necessary in conjunction with blasting operations. 20 21 R1-07.23(1).DT8 22 1-07.23(l) Construction Under Traffic 23 Section 1-07.23(1) is supplemented by adding the following: 24 25 The contractor shall be responsible for controlling dust and mud within the project limits 26 and on any street which is utilized by his equipment for the duration of the project. The 27 contractor shall be prepared to use watering trucks, power sweepers, and other pieces 28 of equipment as deemed necessary by the engineer, to avoid creating a nuisance. 29 ,.. 30 Dust and mud control shall be considered as incidental to the project, and no 31 compensation will be made for this section. 32 33 Complaints of dust, mud or unsafe practices and/or property damage to private - 34 Ownership will be transmitted to the contractor and prompt action In correcting them will 35 be required by the contractor. 36 37 Complaints of dust, mud, or unsafe practices and/or property damage to private 38 Ownership will be transmitted to the Contractor and prompt action in correcting them will 39 be required by the Contractor. 40 41 Contractor shall maintain the roads during construction in a suitable condition to 42 minimize affects to vehicular and pedestrian traffic. All cost to maintain the roads shall 43 be borne by Contractor. 44 45 At least one-way traffic shall be maintained on all cross-streets within the project limits 46 during working hours. One lane shall be provided in each direction for all streets during 47 non-working hours. 48 49 Contractor shall provide one driveable roadway lane and maintain convenient access for 50 local and commuter traffic to driveways, businesses, and buildings along the line of 51 Work throughout the course of the project. Such access shall be maintained as near as 52 possible to that which existed prior to the commencement of construction. This 53 restriction shall not apply to the paving portion of the construction process. 54 55 Contractor shall notify and coordinate with all property owners and tenants of street 56 closures, or other restrictions which may interfere with their access—at least 24 hours in 57 advance for single-family residential property, and at least 48 hours in advance for 58 apartments, offices, and commercial property. Contractor shall give a copy of all notices 59 to Engineer. 60 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 18 1 When the abutting owners' access across the right-of-way line is to be eliminated and 2 replaced under the Contract by other access, the existing access shall not be closed 3 until the replacement access facility is available. 4 5 All unattended excavations shall be properly barricaded and covered at all times. 6 Contractor shall not open any trenches that cannot be completed and refilled that same 7 day. Trenches shall be patched or covered by a temporary steel plate, at Contractor's 8 expense, except in areas where the roadway remains closed to public traffic. Steel 9 plates must be anchored. 10 11 R 1-08.DT8 12 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 13 _ 14 R1-08.0(1).DT8 15 Section 1-08.0 is a new section with subsection: 16 (**.k*** 17 1-08. Preliminary Matters 18 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference 19 The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with up to 5 copies of the Contract Documents. 20 Additional documents may be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. Prior 21 to undertaking each part of the Work the Contractor shall carefully study and compare 22 the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown therein and all 23 applicable field measurements. The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the 24 Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which the Contractor may discover. 25 26 After the Contract has been executed, but prior to the Contractor beginning the Work, a 27 preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such 28 other interested parties as may be invited. 29 30 The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction meeting: 31 Contractor's plan of operation and progress schedule (3+ copies) 32 Approval of qualified subcontractors (bring list of subcontractors if different 33 from list submitted with Bid) 34 4 List of materials fabricated or manufactured off the project 35 4 Material sources on the project 36 Names of principal suppliers 37 Detailed equipment list, including "Rental Rate Blue Book" hourly costs (both 38 working and standby rates) 39 Weighted wage rates for all employee classifications anticipated to be used on 40 Project 41 Cost percentage breakdown for lump sum bid item(s) 42 Shop Drawings (bring preliminary list) 43 Traffic Control Plans (3+ copies) 44 4 Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control Plan 45 46 In addition, the Contractor shall be prepared to address: 47 Bonds and insurance 48 Project meetings —schedule and responsibilities 49 Provision for inspection for materials from outside sources 50 Responsibility for locating utilities r 51 Responsibility for damage 52 Time schedule for relocations, if by other than Contractor 53 Compliance with Contract Documents 54 Acceptance and approval of work 55 Labor compliance, payrolls, certifications 56 Safety regulations for Contractors' and Owner's employees and 57 representatives 58 Suspension of work, time extensions 59 Change order procedures DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 19 1 Progress estimates - procedures for payment 2 Special requirements of funding agencies 3 Construction engineering, advance notice of special work 4 Any interpretation of the Contract Documents requested by Contractor 5 Any conflicts or omissions in Contract Documents 6 Any other problems or questions concerning the work 7 Processing and administration of public complaints 8 Easements and rights of entry 9 Other contracts 10 11 The franchise utilities may be present at the preconstruction conference, and Contractor 12 should be prepared for their review and discussion of progress schedule and 13 coordination. 14 15 R1-08.1.DT8 16 1-08.1 Subcontracting 17 Section 1-08.1 is supplemented as follows: 18 (******) - 19 Written requests for change in subcontractors shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer 20 at least 7 calendar days prior to start of a subcontractor's work. 21 22 Contractor agrees that s/he is fully responsible to Owner for the acts and omissions of all 23 subcontractors and lower-tier subcontractors, and persons either directly or indirectly 24 employed by the subcontractors, as well as for the acts and omissions of persons directly 25 employed by Contractor. Contractor shall be required to give personal attention to the work 26 that is sublet. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual 27 relation between any subcontractor and Owner. 28 29 Contractor shall be responsible for making sure all subcontractors submit all required - 30 documentation, forms, etc. 31 32 R 1-08.2.DT8 33 1-08.2 Assignment 34 The second paragraph of Section 1-08.2 is modified as follows: 35 (******) 36 Contractor shall not assign any moneys due or to become due to Contractor hereunder 37 without the prior written consent of Owner. The assignment, if approved, shall be subject to 38 all setoffs, withholdings, and deductions required by law and the Contract. 39 40 R1-08.3.DT8 41 1-08.3 Progress Schedule 42 Section 1-08.3 Is supplemented as follows: 43 (******) 44 The progress schedule for the entire project shall be submitted 7 calendar days prior to the 45 Preconstruction Conference. The schedule shall be prepared using the critical path 46 method (CPM), preferably using Microsoft Project or equivalent software. The schedule 47 shall contain this information, at a minimum: 48 1. Construction activities, in sufficient detail that all activities necessary to construct a 49 complete and functional project are considered. Any activity which has a scheduled 50 duration exceeding 30 calendar days shall be subdivided until no sub-element has a 51 duration exceeding 30 calendar days. 52 The schedule shall clearly indicate the activities which comprise the critical path. For 53 each activity not on the critical path, the schedule shall show the float, or slack, time. 54 2. Procurement of material and equipment. 55 3. Submittals requiring review by Engineer. Submittal by Contractor and review by LL 56 Engineer shall be shown as separate activities. 57 4. Work to be performed by a subcontractor, agent, or any third party. 58 5. Allowances for delays which could result from normal inclement weather (time 59 extensions due to inclement weather will not be allowed). DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 20 1 6. Allowances for the time required by utilities (Owner's and others) to locate, monitor, and 2 adjust their facilities as required. 3 w 4 Engineer may request Contractor to alter the progress schedule when deemed necessary in 5 the opinion of Engineer—in the interest of public safety and welfare or of Owner, or for 6 coordination with any other activity of other contractors, the availability of all or portions of 7 the job site, or special provisions of this Contract, or to reasonably meet the completion date 8 of the project. Contractor shall provide such revised schedule within 10 days of request. 9 10 If, at any time, in the opinion of Engineer, the progress of construction falls significantly 11 behind schedule, Contractor may be required to submit a plan for regaining progress and a 12 revised schedule indicating how the remaining work items will be completed within the 13 authorized contract time. 14 15 Contractor shall promptly report to Engineer any conditions which Contractor feels will 16 require revision of the schedule and shall promptly submit proposed revisions in the 17 progress schedule for acceptance by Engineer. When such changes are accepted by 18 Engineer, the revised schedule shall be followed by Contractor. 19 20 Weekly Schedule. Contractor shall submit a weekly progress schedule to Engineer which 21 sets forth specific work to be performed the following week, and a tentative schedule for the 22 second week. 23 24 Failure to Maintain Progress Schedule. Engineer will check actual progress of the work 25 against the progress schedule a minimum of two times per month. Failure, without just 26 cause, to maintain progress in accordance with the approved schedule shall constitute a 27 breach of Contract. If, through no fault of Contractor, the proposed construction schedule 28 cannot be met, Engineer will require Contractor to submit a revised schedule to Engineer for 29 acceptance. The approved revisions will thereafter, in all respects, apply in lieu of the 30 original schedule. 31 32 Failure of Contractor to follow the progress schedule submitted and accepted, including 33 revisions thereof, shall relieve Owner of any and all responsibility for furnishing and making 34 available all or any portion of the job site, and will relieve Owner of any responsibility for 35 delays to Contractor in the performance of the work. 36 37 The cost of preparing the progress schedule, any supplementary progress schedules, and 38 weekly schedules shall be considered incidental to the Contract and no other compensation 39 shall be made. 40 41 R 1-08.5.DT8 42 1-08.5 Time For Completion 43 The first five paragraphs of Section 1-08.5 are deleted and replaced with the following: 44 (*** ..) 45 The Work shall be physically completed in its entirety within the time specified in the 46 Contract Documents or as extended by the Engineer. The Contract Time will be stated in 47 "working days", shall begin on the Notice To Proceed Date, and shall end on the Contract 48 Completion Date. 49 50 A nonworking day is defined as a Saturday, a Sunday, a day on which the contract 51 specifically suspends work, or one of these holidays: January 1, Memorial Day, July 4, Labor 52 Day, November 11, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. The 53 day before Christmas shall be a holiday when Christmas Day occurs on a Tuesday or Friday. 54 The day after Christmas shall be a holiday when Christmas Day occurs on a Monday, 55 Wednesday, or Thursday. When Christmas Day occurs on a Saturday, the two preceding 56 working days shall be observed as holidays. When Christmas day occurs on a Sunday, the 57 two working days following shall be observed as holidays. When holidays other than 58 Christmas fall on a Saturday, the preceding Friday will be counted as a non-working day and 59 when they fall on a Sunday the following Monday will be counted as a non-working day. The 60 Contract Time has been established to allow for periods of normal inclement weather which, DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 21 1 from historical records, is to be expected during the Contract Time, and during which 2 periods, work is anticipated to be performed. Each successive working day, beginning with 3 the Notice to Proceed Date and ending with the Physical Completion Date, shall be charged - 4 to the Contract Time. as it occurs except a day or part of a day which is designated a 5 nonworking day or an Engineer determined unworkable day. 6 7 The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a weekly report showing (1) the number of working 8 days charged against the Contract Time for the preceding week; (2) the Contract Time in 9 working days; (3) the number of working days remaining in the Contract Time; (4) the 10 number of nonworking days; and (5) any partial or whole days the Engineer declared 11 unworkable the previous week. This weekly report will be correlated with the Contractor's 12 current approved progress schedule. If the Contractor elects to work 10 hours a day and 4 13 days a week (a 4-10 schedule) and the fifth day of the week in which a 4-10 shift is worked 14 would ordinarily be charged as a working day then the fifth day of that week will be charged 15 as a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. 16 17 The Contractor will be allowed 10 calendar days from the date of each report in which to file 18 a written protest of an alleged discrepancy in the Contract Time as reported. Otherwise, the 19 report will be deemed to have been accepted by the Contractor as correct. 20 21 The requirements for scheduling the Final Inspection and establishing the Substantial 22 Completion, Physical Completion, and Completion Dates are specified in Sections 1-05.11 23 and 1-05.12. 24 25 Section 1-08.5 is supplemented as follows: 26 (******) 27 Within 10 calendar days after execution of the Contract by the Contracting Agency, 28 Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency with copies of purchase orders for all 29 equipment items deemed critical by the Contracting Agency, including but not limited to 30 signal controller materials, lighting standards, and signal standards required for the physical 31 completion of the contract. Such purchase orders shall disclose the estimated delivery dates 32 for the equipment. 33 34 All items of work which can be performed without delivery of the critical items shall start and 35 be completed as soon as possible. At that time, Engineer may suspend the work upon 36 request of Contractor until the critical items are delivered to Contractor, if the Contracting 37 Agency received a purchase order within 10 calendar days after execution of the Contract by 38 the Contracting Agency. 39 40 Contractor will be entitled to only one such suspension of time during the performance of the 41 work and during such suspension shall not perform any additional work on the project. Upon 42 delivery of the critical items, contract time will resume and continue to be charged in 43 accordance with Section 1-08. 44 45 R 1-08.6.DT8 46 1-08.6 Suspension of Work 47 Section 1-08.6 is supplemented as follows: 48 (******) 49 Owner may at any time suspend the work, or any part thereof, by giving notice to Contractor 50 in writing. The work shall be resumed by Contractor within 14 calendar days after the date 51 fixed in the written notice from Owner to Contractor to do so. 52 53 Contractor shall not suspend work under the Contract without the written order of Owner. 54 55 If it has been determined that Contractor is entitled to an extension of time, the amount of 56 such extension shall be only to compensate for direct delays and shall be based upon 57 Contractor's diligently pursuing the work at a rate not less than that which would have been 58 necessary to complete the original Contract Work on time. 59 60 R 1-08.9.DT8 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 22 1 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages 2 Section 1-08.9 is supplemented as follows: 3 (******) 4 In addition, Contractor shall compensate Owner for actual engineering inspection and 5 supervision costs and any other expenses and legal fees incurred by Owner as a result of 6 such delay. Such labor costs will be billed to Contractor at actual costs, including 7 administrative overhead costs. 8 9 In the event that Owner is required to commence any lawsuit in order to enforce any 10 provision of this Contract or to seek redress for any breach thereof, Owner shall be entitled 11 to recover its costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, from Contractor. 12 13 R1-08.10.DT8 14 1-08.10 Termination of Contract 15 16 R 1-08.11.DT8 17 Section 1-08.11 is a new section: 18 (*,.k<..) - 19 1-08.11 Contractor's Plant and Equipment 20 The contractor alone shall at all times be responsible for the adequacy, Efficiency, and 21 sufficiency of his and his subcontractor's plant and equipment. The Owner shall have the 22 right to make use of the contractor's plant and equipment in the performance cf any work on 23 the site of the work. 24 25 The use by the Owner of such plant and equipment shall be considered as extra work and 26 paid for accordingly. 27 28 Neither the Owner nor the engineer assumes any responsibility, at any time, for the security 29 of the site from the time contractor's operations have commenced until final acceptance of 30 the work by the engineer and the Owner. The contractor shall employ such measures as 31 additional fencing, barricades, and watchmen service, as he deems necessary for the public 32 safety and for the protection of the site and his plant and equipment. The Owner will be 33 provided keys for all fenced, secured areas. w 34 35 R1-08.12.DT8 36 Section 1-08.12 is a new section: 37 38 1-08.12 Attention to Work 39 The contractor shall give his personal attention to and shall supervise the work to the end 40 that it shall be prosecuted faithfully, and when he is not personally present on the work site, 41 he shall at all times be represented by a competent superintendent who shall have full 42 authority to execute the same, and to supply materials, tools, and labor without delay, and 43 who shall be the legal representative of the contractor. The contractor shall be liable for the 44 faithful observance of any instructions delivered to him or to his authorized representative. 45 46 R1-09.DT8 47 1-09 Measurement and PaymentMEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 48 49 R 1-09.1.DT8 50 1-09.1 Measurement of Quantities 51 Section 1-09.1 is supplemented by adding the following: 52 (. ....) 53 Lump Sum. The percentage of lump sum work completed, and payment will be based on 54 the cost percentage breakdown of the lump sum bid price(s) submitted at the 55 preconstruction conference. 56 57 The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of costs for each lump sum bid item. The 58 breakdown shall list the items included in the lump sum together with a unit price of labor, 59 materials, and equipment for each item. The summation of the detailed unit prices for each DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 23 1 item shall add up to the lump sum bid. The unit price values may be used as a guideline for 2 determining progress payments or deductions or additions in payment for ordered work 3 changes. 4 5 Cubic Yard Quantities. Contractor shall provide truck trip tickets for progress payments 6 only in the following manner. Where items are specified to be paid by the cubic yard, the 7 following tally system shall be used. 8 9 All trucks to be employed on this work will be measured to determine the volume of each 10 truck. Each truck shall be clearly numbered, to the satisfaction of Engineer, and there shall 11 be no duplication of numbers. 12 13 Duplicate tally tickets shall be prepared to accompany each truckload of material delivered 14 on the project. All tickets received that do not contain the following information will not be 15 processed for payment: 16 1 Truck number 17 2 Quantity and type of material delivered in cubic yards 18 3 Drivers name, date and time of delivery 19 4 Location of delivery, by street and stationing on each street 20 5 Place for Engineer to acknowledge receipt 21 6 Pay item number 22 7 Contract number and/or name 23 24 It will be Contractor's responsibility to see that a ticket is given to Engineer on the project for 25 each truckload of material delivered. Pay quantities will be prepared on the basis of said 26 tally tickets. 27 28 Loads will be checked by Engineer to verify quantity shown on ticket. 29 30 Quantities by Ton. It will be Contractor's responsibility to see that a certified weight ticket is 31 given to the Inspector on the project at the time of delivery of materials for each truckload 32 delivered. Pay quantities will be prepared on the basis of said tally tickets, delivered to 33 Inspector at time of delivery of materials. Tickets not receipted by Inspector will not be 34 honored for payment. 35 36 Each truck shall be clearly numbered to the satisfaction of Engineer and there shall be no 37 duplication of numbers. 38 39 Duplicate tickets shall be prepared to accompany each truckload of material delivered to the 40 project. All tickets received that do not contain the following information will not be 41 processed for payment: 42 1. Truck number 43 2. Truck tare weight (stamped at source) 44 3. Gross truck load weight in tons (stamped at source) 45 4. Net load weight (stamped at source) 46 5. Driver's name, date, and time of delivery 47 6. Location for delivery by street and stationing on each street 48 7. Place for Engineer to acknowledge receipt 49 8. Pay item number 50 9. Contract number and/or name 51 52 R 1-09.3.DT8 53 1-09.3 Scope of Payment 54 Section 1-09.3 is supplemented by adding the following: 55 ( .....) 56 Unless modified otherwise in the Contract Provisions, the Bid Items listed or referenced in 57 the "Payment" clause of each Section of the Standard Specifications, will be the only items 58 for which compensation will be made for the Work described in or specified in that particular 59 Section when the Contractor performs the specified Work. Should a Bid Item be listed in a 60 "Payment" clause but not in the Proposal Form, and Work for that item is performed by the DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 24 1 Contractor and the work is not stated as included in or incidental to a pay item in the contract 2 and is not work that would be required to complete the intent of the Contract per Section 1- 3 04.1, then payment for that Work will be made as for Extra Work pursuant to a Change 4 Order. 5 6 The words "Bid Item," "Contract Item," and "Pay Item," and similar terms used throughout the 7 Contract Documents are synonymous. 8 9 If the "payment" clause in the Specifications relating to any unit Bid Item price in the 10 Proposal Form requires that said unit Bid Item price cover and be considered compensation 11 for certain work or material essential to the item, then the work or material will not be 12 measured or paid for under any other Unit Bid Item which may appear elsewhere in the 13 Proposal Form or Specifications. 14 15 Pluralized unit Bid Items appearing in these Specifications are changed to singular form. 16 17 Payment for Bid Items listed or referenced in the "Payment' clause of any particular Section 18 of the Specifications shall be considered as including all of the Work required, specified, or 19 described in that particular Section. Payment items will generally be listed generically in the 20 Specifications, and specifically in the bid form. When items are to be "furnished" under one 21 payment item and "installed" under another payment item, such items shall be furnished 22 FOB project site, or, if specified in the Special Provisions, delivered to a designated site. 23 Materials to be "furnished," or "furnished and installed" under these conditions, shall be the 24 responsibility of the Contractor with regard to storage until such items are incorporated into 25 the Work or, if such items are not to be incorporated into the work, delivered to the 26 applicable Contracting Agency storage site when provided for in the Specifications. Payment 27 for material "furnished," but not yet incorporated into the Work, may be made on monthly 28 estimates to the extent allowed. 29 30 31 R1-09.6.DT8 32 1-09.6 Force Account 33 Section 1-09.6 is supplemented as follows: 34 (******) 35 To provide a common basis for all bidders, Owner has estimated and included in the 36 Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account. All such dollar amounts 37 are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, Owner does not warrant expressly 38 or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimates. 39 Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized in writing by 40 Engineer. 41 42 R 1-09.7.DT8 43 1-09.7 Mobilization 44 Section 1-09.7 is supplemented as follows: 45 (******) 46 Mobilization shall also include, but not be limited to, the following items: the movement of 47 Contractor's personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site; the 48 establishment of an office, buildings, and other facilities necessary for work on the project; 49 providing sanitary facilities for Contractor's personnel; and obtaining permits or licenses 50 required to complete the project not furnished by Owner. 51 52 This item shall also include providing Engineer and Inspectors with access to telephone, 53 facsimile machine, and copy machine during all hours Contractor is working on the jobsite; 54 and a table and chair for their use when needed. 55 56 Payment will be made for the following bid item(s): 57 "Mobilization," Lump Sum. 58 59 R1-09.9.DT8 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 25 - 1 1-09.9 Payments 2 Section 1-09.9 is supplemented as follows: 3 (******) 4 Applications for payment shall be itemized and supported to the extent required by Engineer 5 by receipts or other vouchers showing payment for materials and labor, payments to 6 subcontractors, and other such evidence of Contractor's right to payment as Engineer may 7 direct. 8 9 Contractor shall submit a progress report with each monthly request for a progress payment. 10 The progress report shall indicate the estimated percent complete for each activity listed on 11 the progress schedule (see Section 1-08.3). 12 13 R1-09.9(1).DT8 14 1-09.9(1) Retainage 15 Section 1-09.9(1) is supplemented as follows: 16 (******) 17 The retained amount shall be released as stated in the Standard Specifications if no 18 claims have been filed against such funds as provided by law and if Owner has no 19 unsatisfied claims against Contractor. In the event claims are filed, Owner shall 20 withhold, until such claims are satisfied, a sum sufficient to satisfy all claims and to pay 21 attorney's fees. In addition, Owner shall withhold such amount as is required to satisfy 22 any claims by Owner against Contractor, until such claims have been finally settled. 23 24 Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until 25 Contractor, if requested, delivers to Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of 26 this Contract, or receipts in full in lieu thereof, and, if required in either case, an affidavit 27 that so far as Contractor has knowledge or information, the release and receipts include 28 all labor and materials for which a lien could be filed: but Contractor may, if any 29 subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactorily 30 to Engineer to indemnify Owner against the lien. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all 31 payments are made, Contractor shall reimburse to Owner all monies that the latter may 32 be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable 33 engineer's and attorney's fees. 34 35 R1-09.11(2 .DT8 36 1-09.11(2) Claims 37 Paragraph 5 is revised as follows: 38 39 Failure to submit with the Final Application for Payment such information and details as 40 described in this section for any claim shall operate as a waiver of the claims by the 41 Contractor as provided in Section 1-09.9. 42 43 R1-09.13(3)B.DT8 44 1-09.13(3)B Procedures to Pursue Arbitration 45 Section 1-09.13(3)B is supplemented by adding: 46 47 The findings and decision of the board of arbitrators shall be final and binding on the 48 parties, unless the aggrieved party, within 10 days, challenges the findings and decision 49 by serving and filing a petition for review by the superior court of King County, 50 Washington. The grounds for the petition for review are limited to showing that the 51 findings and decision: 52 1. Are not responsive to the questions submitted; 53 2. Is contrary to the terms of the contract or any component thereof; 54 3. Is arbitrary and/or is not based upon the applicable facts and the law 55 controlling the issues submitted to arbitration. The board of arbitrators shall 56 support its decision by setting forth in writing their findings and conclusions 57 based on the evidence adduced at any such hearing. 58 59 The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the statutes of the State of 60 Washington and court decisions governing such procedure. DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 26 1 2 The costs of such arbitration shall be borne equally by the City and the contractor 3 unless it is the board's majority opinion that the contractor's filing of the protest or action 4 is capricious or without reasonable foundation. In the latter case, all costs shall be 5 borne by the contractor. 6 7 R1-10.DT8 8 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 9 10 R1-10.1.DT8 11 1-10.1 General 12 Section 1-10.1 is supplemented by adding the following: 13 (....*.k) 14 When the bid proposal includes an item for "Traffic Control," the work required for this item 15 shall be all items described in Section 1-10, including, but not limited to: 16 1. Furnishing and maintaining barricades, flashers, construction signing and other 17 channelization devices, unless a pay item is in the bid proposal for any specific 18 device and the Special Provisions specify furnishing, maintaining, and payment in a 19 different manner for that device; 20 2. Furnishing traffic control labor, equipment, and supervisory personnel for all traffic 21 control labor; 22 3. Furnishing any necessary vehicle(s) to set up and remove the Class B construction 23 signs and other traffic control devices; 24 4. Furnishing labor and vehicles for patrolling and maintaining in position all of the 25 construction signs and the traffic control devices, unless a pay item is in the bid 26 proposal to specifically pay for this work; and 27 5. Furnishing labor, material, and equipment necessary for cleaning up, removing, and 28 replacing of the construction signs and the traffic control devices destroyed or - 29 damaged during the life of the project. 30 6. Removing existing signs as specified or a directed by the engineer and delivering to 31 the City Shops or storing and reinstalling as directed by the Engineer. 32 7. Preparing a traffic control plan for the project and designating the person 33 responsible for traffic control at the work site. The traffic control plan shall include 34 descriptions of the traffic control methods and devices to be used by the prime 35 contractor, and subcontractors, shall be submitted at or before the preconstruction 36 conference, and shall be subject to review and approval of the Engineer. 37 8. Contacting police, fire, 911, and ambulance services to notify them in advance of 38 any work that will affect and traveled portion of a roadway. 39 9. Assuring that all traveled portions of roadways are open to traffic during peak traffic 40 periods, 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m., and 3:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m., or as specified in the 41 special provisions, or as directed by the Engineer. 42 10. Promptly removing or covering all nonapplicable signs during periods when they 43 are not needed. 44 45 If no bid item "Traffic Control" appears in the proposal then all work required by these 46 sections will be considered incidental and their cost shall be included in the other items of 47 work. 48 49 If the Engineer requires the Contractor to furnish additional channelizing devices, pieces of 50 equipment, or services which could not be usually anticipated by a prudent contractor for the 51 maintenance and protection of traffic, then a new item or items may be established to pay for 52 such items. Further limitations for consideration of payment for these items are that they are 53 not covered by other pay items in the bid proposal, they are not specified in the Special 54 Provisions as Incidental, and the accumulative cost for the use of each individual 55 channelizing device, piece of equipment, or service must exceed $200 in total cost for the 56 duration of their need. In the event of disputes, the Engineer will determine what is usually 57 anticipated by a prudent contractor. The cost for these items will be by agreed price, price r 58 established by the Engineer, or by force account. Additional items required as a result of the DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 27 1 contractor's modification to the traffic control plan(s) appearing in the contract shall not be 2 covered by the provisions in this paragraph. 3 -- 4 If the total cost of all the work under the contract increases or decreases by more than 25 5 percent, an equitable adjustment will be considered for the item "Traffic Control" to address 6 the increase or decrease. 7 8 Traffic control and maintenance for the safety of the traveling public on this project shall be 9 the sole responsibility of Contractor and all methods and equipment used will be subject to 10 the approval of Owner. 11 - 12 Traffic control devices and their use shall conform to City of Renton standards and the 13 Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 14 15 Contractor shall not proceed with any construction until proper traffic control has been 16 provided to the satisfaction of Engineer. Any days lost due to improper traffic control will be 17 charged against Contractor's allowable contract time, and shall not be the cause for a claim 18 for extra days to complete the Work. 19 20 R1-10.2(1)B.DT8 21 1-10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor 22 Paragraphs 1 and 2 are revised as follows: 23 24 A TCS shall be on the project whenever traffic control labor is required or as 25 authorized by the Engineer. 26 27 The TCS shall assure that all the duties of the TCS are performed during the 28 duration of the contract. During nonwork periods, the TCS shall be able to be on 29 the job site within a 45-minute time period after notification by the Engineer. - 30 31 R1-10.2(2).DT8 32 1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans 33 Section 1-10.2(2) is supplemented as follows: 35 The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that traffic control is installed and 36 maintained in conformance to established standards. The Contractor shall continuously 37 evaluate the operation of the traffic control plan and take prompt action to correct any 38 problems that become evident during operation. 39 40 R1-10.3.DT8 - 41 1-10.3 Flagging, Signs, and All Other Traffic Control Devices 42 Section 1-10.3 is supplemented as follows: 43 (******) 44 At the end of each working day, provisions shall be made for the safe passage of traffic and 45 pedestrians during non-working hours. 46 47 Barricades shall be reflectorized as specified in Part VI of the MUTCD, and shall be 3M 48 diamond grade or equivalent approved by Engineer. Barricades shall also be equipped with 49 flashers. 50 51 R1-10.3(3).DT8 - 52 1-10.3(3) Construction Signs 53 Section 1-10.3(3) paragraph 1 is revised as follows: 54 (******) 55 All signs required by the approved traffic control plan(s) as well as any other appropriate 56 signs prescribed by the Engineer, or required to conform with established standards, will 57 be furnished by the Contractor. 58 - 59 Section 1-10.3(3) paragraph 4 is revised as follows: 60 ( ****) DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 28 1 No separate pay item will be provided in the bid proposal for Class A or Class B 2 construction signs. All costs for the work to provide Class A or Class B construction 3 signs shall be included in the unit contract price for the various other items of the work 4 in the bid proposal. 5 6 R1-10.3(6).DT8 7 1-10.3(6) One-Way Piloted Traffic Control Through Construction Zone 8 Section 1-10.3(6) is replaced with: 9 (*** **) 10 The construction sometimes requires that traffic be maintained on a portion of the 11 roadway during the progress of the work using one-way piloted traffic control. If this is 12 the case, the Contractor's operation shall be confined to one-half the roadway, 13 permitting traffic on the other half. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, one-way piloted 14 traffic control is necessary, it shall be provided for as follows: - 15 Contractor-Furnished One-Way Piloted Traffic Control. The Contractor shall furnish the 16 pilot car(s) and driver(s) for the pilot car control area. Any necessary flaggers shall be 17 furnished by the Contractor. 18 19 R1-10.4.DT8 20 1-10.4 Measurement 21 Section 1-10.4 is replaced with: 22 (***..**) 23 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Traffic Control". 24 25 No adjustment in the lump sum bid amount will be made for overtime work or for use of relief 26 flaggers. 27 28 R1-10.5.DT8 29 1-10.5 Payment 30 Section 1-10.5 is replaced with: 31 (**.***) 32 Payment for all labor, materials, and equipment described in Section 1-10 will be made in 33 accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid items when included in the proposal: 34 35 "Traffic Control," lump sum. 36 The lump sum contract price shall be full pay for all costs not covered by other specific pay 37 items in the bid proposal for furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing traffic control 38 devices required by the contract and as directed by the Engineer in conformance with 39 accepted standards and in such a manner as to maximize safety, and minimize disruption 40 and inconvenience to the public. 41 42 Progress payment for the lump sum item "Traffic Control" will be made as follows: 43 1. When in initial warning signs for the beginning of the project and the end of 44 construction signs are installed and approved by the Engineer, 30 percent of the 45 amount bid for the item will be paid. 46 2. Payment for the remaining 70 percent of the amount bid for the item will be paid on 47 a prorated basis in accordance with the total job progress as determined by 48 progress payments. 49 50 The item "Traffic Control" will be considered for an equitable adjustment per Section 1-04.6 51 only when the total contract price increases or decreases by more than 25 percent. 52 53 The Lump Sum contract price shall be full pay for all costs involved in furnishing the pilot 54 car(s), pilot car driver(s), and the appropriate pilot car sign(s) for any pilot car operation. Any 55 necessary flaggers will be paid under the item for traffic control. 56 57 The Lump Sum contract price shall be full pay for all costs for the labor provided for 58 performing those construction operations described in Section 1-10.3(1) and as authorized 59 by the Engineer. 60 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 29 1 The Lump Sum contract price shall be full pay for all costs for performing the work described 2 in Section 1-10.3(3) and Section 1-10.3(4). This payment will include all labor, equipment, 3 and vehicles necessary for the initial acquisition, the initial installation of Class A signs, and 4 ultimate return of all Contracting Agency-furnished signs 5 6 The Lump Sum contract price shall be full pay for all costs involved when a person performs 7 the duties described in Section 1-10.2(1)B including when performing traffic control labor 8 duties. 9 10 The Lump Sum contract price shall be full pay for all costs involved in furnishing the vehicle 11 or vehicles for the work described in Sections 1-10.2(1)B and 1-10.3(2). 12 13 R1-11.DT8 14 The following is a new section with new subsections: 15 ******) 16 -11 RENTON SURVEYING STANDARDS 17 1-11.1(1) Responsibility for surveys 18 All surveys and survey reports shall be prepared under the direct supervision of a 19 person registered to practice land surveying under the provisions of Chapter 18.43 20 RCW. 21 22 All surveys and survey reports shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements 23 established by the Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors 24 under the provisions of Chapter 18.43 RCW. 25 26 1-11.1(2) Survey Datum and Precision 27 The horizontal component of all surveys shall have as its coordinate base: The North 28 American Datum of 1983/91. 29 30 All horizontal control for projects must be referenced to or in conjunction with a minimum 31 of two of the City of Renton's Survey Control Network monuments. The source of the 32 coordinate values used will be shown on the survey drawing per RCW 58.09.070. 33 34 The horizontal component of all surveys shall meet or exceed the closure requirements 35 of WAC 332-130-060. The control base lines for all surveys shall meet or exceed the 36 requirements for a Class A survey revealed in Table 2 of the Minimum Standard Detail 37 Requirements for ALTA/ACSM Land Title Surveys jointly established and adopted by 38 ALTA and ACSM in 1992 or comparable classification in future editions of said 39 document. The angular and linear closure and precision ratio of traverses used for 40 survey control shall be revealed on the face of the survey drawing, as shall the method 41 of adjustment. 42 y 43 The horizontal component of the control system for surveys using global positioning 44 system methodology shall exhibit at least 1 part in 50,000 precision in line length 45 dependent error analysis at a 95 percent confidence level and performed pursuant to 46 Federal Geodetic Control Subcommittee Standards for GPS control surveys as defined 47 in Geometric Geodetic Accuracy Standards & Specifications for Using GPS Relative 48 Positioning Techniques dated August 1, 1989 or comparable classification in future 49 editions of said document. 50 51 The vertical component of all surveys shall be based on NAVD 1988, the North 52 American Vertical Datum of 1988, and tied to at least one of the City of Renton Survey 53 Control Network benchmarks. If there are two such benchmarks within 3000 feet of the 54 project site a tie to both shall be made. The benchmark(s) used will be shown on the 55 drawing. If a City of Renton benchmark does not exist within 3000 feet of a project, one 56 must be set on or near the project in a permanent manner that will remain intact 57 throughout the duration of the project. Source of elevations (benchmark) will be shown 58 on the drawing, as well as a description of any bench marks established. 59 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 30 1 1-11.1(3) Subdivision Information 2 Those surveys dependent on section subdivision shall reveal the controlling monuments 3 used and the subdivision of the applicable quarter section. - 4 5 Those surveys dependent on retracement of a plat or short plat shall reveal the 6 controlling monuments, measurements, and methodology used in that retracement. 7 8 1-11.1(4)Field Notes 9 Field notes shall be kept in conventional format in a standard bound field book with 10 waterproof pages. In cases where an electronic data collector is used field notes must 11 also be kept with a sketch and a record of control and base line traverses describing 12 station occupations and what measurements were made at each point. 13 14 Every point located or set shall be identified by a number and a description. Point 15 numbers shall be unique within a complete job. The preferred method of point 16 numbering is field notebook, page and point set on that page. Example: The first point 17 set or found on page 16 of field book 348 would be identified as Point No. 348.16.01, 18 the second point would be 348.16.02, etc. 19 20 Upon completion of a City of Renton project, either the field notebook(s) provided by the 21 City or the original field notebook(s) used by the surveyor will be given to the City. For 22 all other work, surveyors will provide a copy of the notes to the City upon request. In 23 those cases where an electronic data collector is used, a hard copy print out in ASCII 24 text format will accompany the field notes. 25 26 1-11.1(5) Corners and Monuments 27 Corner A point on a land boundary, at the juncture of two or more boundary lines. A 28 monument is usually set at such points to physically reference a corner's location on the 29 ground. 30 31 Monument Any physical object or structure of record which marks or accurately 32 references: 33 - 34 • A corner or other survey point established by or under the supervision of an 35 individual per section 1-11.1(1) and any corner or monument established by the 36 General Land Office and its successor the Bureau of Land Management including 37 section subdivision corners down to and including one-sixteenth corners; and 38 • Any permanently monumented boundary, right of way alignment, or horizontal 39 and vertical control points established by any governmental agency or private 40 surveyor including street intersections but excluding dependent interior lot �- 41 corners. 42 43 1-11.1(6) Control or Base Line Survey 44 Control or Base Line Surveys shall be established for all construction projects that will 45 create permanent structures such as roads, sidewalks, bridges, utility lines or 46 appurtenances, signal or light poles, or any non-single family building. Control or Base 47 Line Surveys shall consist of such number of permanent monuments as are required 48 such that every structure may be observed for staking or "as-builting" while occupying 49 one such monument and sighting another such monument. A minimum of two of these 50 permanent monuments shall be existing monuments, recognized and on record with the 51 City of Renton. The Control or Base Line Survey shall occupy each monument in turn, 52 and shall satisfy all applicable requirements of Section 1-11.1 herein. 53 54 The drawing depicting the survey shall be neat, legible, and drawn to an appropriate 55 scale. North orientation should be clearly presented and the scale shown graphically as 56 well as noted. The drawing must be of such quality that a reduction thereof to one-half 57 original scale remains legible. 58 ., 59 If recording of the survey with the King County Recorder is required, it will be prepared 60 on 18 inch by 24 inch mylar and will comply with all provisions of Chapter 58.09 RCW. DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25, 2003 31 1 A photographic mylar of the drawing will be submitted to the City of Fenton and, upon 2 their review and acceptance per the specific requirements of the project, the original will 3 be recorded with the King County Recorder. .. 4 5 If recording is not required, the survey drawing shall be prepared on 22 inch by 34 inch 6 mylar, and the original or a photographic mylar thereof will be submitted to the City of 7 Renton. 8 9 The survey drawings shall meet or exceed the requirements of WAC 332-130-050 and 10 shall conform to the City of Renton's Drafting Standards. American Public Works 11 Association symbols shall be used whenever possible, and a legend shall identify all 12 symbols used if each point marked by a symbol is not described at each use. 13 14 An electronic listing of all principal points shown on the drawing shall be submitted with 15 each drawing. The listing should include the point number designation (corresponding 16 with that in the field notes), a brief description of the point, and northing, easting, and 17 elevation (if applicable) values, all in ASCII format, on IBM PC compatible media. 18 19 1-11.1(7) Precision Levels 20 Vertical Surveys for the establishment of bench marks shall satisfy all applicable 21 requirements of section 1-05 and 1-11.1. 22 23 Vertical surveys for the establishment of bench marks shall meet or exceed the 24 standards, specifications and procedures of third order elevation accuracy established 25 by the Federal Geodetic Control Committee. 26 27 Bench marks must possess both permanence and vertical stability. Descriptions of 28 bench marks must be complete to insure both recoverablilty and positive identification 29 on recovery. tl` 30 31 1-11.1(8) Radial and Station -- Offset Topography 32 Topographic surveys shall satisfy all applicable requirements of section 1-11 .1 herein. 33 34 All points occupied or back sighted in developing radial topography or establishing 35 baselines for station -- offset topography shall meet the requirements of section 1-11.1 36 herein. 37 38 The drawing and electronic listing requirements set forth in section 1-11.1 herein shall 39 be observed for all topographic surveys. 40 -- 41 1-11.1(9) Radial Topography 42 Elevations for the points occupied or back sighted in a radial topographic survey shall 43 be determined either by 1) spirit leveling with misclosure not to exceed 0.1 feet or 44 Federal Geodetic Control Committee third order elevation accuracy specifications, OR 45 2) trigonometric leveling with elevation differences determined in at least two directions 46 for each point and with misclosure of the circuit not to exceed 0.1 feet. 47 48 1-11.1(10) Station--Offset Topography 49 Elevations of the baseline and topographic points shall be determined by spirit leveling 50 and shall satisfy Federal Geodetic Control Committee specifications as to the turn points 51 and shall not exceed 0.1 foot's error as to side shots. �- 52 53 1-11.1(11) As-Built Survey 54 All improvements required to be "as-built" (post construction survey) per City of Renton 55 Codes, TITLE 4 Building Regulations and TITLE 9 Public Ways and Property, must be 56 located both horizontally and vertically by a Radial survey or by a Station offset survey. 57 The "as-built" survey must be based on the same base line or control survey used for 58 the construction staking survey for the improvements being "as-built". The "as-built'' ,. 59 survey for all subsurface improvements should occur prior to backfilling. Close DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 32 1 cooperation between the installing contractor and the "as-builting" surveyor is therefore 2 required. 3 4 All "as-built" surveys shall satisfy the requirements of section 1-11 .1(1) herein and shall 5 be based upon control or base line surveys made in conformance with these 6 Specifications. 7 8 The field notes for "as-built" shall meet the requirements of section 1-11.1(4) herein and 9 submitted with stamped and signed "as-built" drawings which includes a statement 10 certifying the accuracy of the "as built". 11 12 The drawing and electronic listing requirements set forth in section 1-11.1(6) herein shall 13 be observed for all "as-built" surveys. 14 15 1-11.1(12) Monument Setting and Referencing 16 All property or lot corners, as defined in 1-11.1(5), established or reestablished on a plat 17 or other recorded survey shall be referenced by a permanent marker at the corner point 18 per 1-11.2(1). In situations where such markers are impractical or in danger of being 19 destroyed, e.g., the front corners of lots, a witness marker shall be set. In most cases, 20 this will be the extension of the lot line to a tack in lead in the curb. The relationship 21 between the witness monuments and their respective corners shall be shown or 22 described on the face of the plat or survey of record, e.g., "Tacks in lead on the 23 extension of the lot side lines have been set in the curbs on the extension of said line 24 with the curb." In all other cases the corner shall meet the requirements of section 1- 25 11.2(1) herein. 26 27 All non corner monuments, as defined in 1-11.1(5), shall meet the requirements of 28 section 1-11.2(2) herein. If the monument falls with in a paved portion of a right of way 29 or other area, the monument shall be set below the ground surface and contained within 30 a lidded case kept separate from the monument and flush with the pavement surface, 31 per section 1-11.2(3). 32 .. 33 In the case of right of way centerline monuments all points of curvature (PC), points of 34 tangency (PT), street intersections, center points of cul de sacs shall be set. If the point 35 of intersection, PI, for the tangents of a curve fall within the paved portion of the right of 36 way, a monument can be set at the PI instead of the PC and PT of the curve. 37 38 For all non corner monuments set while under contract to the City of Renton or as part 39 of a City of Renton approved subdivision of property, a City of Renton Monument Card 40 (furnished by the city) identifying the monument; point of intersection (PI), point of 41 tangency (PT), point of curvature (PC), one-sixteenth corner, Plat monument, street 42 intersection, etc., complete with a description of the monument, a minimum of two 43 reference points and NAD 83/91 coordinates and NAVD 88 elevation shall be filled out 44 and filed with the city. 45 46 1-11.2 Materials 47 48 1-11.2(1) Property/Lot Corners 49 Corners per 1-11.1(5) shall be marked in a permanent manner such as 1/2 inch 50 diameter rebar 24 inches in length, durable metal plugs or caps, tack in lead, etc. and 51 permanently marked or tagged with the surveyor's identification number. The specific - 52 nature of the marker used can be determined by the surveyor at the time of installation. 53 54 1-11.2(2) Monuments 55 Monuments per 1-11.1(5) shall meet the requirements as set forth in City of Renton 56 Standard Plans page H031 and permanently marked or tagged with the surveyor's 57 identification number. 58 DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 33 1 1-11.2(3) Monument Case and Cover 2 Materials shall meet the requirements of section 9-22 and City of Renton Standard 3 Plans page H031. ww 4 or .. r�r DIVISION 1 -UPDATED November 25,2003 34 SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF RENTON SPECIAL PROVISIONS bw %W ur IAW w Monster Road Bridge Repair rr 1 DIVISION 6 - STRUCTURES 2 - 3 6-02.1 Description 4 5 This contract provides for the improvement of the Monster Road Bridge by 6 retrofitting all girders at Piers 2 and 3 and other work, all in accordance with the 7 Contract Plans, the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. 8 9 Work includes Girder Deck Reinforcement, comprised of: core drilling existing 10 reinforced concrete, installing thread bar anchors attached to new metal fabrications 11 and encasing the anchors with epoxy grout. Work also includes Bottom Flange 12 Reinforcement, comprised of: core drilling existing reinforced concrete, installing 13 thread bar anchors attached to new metal fabrications and forming and placing 14 concrete encasement around the anchors. Work also includes installing Girder 15 Support Brackets, comprised of: core drilling existing reinforced concrete, installing 16 thread bar anchors attached to new metal fabrications, encasing the anchors with 17 epoxy grout, and placing epoxy grout under the girders. Work also includes Girder 18 Epoxy Injection, comprised of the epoxy injection of cracks in the existing concrete 19 girders. 20 21 The following Special Provisions supercede any conflicting provisions of the 2004 22 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction and are made 23 part of this contract. 24 25 6-02.2 Material 26 27 Structural Low Alloy Steel 28 Section 9-06.2 is supplemented with: 29 30 Steel pipe shall conform to 9-30.1(14), Schedule 80 or AISC Extra Strong. 31 32 Prestressing Reinforcement Bar 33 In Section 9-07.11, replace first paragraph with: 34 35 High-strength steel bars shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 75, galvanized 36 threadbars. 37 38 Epoxy Bonding Agents 39 Section 9-26.1(1)A is supplemented with: 40 M 41 Epoxy bonding agents for injection into existing cracks and filling all drilled 42 holes shall be Type IV, Grade 1, Class B. 43 44 Epoxy Grout/Mortar/Concrete 45 Section 9-26.3(1) is supplemented with: 46 47 Epoxy for anchor bolt installation shall meet the requirements of ASTM C881, 48 Type IV, Grade 3, Class B. CITY OF RENTON MONSTER ROAD BRIDGE REPAIR 6-17 1 1 Rubber Gasket 2 Section 9-04.4(1) is supplemented with: 3 4 Rubber gaskets for sealing joints, before pressure grouting, shall conform to 5 the applicable requirements of AASHTO M198. 6 7 8 6-02.3 Construction Requirements - 9 10 The Contractor shall retrofit the girders as shown in the Plans. 11 12 Prior to performing any drilling, the contractor shall determine locations of pre- 13 stressed steel strands and reinforcement bars by non-destructive testing methods, 14 and submit layout to the Engineer for review. 15 16 Radiographics, magnetic, or other approved non-destructive testing methods shall 17 be used to locate existing girder pre-stressing strands and steel reinforcing bars. 18 The pre-stressing strands shall not be damaged. Care shall be taken to limit 19 damage to reinforcing bars. 20 - 21 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings of the steel components of the retrofit 22 assemblies to the Engineer for approval in accordance with Section 6-03.3(7). In 23 Section 6-03.3(7) replace "Bridge and Structures Engineer, Department of 24 Transportation, Transportation Building, Olympia, WA 98504" with "City of Renton, 25 Engineering Department, Renton City Hall, 5t Floor, 1055 S. Grady Way, Renton, 26 WA 98055." - 27 28 Section 6-01.5 is re-titled, and revised to read as follows: 29 30 The Contractor shall conform to all rules set forth by the Department of 31 Ecology's Hydraulic Project Approval (HPA) such that no work will be done 32 within the Ordinary High Water Mark (OWHM) during the dates as noted on 33 the HPA. All work done above the OWHM is acceptable irrespective of the 34 dates noted on the HPA with the condition that all activity and/or material will 35 be contained and 'not allowed within the OWHM. The contractor is 36 responsible for submitting and implementing a containment system plan that 37 effectively collects and disposes of all debris caused by construction 38 activities. The contractor shall take extreme care to insure that no debris - 39 enters the water. 40 41 The Contractor shall construct work access to accommodate all work within 42 the wetted perimeter, or above the sensitive area, of the Black River, as 43 staked by the Engineer. The Contractor shall construct and remove the work 44 access in accordance with all environmental regulations and permits, 45 including those specified in Sections 1-07.5 and 1-07.6. 46 4 47 The Contractor shall submit working drawings of the work access to the 48 Engineer for review and comment. CITY OF RENTON MONSTER ROAD BRIDGE REPAIR - 6-17 2 1 2 If the Contractor chooses an access alternative using a work trestle structure, 3 the work access submittal shall include six sets of working drawings and two 4 sets of design calculations prepared in accordance with Section 6-01.9. The 5 Contractor shall design the work access structure to withstand all applicable 6 loads in accordance with accepted design codes. The Contractor shall 7 specify the design code(s) in the calculations and working drawings. 8 9 The Contractor shall include information with the work access submittal on 10 the construction equipment that will use the work access. The Contractor 11 shall specify the type and model of construction equipment to be used, and 12 shall include equipment catalog cuts with capacities and geometry. The 13 Contractor shall include anticipated wheel or track loads, axle spacings, 14 outrigger geometry and reactions, crane pick angles and reach, and other 15 equipment details. 16 17 If the Contractor requires access from the bridge deck they shall notify the 18 Engineer and provide temporary traffic control in accordance with Section 1- 19 10. 20 21 The Contractor shall follow the construction sequence and drill holes for, and set, 22 steel reinforcing bars into the existing concrete as shown in the Plans in accordance 23 with Section 6-02.3(24) as supplemented by these Special Provisions. - 24 25 Holes for the bonded anchors for the retrofit assembly anchorages shall be located 26 and drilled in accordance with the following: - 27 28 1. The location of the steel reinforcing bars in the vicinity of the retrofit 29 assembly anchorages as shown in the Plans shall be located and marked on 30 the concrete surface. 31 32 2. Using the anchor bolt templates, matched to the fabricated retrofit 33 assemblies, the Contractor shall align and slightly shift the template as 34 required so the holes avoid the existing steel reinforcing bars as much as 35 possible. 36 37 3. If, after shifting the anchor bolt templates, conflicts still exist between hole 38 locations and existing steel reinforcing bars, the Contractor shall report the 39 conflict to the Engineer for review and resolution. 40 41 4. The Contractor shall drill holes for the resin bonded anchors with the 42 anchor bolt templates in position. 43 44 5. Anchor bolt hole diameters shall be in accordance with the anchor bolt 45 manufacturer's recommendations. 46 CITY OF RENTON MONSTER ROAD BRIDGE REPAIR w 6-17 3 1 Just prior to the final installation of the retrofit assemblies, the surface of the 2 concrete in contact with the anchorage assembly shall be coated with an epoxy 3 bonding agent. 4 5 The Contractor shall form, cast, and cure the concrete portions of the retrofit work in 6 accordance with Section 6-02.3 and as shown in the Plans. 7 8 Control of materials, including construction materials, manufactured and fabricated 9 items, and their installation, shall be in accordance with Section 1-06. Acceptance of 10 materials shall be in accordance with Section 1-06.2. 11 - 12 Girder Retrofit contains approximately the following quantities of materials: 13 14 Girder Deck Reinforcement 15 Galvanized Thread Bar, #18 912 LF 16 Galvanized Couplers 48 Each 17 Galvanized Bearing Plates 48 Each 18 Galvanized Nuts 48 Each 19 Galvanized Anchorage Plates 8866 Lb 20 Galvanized Threadbar Enclosure 12,720 Lb m 21 Anchorage and Enclosure Bolts 1728 Each 22 Core Drilling 24 Each 23 Epoxy Grout 126 CF 24 Bottom Flange Reinforcement 25 Galvanized Thread Bar, #11 840 LF 26 Galvanized Couplers 56 Each 27 Galvanized Bearing Plates 56 Each 28 Galvanized Nuts 56 Each 29 Galvanized Anchorage Plates and Pipes 1977 Lb 30 Galvanized Threadbar Enclosure 2475 Lb 31 Anchorage Anchor Bolts 280 Each 32 Core Drilling 28 Each 33 Epoxy Grout 8 CF 34 Concrete 304 CF 35 Girder Support Brackets 36 Galvanized Thread Bar, #18 112 LF 37 Galvanized Bearing Plates 56 Each 38 Galvanized Nuts 56 Each 39 Galvanized Anchorage Plates 32,396 Lb 40 Anchor Bolts 224 Each 41 Core Drilling 28 Each 42 Epoxy Grout in Drilled Holes 8 CF 43 Epoxy Grout in Under Girders 35 CF 44 Girder Epoxy Injection 45 Epoxy Crack Injection 180 LF 46 47 The quantities are listed for the convenience of the Contractor in determining the 48 volume of work involved and are not guaranteed to be accurate. The prospective CITY OF RENTON MONSTER ROAD BRIDGE REPAIR 6-17 4 1 bidders shall verify these quantities before submitting a bid. No adjustments other 2 that for approved changes will be made to the lump sum contract price for Girder 3 Retrofit even though the actual quantities required may deviate from those listed. 4 Miscellaneous appurtenance items which are shown in the Plans but are not listed in 5 the quantities above shall be included in this work. 6 7 6.02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design 8 9 Add the following: 10 11 "The maximum aggregate size for concrete Class 4000 used to encase #11 steel 12 reinforcing bars shall be 3/8 inch." 13 14 "Pre-approved, pre-packed concrete mix that meets the requirements of Class 4000 15 concrete may be used." 16 17 6.02.4 Measurement 18 19 Girder Deck and Flange Reinforcement, Support Brackets and Non-Destructive 20 Testing Determination of Girder Strand and Reinforcing will not be measured but will 21 be paid for on a lump sum basis as described in Section 6-02.5. 22 23 Girder Epoxy Injection will be measured by linear foot as described in Section 6- 24 02.5. 25 26 6.02.5 Payment 27 28 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following 29 bid items that are included in the proposal: - 30 31 Girder Deck Reinforcement, #18 bars Lump Sum 32 Girder Flange Reinforcement, #11 bars Lump Sum 33 Girder Support Brackets Lump Sum 34 Girder Epoxy Injection Linear Foot 35 Non-Destructive Testing Determination 36 of Girder Strand and Reinforcing Lump Sum 37 38 The lump sum contract price shall be full payment for all costs in connection with 39 furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary for the manufacture, 40 fabrication, transportation, and erection of all reinforcement and steel structures. 41 Concrete and grout are incidental to related bid items. In the event any change in 42 the plans is made which affects the quantity of any material, payment for the 43 additional quantity required will be made at a unit price per pound. The unit price 44 per pound will be calculated by dividing the Contractor's lump sum bid price, for the W 45 related bid item, by the total estimated weight of material shown in plans. 46 CITY OF RENTON MONSTER ROAD BRIDGE REPAIR 6-17 5 1 The linear foot contract price shall be full payment for all costs in connection with 2 furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary for injecting all girders 3 with epoxy. 4 5 Prospective bidder shall verify the estimated quantities for each bid item. No 6 adjustment, other than those provided for approved changes, will be made in the 7 lump sum bid, even if the actual quantity deviates from the stated estimated quantity. CITY OF RENTON MONSTER ROAD BRIDGE REPAIR 6-17 6 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECS. CITY OF RENTON aw+r r AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS mw or vw Monster Road Bridge Repair "r PAGE 1 CONTENTS 2 3 4 5 INTRODUCTION---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 aw 6 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS rr 7 SECTION 1-07, LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC----1 8 SECTION 1-09, MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT--------------------------------------------3 9 SECTION 1-10, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL-----------------------------------------3 10 SECTION 2-02, REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS---------------19 11 SECTION 2-03, ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT -----------------------19 .. 12 SECTION 2-09, STRUCTURE EXCAVATION-------------------------------------------------20 13 SECTION 2-10, DITCH EXCAVATION----------------------------------------------------------20 ow 14 SECTION 4-04, BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING---------------------------------20 15 SECTION 5-01, CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REHABILITATION ---------------20 "' 16 SECTION 5-04, HOT MIX ASPHALT------------------------------------------------------------21 17 SECTION 6-02, CONCRETE STRUCTURES-------------------------------------------------22 ft+ 18 SECTION 6-03, STEEL STRUCTURES--------------------------------------------------------34 19 SECTION 6-06, BRIDGE RAILINGS------------------------------------------------------------35 20 SECTION 6-07, PAINTING ------------------------------------------------------------------------35 21 SECTION 6-10, CONCRETE BARRIER--------------------------------------------------------35 22 SECTION 6-11, REINFORCED CONCRETE WALLS---------------------------------------36 23 SECTION 6-12, NOISE BARRIER WALLS ----------------------------------------------------39 24 SECTION 6-13, STRUCTURAL EARTH WALLS---------------------------------------------45 go 25 SECTION 6-14, GEOSYNTHETIC RETAINING WALLS -----------------------------------55 26 SECTION 6-15, SOIL NAIL WALLS--------------------------------------------------------------59 ` 27 SECTION 6-16, SOLDIER PILE AND SOLDIER PILE TIEBACK WALLS--------------69 28 SECTION 6-17, PERMANENT GROUND ANCHORS --------------------------------------75 to 29 SECTION 6-18, SHOTCRETE FACING--------------------------------------------------------85 30 SECTION 7-05, MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS----------89 No 31 SECTION 7-12, VALVES FOR WATER MAINS-----------------------------------------------90 32 SECTION 7-14, HYDRANTS----------------------------------------------------------------------90 „r. 33 SECTION 7-15, SERVICE CONNECTIONS---------------------------------------------------90 �r City of Renton Amendments August 2004 err PAGE 1 SECTION 7-17, SANITARY SEWERS----------------------------------------------------------90 2 SECTION 8-01, EROSION CONTROL---------------------------------------------------------90 3 SECTION 8-07, PRECAST TRAFFIC CURB AND BLOCK TRAFFIC CURB----------91 err 4 SECTION 8-12, CHAIN LINK FENCE AND WIRE FENCE --------------------------------92 5 SECTION 8-14, CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS --------------------------------------92 6 SECTION 8-15, RIPRAP---------------------------------------------------------------------------93 7 SECTION 8-17, IMPACT ATTENUATOR SYSTEMS----------------------------------------93 8 SECTION 8-18, MAILBOX SUPPORT---------------------------------------------------------95 9 SECTION 8-19, REDIRECTIONAL LAND FORM--------------------------------------------95 10 SECTION 8-20,ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS,AND ELECTRICAL96 11 SECTION 8-22, PAVEMENT MARKING--------------------------------------------------------97 12 SECTION 9-02, BITUMINOUS MATERIALS --------------------------------------------------98 13 SECTION 9-03, AGGREGATES------------------------------------------------------------------99 14 SECTION 9-04, JOINT AND CRACK SEALING MATERIALS--------------------------- 100 15 SECTION 9-05, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS------- 100 16 SECTION 9-06, STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RELATED MATERIALS---------------- 101 17 SECTION 9-08, PAINTS-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102 18 SECTION 9-09, TIMBER AND LUMBER----------------------------------------------------- 102 19 SECTION 9-10, PILING--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102 20 SECTION 9-14, EROSION CONTROLAND ROADSIDE PLANTING----------------- 102 21 SECTION 9-15, IRRIGATION SYSTEM ------------------------------------------------------ 103 22 SECTION 9-16, FENCE AND GUARDRAIL------------------------------------------------- 103 23 SECTION 9-17, FLEXIBLE GUIDE POSTS ------------------------------------------------- 109 24 SECTION 9-28, SIGNING MATERIALS AND FABRICATION--------------------------- 109 25 SECTION 9-29, ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL ----------------------------- 110 26 SECTION 9-30, WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS----------------------------------- 119 27 SECTION 9-32, MAILBOX SUPPORT------------------------------------------------------- 120 28 SECTION 9-33, CONSTRUCTION GEOSYNTHETIC------------------------------------ 120 29 SECTION 9-34, PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL -------------------------------------- 128 30 SECTION 9-35, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL MATERIALS-------------------- 129 31 32 33 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 �. 1 INTRODUCTION 2 The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 3 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 4 5 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 6 dr 7 The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract 8 and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational 9 purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the "' 10 Amendment or the latest date of revision. 11 12 Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard +�+ 13 Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 14 15 INTRODUCTION .r 16 The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 17 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 18 19 This project is designed in metric units. Among the Special Provisions contained in this 20 project are revisions to sections within Divisions 1, 6, 7 and 9 that provide conversion 21 methods and charts needed to administer this project utilizing the 2004 Standard 22 Specifications. 23 24 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 25 26 The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract 27 and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational 28 purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the 29 Amendment or the latest date of revision. 30 31 Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard 32 Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 33 34 SECTION 1-07, LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 35 April 5, 2004 36 1-07.13(4) Repair of Damage 37 This section is revised to read: 38 39 The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent work .40 as directed by the Engineer. For damage qualifying for relief under Sections 1-07.13(1), 41 1-07.13(2) or 1-07.13(3), payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.4 using -42 the estimated bid item "Reimbursement for Third Party Damage". 43 44 In the event the Contracting Agency pays for damage to the Contractor's work or for 45 damage to the Contractor's equipment caused by third parties, any claim the Contractor 46 had or may have had against the third party shall be deemed assigned to the 47 Contracting Agency, to the extent of the Contracting Agency's payment for such 48 damage. 49 r City of Renton Amendments August 2004 1 +rr 1 ' Payment will be limited to repair of damaged work only. No payment will be made for 2 delay or disruption of work. 3 4 For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency 5 has entered an amount for "Reimbursement For Third Party Damage" in the proposal to 6 become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 7 to 8 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance 9 This section is revised to read: 10 11 The Contractor shall obtain and keep in force the following policies of insurance. The 12 policies shall be with companies or through sources approved by the State Insurance 13 Commissioner pursuant to Chapter 48.05, RCW. Unless otherwise indicated below, the 14 policies shall be kept in force from the execution date of the contract until the date of 15 acceptance by the Secretary (Section 1-05.12). 16 17 1. Owners and Contractors Protective Insurance providing bodily injury and property 18 damage liability coverage with limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the 19 aggregate for each policy period, written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form 20 CG0009 together with Washington State Department of Transportation Amendatory 21 Endorsement No. CG 29 08, specifying the State of Washington as a named 22 insured. 23 24 The Contractor may choose to terminate this insurance after the date of Substantial 25 Completion as determined by the Engineer or, should Substantial Completion not 26 be achieved, after the date of Physical Completion as determined by the Engineer. 27 In the event the Contractor elects to terminate this coverage, prior to acceptance of 28 the contract, the Contractor shall first obtain an endorsement to the Commercial 29 General Liability Insurance described below that establishes the Contracting uric 30 Agency on that policy as an additional insured. 31 32 2. Commercial General Liability Insurance written under ISO Form CG0001 or its 33 equivalent with minimum limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate 34 for each policy period. This protection may be a CGL policy or any combination of 35 primary, umbrella or excess liability coverage affording total liability limits of not less 36 than $3,000,000. Products and completed operations coverage shall be provided 37 for a period of one year following final acceptance of the work. 38 39 3. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance providing bodily injury and property 40 damage liability coverage for all owned and nonowned vehicles assigned to or used 41 in the performance of the work with a combined single limit of not less than 42 $1,000,000 each occurrence with the State named as an additional insured in No 43 connection with the Contractor's Performance of the contract. 44 45 The Owners and Contractors Protective Insurance policy shall not be subject to a 46 deductible or contain provisions for a deductible. The Commercial General Liability 47 policy and the Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance policy may, at the discretion of 48 the Contractor, contain such provisions. If a deductible applies to any claim under these 49 policies, then payment of that deductible will be the responsibility of the Contractor, 50 notwithstanding any claim of liability against the Contracting Agency. However in no 51 event shall any provision for a deductible provide for a deductible in excess of 52 $50,000.00. to City of Renton Amendments August 2004 2 VW •• 1 2 Prior to contract execution, the. Contractor shall file with the Department of 3 Transportation, Contract Payment Section, P.O. Box 47420, Olympia, WA 98504-7420, 4 ACORD Form Certificates of Insurance evidencing the minimum insurance coverages 5 required under these specifications. 6 rr 7 All insurance policies and Certificates of Insurance shall include a requirement providing 8 for a minimum of 45 days prior written notice to the Contracting Agency of any 9 cancellation or reduction of coverage. All insurance coverage required by this section 10 shall be written and provided by "occurrence-based" policy forms rather than by "claims 11 made" forms. 12 13 Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall 14 constitute a material breach of contract upon which the Contracting Agency may, after 15 giving five working days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately 16 terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any 17 and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to 18 the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, 19 offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. 20 21 All costs for insurance, including any payments of deductible amounts, shall be 22 considered incidental to and included in the unit contract prices and no additional aw 23 payment will be made. 24 25 SECTION 1-09, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT g. 26 April 5, 2004 27 1-09.6 Force Account 28 On page 1-91, under "For Labor", the fourth and fifth sentences in the second paragraph 29 are deleted. 30 31 1-09.7 Mobilization 32 Under the second paragraph, item 3 is revised to read: 33 34 When the substantial completion date has been established for the project, payment of .. 35 any amount bid for mobilization in excess of 10 percent of the total original contract 36 amount will be paid. 37 .W 38 SECTION 1-10, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 39 August 2, 2004 aw 40 Section 1-10 is revised in its entirety to read: 41 42 1-10.1 General ,n„ 43 The Contractor, utilizing contractor labor and contractor-provided equipment and 44 materials (except when such labor, equipment or materials are to be provided by the 45 Contracting Agency as specifically identified herein,) shall plan, manage, supervise and 46 perform all temporary traffic control activities needed to support the work of the contract. r 47 48 1-10.1(1) Materials 49 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: '0 50 Ar City of Renton Amendments August 2004 3 1 Stop/Slow Paddles 9-35.1 2 Construction Signs 9-35.2 3 Wood Sign Posts 9-35.3 4 Sequential Arrow Signs 9-35.4 �+ 5 Portable Changeable Message Signs 9-35.5 6 Barricades 9-35.6 7 Traffic Safety Drums 9-35.7 8 Barrier Drums 9-35.8 9 Traffic Cones 9-35.9 10 Tubular Markers 9-35.10 11 Warning Lights and Flashers 9-35.11 12 Truck-Mounted Attenuator 9-35.12 13 , 14 1-10.1(2) Description 15 The Contractor shall provide flaggers, spotters and all other personnel required for labor 16 for traffic control activities and not otherwise specified as being furnished by the 17 Contracting Agency. 18 19 The Contractor shall perform all procedures necessary to support the contract work. 20 21 The Contractor shall provide signs and other traffic control devices not otherwise 22 specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and 23 maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control ► 24 devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a 25 result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on or adjacent to highways, 26 roads, or streets. No work shall be done on or adjacent to the roadway until all 27 necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. 28 29 The traffic control resources and activities described shall be used for the safety of the 30 public, of the Contractor's employees, and of the Contracting Agency's personnel and to 31 facilitate the movement of the traveling public. They may be used for the separation or 32 merging of public and construction traffic when such use is in accordance with a specific 33 approved traffic control plan. 34 35 Upon failure of the Contractor to immediately provide flaggers; erect, maintain, and 36 remove signs; or provide, erect, maintain, and remove other traffic control devices when 37 ordered to do so by the Engineer, the Contracting Agency may, without further notice to 38 the Contractor or the Surety, perform any of the above and deduct all of the costs from 39 the Contractor's payments. up 40 41 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate labor, sufficient signs, and 42 other traffic control devices, and for performing traffic control procedures needed for the 43 protection of the work and the public at all times regardless of whether or not the labor, 44 devices or procedures have been ordered by the Engineer, furnished by the Contracting 45 Agency, or paid for by the Contracting Agency. 46 47 Wherever possible when performing contract work, the Contractor's equipment shall 48 follow normal and legal traffic movements. The Contractor's ingress and egress of the 49 work area shall be accomplished with as little disruption to traffic as possible. Traffic 50 control devices shall be removed by picking up the devices in a reverse sequence to 51 that used for installation. This may require moving backwards through the workzone. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 4 ■rr 1 When located behind barrier or at other locations shown on approved-traffic control 2 plans, equipment may operate in a direction opposite to adjacent traffic. 3 4 The Contractor is advised that the Contracting Agency may have entered into operating 5 agreements with one or more law enforcement organizations for cooperative activities. 6 Under such agreements, at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, law 7 enforcement personnel may enter the workzone for enforcement purposes and may 8 participate in the Contractor's traffic control activities. The responsibility under the 9 contract for all traffic control resides with the Contractor and any such participation by 10 law enforcement personnel in Contractor traffic control activities will be referenced in the 11 Special Provisions or will be preceded by an agreement and, if appropriate, a cost 12 adjustment. Nothing in this contract is intended to create an entitlement, on the part of 13 the Contractor, to the services or participation of the law enforcement organization. 14 15 1-10.2 Traffic Control Management 16 17 1-10.2(1) General 18 It is the Contractor's responsibility to plan, conduct and safely perform the work. The 19 Contractor shall manage temporary traffic control with its own staff. Traffic control 20 management responsibilities shall be formally assigned to one or more company 21 supervisors who are actively involved in the planning and management of field contract 22 activities. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a copy of the formal .. 23 assignment. The duties of traffic control management may not be subcontracted. 24 25 The Contractor shall designate an individual or individuals to perform the duties of the 26 primary Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS). The designation shall also identify an 27 alternate TCS who can assume the duties of the primary TCS in the event of that 28 person's inability to perform. The TCS shall be responsible for safe implementation of 29 approved Traffic Control Plans provided by the Contractor. 30 31 The designated individuals shall be certified as worksite traffic control supervisors by 32 one of the organizations listed in the Special Provisions. Possession of a current 33 flagging card by the TCS is mandatory. A traffic control management assignment and a 34 TCS designation are required on all projects that will utilize traffic control. 35 36 The Contractor shall maintain 24-hour telephone numbers at which the Contractor's 37 assigned traffic control management personnel and the TCS can be contacted and be 38 available upon the Engineer's request at other than normal working hours. These 39 persons shall have the resources, ability and authority to expeditiously correct any 40 deficiency in the traffic control system. 41 42 1-10.2(1)A Traffic Control Management 43 The responsibilities of the Contractor's traffic control management personnel shall 44 include: 45 46 1. Overseeing and approving the actions of the Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) 47 to ensure that proper safety and traffic control measures are implemented and 48 consistent with the specific requirements created by the Contractor's 49 workzones and the Contract. Some form of oversight must be in place and 50 effective even when the traffic control management personnel are not present 51 at the jobsite. 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 5 1 2. Providing the Contractor's designated TCS with approved Traffic Control Plans 2 (TCP's) which are compatible with the work operations and traffic control for 3 which they will be implemented. Having the latest adopted edition of the 4 Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways "l' 5 (MUTCD,) including the Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD and 6 applicable standards and specifications available at all times on the project. 7 '6 8 3. Discussing proposed traffic control measures and coordinating implementation 9 of the Contractor-adopted traffic control plan(s) with the Engineer. 10 11 4. Coordinating all traffic control operations, including those of subcontractors 12 and suppliers, with each other and with any adjacent construction or 13 maintenance operations. 14 15 5. Coordinating the project's activities (such as ramp closures, road closures, and 16 lane closures) with appropriate police, fire control agencies, city or county 17 engineering, medical emergency agencies, school districts, and transit 18 companies. 19 20 6. Overseeing all requirements of the contract which contribute to the 21 convenience, safety, and orderly movement of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. 22 23 7. Reviewing the TCS's diaries daily and being aware of "field" traffic control 24 operations. 25 26 8. Being present on-site a sufficient amount of time to adequately satisfy the 27 above-listed responsibilities. 28 29 Failure to carry out any of the above-listed responsibilities shall be a failure to comply 30 with the contract and may result in a suspension of work as described in Section 1-08.6. 31 32 1-10.2(1)6 Traffic Control Supervisor 33 A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be present on the project whenever flagging or 34 spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized or less frequently, as authorized by 35 the Engineer. 36 37 The TCS shall personally perform all the duties of the TCS. During nonwork periods, the 38 TCS shall be available to the job site within a 45-minute time period after notification by 39 the Engineer. 40 41 The TCS's duties shall include: 42 43 1. Having a current set of approved traffic control plans (TCPs), applicable 44 contract provisions as provided by the Contractor, the latest adopted edition of 45 the MUTCD, including the Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD, the „rri 46 book Quality Standards for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, and applicable 47 standards and specifications. 48 49 2. Inspecting traffic control devices and nighttime lighting for proper location, 50 installation, message, cleanliness, and effect on the traveling public. Traffic 51 control devices shall be inspected each work shift except that Class A signs 52 and nighttime lighting need to be checked only once a week. Traffic control City of Renton Amendments August 2004 6 �. 1 devices left in place for 24 hours or more should also be inspected once during 2 the nonworking hours when they are initially set up (during daylight or 3 darkness, whichever is opposite of the working hours). The TCS shall correct, .. 4 or arrange to have corrected, any deficiencies noted during these inspections. 5 6 3. Preparing a daily traffic control diary on DOT Forms 421-040A and 421-0408, 7 which shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than the end of the next 8 working day to become a part of the project records. The Contractor may use 9 alternate forms if approved by the Engineer. Diary entries shall include, but not 10 be limited to: 'w 11 12 a. Time of day when signs and traffic control devices are installed and 13 removed, as 14 b. Location and condition of signs and traffic control devices, 15 c. Revisions to the traffic control plan, 16 d. Lighting utilized at night, and no 17 e. Observations of traffic conditions. 18 19 4. Making minor revisions to the traffic control plan to accommodate site W 20 conditions provided that the original intent of the traffic control plan is 21 maintained and the revision has the concurrence of both the Contractor and 22 the Engineer. WW 23 24 5. Attending traffic control coordinating meetings or coordination activities as 25 necessary for full understanding and effective performance. 26 s` 27 6. Ensuring that all needed traffic control devices and equipment are available 28 and in good working condition prior to the need to install or utilize them. 29 AW 30 The TCS may perform the work described by "Faaggers and Spotters" or "Other Traffic 31 Control Labor" provided that the duties of the TCS are accomplished. 32 N. 33 1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans 34 The traffic control plan or plans appearing in the contract documents show a method of 35 handling traffic. All construction signs, flaggers, spotters and other traffic control devices to 36 are shown on the traffic control plan(s) except for emergency situations. Where 37 mainline contract traffic control plans are developed with the intent of operating without 38 the use of flaggers or spotters, the plans shall note that intent. The use of flaggers or 39 spotters to supplement these traffic control plans will not be allowed except in a case 40 where no other means of traffic control can be used or in the event of an emergency. If 41 the Contractor proposes the use of flaggers or spotters with one of these plans, this will 42 constitute a modification requiring approval by the Engineer. The modified plans must 43 show locations for all the required advance warning signs and a safe, protected location 44 for the flagging station. If flagging is to be performed during hours of darkness, the plan 45 must include appropriate illumination for the flagging station. 46 47 When the Contractor's chosen method of performing the work in the contract requires 48 some form of temporary traffic control, the Contractor shall either: (1.) designate and 49 adopt, in writing, the traffic control plan or plans from the contract documents that 50 support that,method; or (2.) submit a Contractor's plan that modifies, supplements or 51 replaces a plan from the contract documents. Any Contractor-proposed modification, as 52 supplement or replacement shall show the necessary construction signs, flaggers, "w City of Renton Amendments August 2004 7 1 spotters and other traffic control devices required to support the work. Any Contractor- 2 proposed traffic control plan shall conform to the established standards for plan 3 development as shown in the MUTCD, Part VI. The Contractor's submittal, either 4 designating and adopting a traffic control plan from the contract documents or proposing 5 a Contractor-developed plan, shall be provided to the Engineer for approval at least ten 6 calendar days in advance of the time the signs and other traffic control devices are 7 scheduled to be installed and utilized. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for 8 submitting any proposed traffic control plan or modification, obtaining the Engineer's 9 approval and providing copies of the approved Traffic Control Plans to the Traffic 10 Control Supervisor. 11 12 1-10.2(3) Conformance to Established Standards 13 Flagging, signs, and all other traffic control devices and procedures furnished or 14 provided shall conform to the standards established in the latest adopted edition of the 15 Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD,) 16 published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Washington State i 17 Modifications to the MUTCD. Judgment of the quality of devices furnished will be based 18 upon Quality Standards for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, published by the 19 American Traffic Safety Services Association. Copies of the MUTCD may be purchased i 20 from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, 21 D.C. 20402. The Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD and Quality Standards 22 for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices may be obtained from the Department of 23 Transportation, Olympia, Washington 98504. 24 25 In addition to the standards of the MUTCD described above, the Contracting Agency 26 has scheduled the implementation of crashworthiness requirements for most workzone 27 devices. The National Cooperative Highway Research Project (NCHRP) Report 350 has 28 established requirements for crash testing. Workzone devices are divided into four 29 categories. Each of those categories and, where applicable, the schedule for 30 implementation is described below: 31 32 Category 1 includes those items that are small and lightweight, channelizing, and 16 33 delineating devices that have been in common use for many years and are known to be 34 crashworthy by crash testing of similar devices or years of demonstrable safe 35 performance. These include cones, tubular markers, flexible delineator posts, and Ai 36 plastic drums. All Category 1 devices used on the project shall meet the requirements of 37 NCHRP 350 as certified by the manufacturer of the device. 38 Ali 39 Category 2 includes devices that are not expected to produce significant vehicular 40 velocity change, but may otherwise be hazardous. Examples of this class are 41 barricades, portable sign supports and signs, intrusion alarms and vertical panels. Any 42 new Category 2 device purchased after October 1, 2000 shall meet the requirements of 43 NCHRP 350. Existing equipment, purchased prior to October 1, 2000, may be used on 44 the project until December 31, 2007. For the purpose of definition, a sign support and 45 sign shall be considered a single unit. A new sign may be purchased for an existing_ sign 46 support and the entire unit will be defined as "existing equipment." 47 48 Category 3 is for hardware expected to cause significant velocity changes or other 49 potentially harmful reactions to impacting vehicles. Barriers, fixed sign supports, crash 50 cushions, truck mounted attenuators (TMA's) and other work zone devices not meeting 51 the definitions of Category 1 or 2 are examples from this category. Many Category 3 52 devices are defined in the design of the project. Where this is the case, NCHRP 350 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 8 to .. 1 requirements have been incorporated into the design and the Contractor complies with 2 the requirements by constructing according to the plans and specifications. Where the 3 device is a product chosen by the Contractor, the device chosen must be compliant with 4 the requirements of NCHRP 350. 5 6 Category 4 includes portable or trailer-mounted devices such as Arrow Displays, 7 Temporary Traffic Signals, Area Lighting Supports, and Portable Changeable Message 8 Signs. There is presently no implementation schedule for mandatory crashworthiness 9 compliance for these devices. 10 11 The condition of signs and traffic control devices shall be new or"acceptable" as defined 12 in the book Quality Standards for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, and will be 13 accepted based on a visual inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer's decision on the 14 condition of a sign or traffic control device shall be final. A sign or traffic control device 15 determined to be "not acceptable" shall be removed from the project and replaced within 16 12 hours. 17 18 1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures and Devices 19 20 1-10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor 21 The Contractor shall furnish all personnel for flagging, spotting, for the execution of all 22 procedures related to temporary traffic control and for the setup, maintenance and 23 removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to 24 control traffic during construction operations. 25 26 Workers engaged as flaggers or spotters shall wear reflective vests and hard hats. 27 During hours of darkness, white coveralls or white or yellow rain gear shall also be 28 worn. The vests and other apparel shall be in conformance with Section 1-07.8. 29 30 1-10.3(1)A Flaggers and Spotters 31 Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans 32 or where directed by the Engineer. Any flagger or spotter shall possess a current 33 flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, or Idaho. The flagging card 34 shall be immediately available and shown to the Contracting Agency upon request. 35 36 Flagging stations shall be shown on Traffic Control Plans at locations where 37 construction operations require stopping or diverting public traffic. Flagging stations 38 shall be staffed only when flagging is required. This staffing may be continuous or 39 intermittent, depending on the nature of the construction activity. Whenever a flagger is 40 not required to stop or divert traffic, the flagger shall move away from the flagging 41 station to a safer location. During hours of darkness, flagging stations shall be 42 illuminated in a manner that insures that flaggers can easily be seen but that does not 43 cause glare to the traveling public. Flaggers shall be equipped with portable two-way 44 radios, with a range suitable for the project. The radios shall be capable of having direct .r 45 contact with project management (foremen, superintendents, etc.). 46 47 The Contractor shall furnish the MUTCD standard Stop/Slow paddles for all flagging 48 operations. The specification for Stop/Slow paddles (9-35.1) calls for 24" paddles and 49 all new paddles purchased for the project shall conform to those provisions. Previously 50 specified 18" paddles may be used at the request of the Contractor until December 31, 51 2005. 52 do City of Renton Amendments August 2004 9 . Dili 1 Spotting stations shall be shown on Traffic Control Plans at locations where a spotter 2 can detect errant drivers or other hazards and provide an effective warning to other 3 workers. Spotting stations will not be allowed at locations where the spotter will be in 4 unnecessary danger. The Contractor shall furnish noise-makers or other effective 5 warning devices for spotting operations. 6 7 1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor 8 In addition to flagging or spotting duties, the Contractor shall provide personnel for all 9 other traffic control procedures required by the construction operations and for the labor 10 to install, maintain and remove any traffic control devices shown on Traffic Control 11 Plans. 12 13 1-10.3(2) Traffic Control Procedures 14 15 1-10.3(2)A One-Way Traffic Control 16 The project work may require that traffic be maintained on a portion of the roadway so 17 during the progress of the work using one-way traffic control. If this is the case, the 18 Contractor's operation shall be confined to one-half the roadway, permitting traffic on the 19 other half. If shown on an approved traffic control plan or directed by the Engineer, one- 20 way traffic control, in accordance with the MUTCD, shall be provided and shall also 21 conform to the following requirements: 22 as 23 In any one-way traffic control configuration, side roads and approaches will be closed or 24 controlled by a flagger or by appropriate approved signing. A side road flagger will 25 coordinate with end flaggers where there is line of sight and with the pilot car where the 26 end flaggers cannot be seen. 27 28 Queues of vehicles will be allowed to take turns passing through the workzone in the 29 single open lane. When one-way traffic control is in effect, contractor vehicles shall not 30 use the open traffic lane except while following the same rules and routes required of 31 the public traffic. 32 MA 33 As conditions permit, the Contractor shall, at the end of each day, leave the work area in 34 such condition that it can be traveled without damage to the work, without danger to 35 traffic, and without one-way traffic control. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, one-way 36 traffic control cannot be dispensed with after working hours, then the operation will be 37 continued throughout the non-working hours. 38 39 1-10.3(2)B Rolling Slowdown 40 For work operations on multi-lane roadways which necessitate short-term roadway 41 closures of 15 minutes or less, the Contractor shall implement a rolling slowdown. 42 Where included in an approved traffic control plan, a rolling slowdown shall be 43 accomplished using one traffic control vehicle with flashing amber lights for each lane to 44 be slowed down plus one control vehicle to serve as a chase vehicle for traffic ahead of 45 the blockade. The traffic control vehicles shall enter the roadway and form a moving 46 blockade to reduce traffic speeds and create a clear area in front of the moving 47 blockade to accomplish the work without a total stoppage of traffic. 48 49 A portable changeable message sign shall be placed ahead of the starting point of the 50 traffic control to warn traffic of the slowdown. The sign shall be placed far enough 51 ahead of the work to avoid any expected backup of vehicles. r 52 No City of Renton Amendments August 2004 10 1 The location where the traffic control vehicles shall begin the slowdown and the speed 2 at which the moving blockade will be allowed to travel will be calculated to 3 accommodate the estimated time needed for closure. The chase control vehicle shall +w• 4 follow the slowest vehicle ahead of the blockade. When the chase vehicle passes, the 5 Contractor may begin the work operation. In the event that the work operation is not 6 completed when the moving blockade reaches the site, all work except that necessary 7 to clear the roadway will cease immediately and the roadway shall be cleared and 8 reopened as soon as possible. 9 10 All ramps and entrances to the roadway between the moving blockade and work 11 operation shall be temporarily closed using flaggers. Radio communications between 12 the work operation and the moving blockade shall be established and utilized to adjust 13 the speed of the blockade to accommodate the closure time needed. 14 15 1-10.3(2)C Lane Closure Setup/Takedown 16 Where allowed by the contract and where shown on approved traffic control plans or 17 directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall set up traffic control measures to close 18 one or more lanes of a multi-lane facility. When this is to occur, the following sequence 19 shall be followed: 20 21 1. Advance warning signs are set up on the shoulder of the roadway opposite the 22 lane to be closed, . 23 24 2. Advance warning signs are set up on the same shoulder as the lane to be 25 closed, 26 27 3. A truck-mounted attenuator, with arrow board, is moved into place at the 28 beginning of the closure taper, 29 30 4. Channelization devices are placed to mark the taper and the length of the 31 closure as shown on the traffic control plan. 32 33 Once the lane is closed, the TMA/arrow board combination may be replaced 34 with an arrow board without attenuator. 35 36 If additional lanes are to be closed, this shall be done in sequence with previous lane 37 closures using the same sequence of activities. A truck-mounted attenuator with arrow 38 board is required during the process of closing each additional lane and may be 39 replaced with an arrow board without attenuator after the lane is closed. Each closed 40 lane shall be marked with a separate arrow board at all times. 41 42 Traffic control for lane closures shall be removed in the reverse order of its installation. 43 44 1-10.3(2)D Mobile Operations w. 45 Where construction operations are such that movement along the length of a roadway is 46 continuous or near-continuous to the extent that a stationary traffic control layout will not 47 be effective, the Contractor shall implement a moving, or mobile, traffic control scheme. 48 Such moving control shall always be conducted in the same direction as the adjacent 49 traffic. 50 51 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where directed by the Engineer, 52 mobile traffic control shall consist of portable equipment, moving with the operation. A aw City of Renton Amendments August 2004 11 1 portable changeable message sign shall be established in advance of the operation, far 2 enough back to provide warning of both the operation and of any queue of traffic that 3 has formed during the operation. The advance sign shall be continuously moved to stay 4 near the back of the queue at all times. A truck-mounted attenuator, with arrow board, 5 shall be positioned and maintained at a fixed distance upstream of the work. A shadow 6 vehicle, with truck-mounted attenuator shall be positioned and maintained immediately 7 upstream of the work. 8 9 1-10.3(2)E Patrol & Maintain Traffic Control Measures 10 At all times, when temporary traffic control measures are in place, the Contractor shall 46 11 provide for patrolling and maintaining these measures. The work shall consist of 12 resetting mislocated devices, assuring visibility of all devices, cleaning and repairing 13 where necessary, providing maintenance for all equipment, including replacing batteries 1' 14 and light bulbs as well as keeping motorized and electronic items functioning, and 15 adjusting the location of devices to respond to actual conditions, such as queue length, 16 unanticipated traffic conflicts and other areas where planned traffic control has proven to 17 ineffective. 18 19 This work shall be performed by the Contractor, either by or under the direction of the ,, 20 Traffic Control Supervisor. Personnel, with vehicles if necessary, shall be dispatched so 21 that all traffic control can be reviewed at least once per hour during working hours and 22 at least once during each non-working shift. ad 23 24 1-10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices 25 IN 26 1-10.3(3)A Construction Signs 27 All construction signs required by approved traffic control plans, as well as any other 28 appropriate signs directed by the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor. The 29 Contractor shall provide the posts or supports and erect and maintain the signs in a 30 clean, neat, and presentable condition until the need for them has ended. Post 31 mounted signs shall be installed as shown in Standard Plans G-1 and G-4a. Sign 32 attachment to posts shall conform to the applicable detail shown in Standard Plan G-9b. 33 When the need for construction signs has ended, the Contractor, upon approval of the 34 Engineer, shall remove all signs, posts, and supports from the project and they shall 35 remain the property of the Contractor. ,r 36 37 No passing zones on the existing roadway that are marked with paint striping and which 38 striping is to be obliterated by construction operations shall be replaced by "Do Not 39 Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs. The Contractor shall provide and install the posts 40 and signs. The signs shall be maintained by the Contractor until they are removed or 41 until the contract is physically completed. When the project includes striping by the 42 Contractor, the signs and posts shall be removed by the Contractor when the no 43 passing zones are reestablished by striping. The signs and posts will become the 44 property of the Contractor. When the Contractor is not responsible for striping and when 45 the striping by others is not completed when the project is physically completed, the " 46 posts and signs shall be left in place and shall become the property of the Contracting 47 Agency. 48 49 All existing signs, new permanent signs installed under this contract, and construction 50 signs installed under this contract that are inappropriate for the traffic configuration at a 51 given time shall be removed or completely covered with metal, plywood, or an Engineer go City of Renton Amendments August 2004 12 r 1 approved product specifically-manufactured for sign covering during periods when they 2 are not needed. 3 4 Construction signs will be divided into two classes. Class A construction signs are those 5 signs that remain in service throughout the construction or during a major phase of the 6 work. They are mounted on posts, existing fixed structures, or substantial supports of a ,W 7 semi-permanent nature. Class A signs will be designated as such on the approved 8 Traffic Control Plan. "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs are classified as Class 9 A construction signs. Sign and support installation for Class A signs shall be in 10 accordance with the Contract Plans or the Standard Plans. Class B construction signs WV 11 are those signs that are placed and removed daily, or are used for short durations which 12 may extend for one or more days. They are mounted on portable or temporary 13 mountings. "" 14 15 Where it is necessary to add weight to signs for stability, the only allowed method will be 16 a bag of sand that will rupture on impact. The bag of sand shall have a maximum w 17 weight of 40 pounds, and shall be suspended no more than 1 foot from the ground. 18 19 Signs, posts, or supports that are lost, stolen, damaged, destroyed, or which the .. 20 Engineer deems to be unacceptable while their use is required on the project shall be 21 replaced by the Contractor. 22 23 1-10.3(3)B Sequential Arrow Signs 24 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 25 Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain sequential arrow signs. In some r 26 locations, the sign will be shown as a unit with an attenuator. In other locations, the 27 plan will indicate a stand-alone unit. 28 29 1-10.3(3)C Portable Changeable Message Sign 30 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 31 Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain portable changeable message signs. 32 These signs shall be available, on-site, for the entire duration of their projected use. 33 34 1-10.3(3)D Barricades 35 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the r 36 Contractor shall provide, install and maintain barricades. Barricades shall be kept in 37 good repair and shall be removed immediately when, in the opinion of the Engineer, 38 they are no longer functioning as designed. 39 40 Where it is necessary to add weight to barricades for stability, the only allowed method 41 will be a bag of sand that will rupture on impact. The bag of sand shall have a 42 maximum weight of 40 pounds, and shall be suspended no more than 1 foot from the 43 ground. 44 45 1-10.3(3)E Traffic Safety Drums 46 Where shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, or where ordered by the Engineer, 47 the Contractor shall provide, install and maintain Traffic Safety Drums. 48 49 Used drums may be utilized, provided all drums used on the project are of essentially 50 the same configuration. 51 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 13 r.. 1 The drums shall be designed to resist overturning by means of a weighted lower unit 2 that will separate from the drum when impacted by a vehicle. 3 4 Drums shall be regularly maintained to ensure that they are clean and that the drum and 5 reflective material are in good condition. If the Engineer determines that a drum has 6 been damaged beyond usefulness, or provides inadequate reflectivity, a replacement 7 drum shall be furnished. ' 8 9 When the Engineer determines that the drums are no longer required, they shall be 10 removed from the project and shall remain the property of the Contractor. *i+ 11 12 1-10.3(3)F Barrier Drums 13 Where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans and as ordered by the Engineer, barrier 14 drums shall be placed on temporary concrete barrier at the following approximate 15 spacing: 16 17 Concrete Barrier Barrier Drum 18 Placement Spacing in Feet 19 Tangents 1/2 mile or less 2 times posted speed limit r 20 Tangents greater tgan '/2 mile 4 times posted speed limit 21 Tapers and Curves posted speed limit 22 23 Note 1 A minimum of 3 barrier drums shall be used. 0 24 Note 2 A minimum of 5 barrier drums shall be used. 25 26 Temporary concrete barrier reflectors may be excluded when using barrier drums. go 27 28 Both legs of the barrier drums shall be completely filled with sand. The top oval should 29 not be filled. + 30 31 Used barrier drums may be used, provided all barrier drums used on the project are of 32 essentially the same configurations 33 34 Barrier drums shall be regularly maintained to ensure that they are clean and that the 35 barrier drum and reflective material are in good condition. If the Engineer determines 36 that a barrier drum has been damaged beyond usefulness, or provides inadequate 37 reflectivity, a replacement barrier drum shall be furnished. 38 39 When the Engineer determines that the drums are no longer required, they shall be 40 removed from the project and shall remain the property of the Contractor. 41 42 1-10.3(3)G Traffic Cones 43 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 44 Contractor shall provide, install and maintain traffic cones. Cones shall be kept in good 45 repair and shall be removed immediately when directed by the Engineer. Where wind or 46 moving traffic frequently displace cones, an effective method of stabilizing cones, such 47 as stacking two together at each location, shall be employed. 48 49 1-10.3(3)H Tubular Markers 50 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 51 Contractor shall provide, install and maintain tubular markers. Tubular markers shall be Ai 52 kept in good repair and shall be removed immediately when directed by the Engineer. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 r: 14 it 1 Tubular markers are secondary devices and are not to be used as substitutes for cones 2 or other delineation devices without an approved traffic control plan. 3 4 Where the Traffic Control Plan shows pavement-mounted tubular markers, the adhesive 5 used to fasten the base to the pavement shall be suitable for the purpose, as approved 6 by the Engineer. During the removal of pavement-mounted tubular markers, care shall 7 be taken to avoid damage to the existing pavement. Any such damage shall be 8 repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. 9 10 1-10.3(3)1 Warning Lights and Flashers 11 Where shown attached to traffic control devices on an approved traffic control plan or 12 where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide and maintain flashing 13 warning lights. Lights attached to advance warning signs shall be Type B, high-intensity. 14 Lights attached to traffic safety drums, barricades or other signs shall be Type C, 15 steady-burning low intensity or, where attention is to be directed to a specific device, 16 Type A, flashing low-intensity units. 17 18 1-10.3(3)J Truck-Mounted Attenuator 19 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the +� 20 Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain truck-mounted impact attenuators (TMA). 21 These attenuators shall be available, on-site, for the entire duration of their projected 22 use. 23 24 The TMA shall be positioned to separate and protect construction workzone activities 25 from normal traffic flow. 26 27 During use, the attenuator shall be in the full down-and-locked position. For stationary 28 operations, the truck's parking brake shall be set. 29 30 1-10.4 Measurement 31 32 1-10.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) ' 33 When the bid proposal contains the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control", there will 34 be no measurement of unit items for work defined by Section 1-10 except as described 35 in Section 1-10.4(3). Also, except as described in Section 1-10.4(3), all of Sections 1- ' 36 10.4(2) and 1-10.5(2) is deleted. 37 38 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of 'Project Temporary .+ 39 Traffic Control." 40 41 1-10.4(2) Item Bids with Lump Sum for Incidentals qM 42 When the bid proposal does not contain the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control", 43 Sections 1-10.4(1) and 1-10.5(1) are deleted and the bid proposal will contain some or 44 all of the following items, measured as noted. ,w, 45 46 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Traffic Control 47 Supervisor." 48 40 49 "Flaggers and Spotters" will be measured by the hour. Hours will be measured for each 50 flagging or spotting station, shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, when that 51 station is staffed in accordance with Section 1-10.3(1)A. When a flagging station is 4W 52 staffed on an intermittent basis, no deduction will be made in measured hours provided City of Renton Amendments August 2004 15 1 that the person staffing the station is in a standby mode and is not performing other 2 duties. 3 4 "Other Traffic Control Labor" will be measured by the hour. With the exception of 5 patrolling and maintaining, hours will be measured for each person engaged in any one 6 of the following activities: 7 8 Operating a pilot vehicle during one-way piloted traffic control. 9 10 Operating a traffic control vehicle or a chase vehicle during a rolling slowdown 11 operation. 12 13 0 Operating a vehicle or placing/removing traffic control devices during the setup 14 or takedown of a lane closure. Performing preliminary work to prepare for 15 placing and removing these devices. 16 17 0 Operating any of the moving traffic control equipment, or adjusting signing 18 during a mobile operation as described in Section 1-10.3(2)D. 19 20 0 Patrolling and maintaining traffic control measures as described in Section 1- ► 21 10.3(2)E. The hours of one person will be measured for each patrol route 22 necessary to accomplish the review frequency required by the provision, 23 regardless of the actual number of persons per route. w 24 25 0 Placing and removing Class B construction signs. Performing preliminary work 26 to prepare for placing and removing these signs. rr 27 28 0 Relocation of Portable Changeable Message Signs within the project limits. 29 30 0 Installing and removing Barricades, Traffic Safety Drums, Barrier Drums, 31 Cones, Tubular Markers and Warning Lights and Flashers to carry out 32 approved Traffic Control Plan(s). Performing preliminary work to prepare for 33 installing these devices. 34 35 Time spent on activities other than those listed will not be measured under this 36 item. 37 38 "Construction Signs, Class A" will be measured by the square foot of panel area for 39 each sign designated on an approved Traffic Control Plan as Class A or for each 40 construction sign installed as ordered by the Engineer and designated as Class A at the 41 time of the order. Class A signs may be used in more than one location and will be 42 measured for each new installation. Class B construction signs will not be measured. 0 43 Sign posts or supports will not be measured. 44 45 "Sequential Arrow Sign" will be measured by the hour for the time that each sign is 40 46 operating as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan or as directed by the Engineer. 47 48 "Portable Changeable Message Sign" will be measured per each one time only for each 49 portable changeable message sign used on the project. The final pay quantity shall be 50 the maximum number of such signs in place at any one time as approved by the 51 Engineer. 52 ` City of Renton Amendments August 2004 16 1 "Operation of Portable Changeable Message Sign" will be measured by the hour for 2 each hour of operation. The hours of operation will be determined by the Engineer. 3 Hours of operation in excess of those determined by the Engineer will be at the 4 Contractor's expense. 5 6 "Truck Mounted Impact Attenuator" will be measured per each one time only for each 7 truck with mounted impact attenuator used on the project. The final pay quantity shall 8 be the maximum number of truck-mounted impact attenuators in place at any one time. 9 10 "Operation of Truck Mounted Impact Attenuator" will be measured by the hour for each 11 truck mounted attenuator manned and operated. Manned and operated shall be when 12 the truck-mounted impact attenuator has an operator and is required to move, in 13 operating position, with the construction operation or when moving the TMA from one 14 position to another on the project. 15 16 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the force account item of "Repair Truck- s 17 Mounted Impact Attenuator". 18 19 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Other Temporary 20 Traffic Control". 21 22 1-10.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control 23 The contract provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with 24 Section 1-10.4(1) and also include one or more of the items included above in Section 25 1-10.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding measurement provision in Section 1- 26 10.4(2) is not deleted and the work under that item will be measured as specified. 27 28 1-10.4(4) Owner-Provided Resources 29 The contract provisions may call for specific items of labor, materials or equipment, 30 noted in Section 1-10 as the responsibility of the Contractor, to be supplied by the 31 Contracting Agency. When this occurs, there will be no adjustment in measurement of 32 unit quantities. .� 33 34 1-10.5 Payment 35 �• 36 1-10.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) 37 "Project Temporary Traffic Control", lump sum. 38 The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 39 Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1-10, except for costs 40 compensated by bid proposal items inserted through contract provisions as described in 41 Section 1-10.4(3). 42 43 1-10.5(2) Item Bids with Lump Sum for Incidentals 44 "Traffic Control Supervisor", lump sum. 45 The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 46 Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1-10.2(1)B. 47 48 "Flaggers and Spotters", per hour. 49 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 50 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 51 the Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1-10.3(1)A. 52 „► City of Renton Amendments August 2004 17 VW 1 "Other Traffic Control Labor", per hour. 2 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 3 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all labor costs incurred 4 by the Contractor in performing the contract work specifically mentioned for this item in 5 Section 1-10.4(2). 6 7 "Construction Signs Class A", per square foot. 4" 8 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 9 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 10 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work 11 described in Section 1-10.3(3)A. In the event that "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" 12 signs must be left in place, a change order, as described in Section 1-04.4, will be 13 required. 14 15 "Sequential Arrow Sign", per hour. 16 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 17 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 18 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work 19 described in Section 1-10.3(3)B. 20 21 "Portable Changeable Message Sign", per each. 22 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 23 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 40 24 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in procuring all portable changeable 25 message signs required for the project and for transporting these signs to and from the 26 project. yr 27 28 "Operation of Portable Changeable Message Sign", per hour. 29 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 30 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 31 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work 32 described in Section 1-10.3(3)C except for costs compensated separately under the 33 items "Other Traffic Control Labor" and "Portable Changeable Message Sign". 34 35 "Truck Mounted Impact Attenuator", per each. 36 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 37 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 38 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in in performing the contract work 39 described in Section 1-10.3(3)J except for costs compensated separately under the to 40 items "Operation of Truck-Mounted Impact Attenuator" and "Repair Truck-Mounted 41 Impact Attenuator". 42 43 "Operation of Truck Mounted Impact Attenuator", per hour. 44 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 45 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 46 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in operating truck-mounted impact 47 attenuators on the project. 48 49 "Repair Truck-Mounted Impact Attenuator", by force account. 50 All costs of repairing or replacing truck-mounted impact attenuators that are damaged 51 by the motoring public while in use as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan will be 52 paid for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. To provide a common proposal +rr City of Renton Amendments August 2004 18 1 for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has estimated the amount of force account for 2 "Repair Truck-Mounted Impact Attenuator" and has entered the amount in the Proposal 3 to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. Truck-mounted attenuators +„ 4 damaged due to the Contractor's operation or damaged in any manner when not in use 5 shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting 6 Agency. 7 8 "Other Temporary Traffic Control", lump sum. 9 The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 10 Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1-10, and which costs are 11 not compensated by one of the above-listed items. 12 13 1-10.5(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control 14 The contract provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with 15 Section 1-10.4(1) and also reinstate the measurement of one or more of the items 16 described in Section 1-10.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding payment provision V. 17 in Section 1-10.5(2) is not deleted and the work under that item will be paid as specified. 18 19 SECTION 2-02, REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS «. 20 April 5, 2004 21 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, and Curbs 40 22 The section title is revised to read: 23 24 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters „o 25 26 The first sentence is revised to read: 27 vp 28 In removing pavement, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters, the Contractor shall: 29 30 Item 3 is revised to read: 31 do 32 3. Make a vertical saw cut between any existing pavement, sidewalk, curb, or gutter 33 that is to remain and the portion to be removed. 34 No 35 2-02.5 Payment 36 The second paragraph is revised to read: 37 N. 38 If pavements, sidewalks, curbs, or gutters lie within an excavation area, their removal 39 will be paid for as part of the quantity removed in excavation. 40 aw 41 SECTION 2-03, ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 42 January 5, 2004 �,. 43 2-03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests 44 This section is revised to read: 45 46 Maximum density and optimum moisture content shall be determined by one of the 47 following methods: 48 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 19 aw 1 1. materials with less than 30 percent by weight retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve 2 shall be determined using FOP for AASHTO T 99 Method A. 3 4 2. materials with 30 percent or more by weight retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve ' 5 and less than 30 percent retained on the 3/4 inch sieve shall be determined by 6 WSDOT Test Method No. 606 or FOP for AASHTO T 180 Method D. The 7 determination of which test procedure to use will be made solely by the 4' 8 Contracting Agency. 9 10 3. materials with 30 percent or more retained on the 3/4 inch sieve shall be 11 determined by WSDOT Test Method No. 606. 12 13 In place density will be determined using Test Methods WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T „0 14 310 and WSDOT SOP for T 615. 15 16 SECTION 2-09, STRUCTURE EXCAVATION N 17 April 5, 2004 18 2-09.4 Measurement 19 In the third paragraph, the width for pipes 18 inches and over is revised to (1.5 x I.D.) + 18 20 inches. 21 22 SECTION 2-10, DITCH EXCAVATION 23 April 5, 2004 24 2-10.1 Description ` 25 The second paragraph is supplemented with the following: 26 27 Ditches 8 or more feet wide at the bottom shall be constructed in accordance with the e' 28 requirements of Section 2-03.3(14)M. 29 30 SECTION 4-04, BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 31 January 5, 2004 32 4-04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction 33 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 34 35 Immediately following spreading and final shaping, each layer of surfacing shall be ili 36 compacted to at least 95 percent of the standard density determined by the 37 requirements of Section 2-03.3(14)D before the next succeeding layer of surfacing or 38 pavement is placed. , 39 40 SECTION 5-01, CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REHABILITATION 41 August 2, 2004 42 5-01.3(6) Dowel Bar Retrofit 43 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: rr 44 45 All slot surfaces shall be cleaned to bare concrete by sand blasting or pressure. 46 washing. The cleaning shall remove all slurry, parting compound, and other foreign 47 materials prior to installation of the dowel. If a pressure washer is used to clean the slots City of Renton Amendments August 2004' 20 '1 the pressure at the nozzle shall not exceed 4000 psi. Any damage to the concrete shall 2 be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. All washwater shall 3 be cleaned from the slots prior to placement of any slot patching material. Traff ic shall 4 not be allowed on slots where concrete has been removed. 5 6 5-01.5 Payment 7 The paragraph following ""Sealing Transverse and Longitudinal Joints", per linear foot" is 8 revised to read: 9 10 The unit contract price per linear foot for "Sealing Transverse and Longitudinal Joints", 11 shall be full payment for all costs to complete the work as specified, including removing 12 incompressible material, preparing and sealing existing transverse and longitudinal 13 joints where existing transverse and longitudinal joints are cleaned and for all incidentals 14 required to complete the work as specified. 15 16 SECTION 5-04, HOT MIX ASPHALT aw 17 April 5, 2004 18 5-04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing - HMA Mixture 19 In item 3, C. (Test Results), the second and third paragraphs are revised to read: 20 21 Sublot sample test results (gradation and asphalt binder content) may be challenged by 22 the Contractor. For HMA mixture accepted by statistical evaluation with a mix design 23 that did not meet the verification tolerances, the test results in the test section including 24 the percent air voids (Va) may be challenged. To challenge test results, the Contractor 25 shall submit a written challenge within five working days after receipt of the specific test 26 results. A split of the original acceptance sample will be sent for testing to either the 27 Region Materials Lab or the State Materials Lab as determined by the Project Engineer. 28 The split of the sample with challenged results will not be tested with the same 29 equipment or by the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The challenge 30 sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis and for asphalt binder content. 31 32 The results of the challenge sample will be compared to the original results of the 33 acceptance sample test and evaluated according to the following criteria: 34 35 Deviation 36 U.S. No. 4 sieve and larger Percent passing ±4.0 37 U.S. No. 8 sieve Percent passing ±2.0 38 U.S. No. 200 sieve Percent passing ±0.4 39 Asphalt binder% Percent binder content ±0.3 40 Va % Percent Va±0.7 ,,. 41 42 Item 3, D. (Test Methods) is revised to read: 43 44 D. Test Methods 45 Testing of HMA for compliance of volumetric properties (VMA, VFA and Va) will be 46 by WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure SOP 731. Testing for compliance of 47 asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. Testing for 48 compliance of gradation will be by WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 27/T 11. 49 50 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness 51 In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: City of Renton Amendments August 2004 21 N 1 . 2 The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from the 3 lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. 4 ' 5 5-04.4 Measurement 6 The first sentence is revised to read: 7 ' 8 HMA CL. _ PG _, HMA for CL. _ PG _, and Commercial HMA will be 9 measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made 10 for the weight of asphalt binder, blending sand, mineral filler, or any other component of go 11 the mixture. 12 13 SECTION 6-02, CONCRETE STRUCTURES 40 14 August 2, 2004 15 6-02.3(5)A General to 16 In the fourth paragraph, item 2 is revised to read: 17 18 2. An individual strength test averaged with the two preceding individual strength tests 19 meets or exceeds specified strength (for the same class and exact mix I.D. of 20 concrete on the same contract). 21 22 6-02.3(6)A Weather and Temperature Limits to Protect Concrete 23 The section "Cold Weather Protection" is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor is solely responsible for protecting concrete from inclement weather 40 26 during the entire curing period. The Contractor shall provide a written procedure for cold 27 weather concreting to the Engineer for review and approval. The procedure shall detail 28 how the Contractor will prevent the concrete temperature from falling below 50° F. Extra 29 protection shall be provided for areas especially vulnerable to freezing (such as 30 exposed top surfaces, corners and edges, thin sections, and concrete placed into steel 31 forms). Permission given by the Engineer to place concrete during cold weather will in 32 no way ensure acceptance of the work by the Contracting Agency. Should the concrete 33 placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory in any way, the Engineer shall still 34 have the right to reject the work although the plan and the work were carried out with 35 the Engineer's permission. 36 «u 37 If weather forecasts predict air temperatures below 35° F during the seven days just 38 after the concrete placement, the Contractor may place the concrete only if his 39 approved cold weather concreting plan is implemented. 40 41 The Contractor shall provide and maintain a maturity meter in the concrete at a location 42 specified by the Engineer for each concrete placement. During curing, data from the 43 maturity meter shall be readily available to the Engineer. The Contractor shall record 44 and provide time and temperature data on hourly intervals. 45 46 The Contractor shall not mix nor place concrete while the air temperature is below 35° F, 47 unless the water or aggregates (or both) are heated to at least 70° F. The aggregate Wr 48 shall not exceed 1509 F. If the water is heated to more than 150° F, it shall be mixed with 49 the aggregates before the cement is added. Any equipment and methods shall heat the 50 materials evenly. Concrete placed in shafts and piles is exempt from such preheating 51 requirements. 52 53 The Contractor may warm stockpiled aggregates with dry heat or steam, but not by 54 applying flame directly or under sheet metal. If the aggregates are in bins, steam or 55 water coils or other heating methods may be used if aggregate quality is not affected. 40 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 22 VW 1 Live steam heating is not permitted on or through aggregates in bins. If"using dry heat, 2 the Contractor shall increase mixing time enough to permit the super-dry aggregates to 3 absorb moisture. 4 5 Any concrete placed in air temperatures below 35° F shall be immediately protected. In 6 addition to the monitoring of the concrete temperature with a maturity meter the 7 Contractor shall provide recording thermometers or other approved devices to monitor r 8 the surface temperature of the concrete. The concrete surface temperature shall be 9 maintained at or above 502F and the relative humidity shall be maintained above 10 80 percent. These conditions shall be maintained for a minimum of seven days or for 11 the cure period required by Section 6-02.3(11), whichever is longer. If artificial heat is 12 used to maintain the temperature inside an enclosure, moisture shall be added to the 13 enclosure to maintain the humidity as stated above. The Contractor shall stop adding 14 moisture 24 hours before removing the heat. 15 16 If at any period during curing the concrete temperature falls below 50° F on the maturity 17 meter or recording thermometer, no curing time is awarded for that day and the required 18 curing time will be extended day for day where the temperature falls below 50° F. Should the 19 Contractor fail to adequately protect the concrete and the temperature of the concrete falls 20 below 35° F during curing, the Engineer may reject it. 21 *W 22 6-02.3(11) Curing Concrete 23 In the first paragraph, item 3 is supplemented with the following: 24 ,,w 25 When continuous moisture or wet curing is required, the Contractor shall keep the 26 concrete surfaces wet with water during curing. 27 dr 28 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 29 30 The Contractor may provide continuous moisture by watering a covering of heavy 31 quilted blankets, by keeping concrete surfaces wet with water continuously and 32 covering with a white reflective type sheeting, or by wetting the outside surfaces of 33 wood forms. 34 35 6-02.3(17)K Concrete Forms on Steel Spans 36 The following new paragraph is inserted between the second and third paragraphs: 37 •+ 38 The compression member or bottom connection of cantilever formwork support brackets 39 shall bear either within six inches maximum vertically of the bottom flange or within six 40 inches maximum horizontally of a vertical web stiffener. The Contractor shall also 41 furnish and install temporary struts and ties to prevent rotation of the steel girder. Partial 42 depth cantilever formwork support brackets that do not conform to the above 43 requirements shall not be used, unless the Contractor submits details showing the 44 additional formwork struts and ties used to brace the steel girder against web distortion 45 caused by the partial depth bracket, and receives the Engineer's approval of the 46 submittal. 47 48 6-02.3(24)E Welding Reinforcing Steel 49 The ninth paragraph is revised to read: 50 MW 51 The minimum preheat and interpass temperature for welding Grade 60 reinforcing bars 52 shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4 Table 5.2 and mill certification of carbon 53 equivalence, per lot of reinforcing. Preheating shall be applied to the reinforcing bars �r. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 23 Ow 1 and other splice members within 6 inches of the weld, unless limited by the available 2 lengths of the bars or splice member. 3 4 The twelfth paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 Under supervision of the State Materials and Fabrication Inspector, the welder shall 7 weld three test joints of the largest size reinforcing bar to be weld spliced, per type of 8 joint shown in the Plans. Two of the test welds shall be test loaded to no less than 125 9 percent of the minimum specified yield strength of the bar. The remaining test weld 10 shall be mechanically cut perpendicular to the direction of the welding and 11 macroetched. The macroetch specimen for Flare V groove welds will be inspected for 12 the weld size and effective throat as shown in the Plans. Indirect butt splices shall be 13 cut mechanically at two locations to provide a transverse cross-section of each of the 14 bars spliced in the test assembly. The sections shall show the full cross-section of the 15 weldment, the root of the weld, and any reinforcement. The etched cross-section shall 16 have complete penetration and complete fusion with the base metal and between 17 successive passes in the weld. Groove welds of direct butt splices and flare-groove ` 18 welds shall not have reinforcement exceeding 1/8 inch in height measured from the 19 main body of the bar and shall have a gradual transition to the base metal surface. No 20 cracks will be allowed in either the weld metal or heat-affected zone. All craters shall be 21 filled to the full cross-section of the weld. Weld metal shall be free from overlay. 22 Undercutting deeper than 1/32 inch will not be allowed except at points where welds 23 intersect the raised pattern of deformations where undercutting less than 1/16 inch deep 24 will be acceptable. The sum of diameters of piping porosity in groove welds shall not 25 exceed 1/8 inch in any linear inch of weld or exceed 9/16 inch in any 6-inch length of 26 weld. Corrections to welds with shielded metal arc, gas metal arc, or flux-cored arc u„ 27 welding processes shall be made in accordance with Engineer's approval. 28 29 6-02.3(25) Prestressed Concrete Girders 30 The fourth paragraph is replaced with the following: 31 32 The various types of girders are: 33 34 Prestressed Concrete Girder — Refers to prestressed concrete girders of all 35 types, including prestressed concrete I girders, prestressed concrete wide flange I 36 girders, bulb tee girders, deck bulb tee girders, thin flange deck bulb tee girders, 37 precast prestressed concrete members, spliced prestressed concrete girders, and 38 prestressed concrete tub girders. 39 40 Prestressed Concrete I Girder — Refers to a prestressed concrete girder with a 41 flanged I shaped cross section, requiring a cast-in-place concrete deck to support 42 traffic loads. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series W42G, 43 W50G, W58G, and W74G. 44 45 Prestressed Concrete Wide Flange I Girder — Refers to a prestressed concrete 46 girder with an I shaped cross section with wide top and bottom flanges, requiring a 47 cast-in-place concrete deck to support traffic loads. WSDOT standard girders in 48 this category include Series WF42G, WF50G, WF58G, WF74G, W83G, and W95G. 49 50 Bulb Tee Girder — Refers to a prestressed concrete girder, with a wide top flange 51 requiring a cast-in-place concrete deck to support traffic loads. WSDOT standard 52 girders in this category include Series W32BTG, W386TG, W50BTG, and W62BTG. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 24 OW 1 2 Deck Bulb Tee Girder — Refers to a bulb tee girder with a top flange designed to 3 support traffic loads, and designed to be mechanically connected at the flange up 4 edges to adjacent girders at the job site. Except where specific requirements are 5 otherwise specified for these girders, deck bulb tee girders shall conform to all 6 requirements specified for bulb tee girders. WSDOT standard girders in this im 7 category include Series W35DG, W41 DG, W53DG, and W65DG. 8 9 Thin Flange Deck Bulb Tee Girder — Refers to a bulb tee girder with a top flange 10 width equal to the girder spacing and requiring a cast-in-place concrete deck to 40 11 support traffic loads. Except where specific requirements are otherwise specified 12 for these girders, thin flange deck bulb tee girders shall conform to all requirements 13 specified for bulb tee girders. WSDOT standard girders in this category include ""' 14 Series W32TFG, W38TFG, W50TFG, W62TFG, and W74TFG. 15 16 Precast Prestressed Member (PCPS Member) — Refers to a precast prestressed +` 17 slab, precast prestressed ribbed section, or a deck double tee girder. PCPS 18 members are designed to be mechanically connected at the flange or member 19 edges to adjacent PCPS members at the job site. Except where specific as 20 requirements are otherwise specified for these girders, PCPS members shall 21 conform to all requirements specified for deck bulb tee girders. 22 No 23 Double Tee Girder — Refers to a hybrid PCPS member that is similar to a deck 24 double tee girder, except that the top surface is a thin top flange requiring a cast-in- 25 place concrete deck to support traffic loads. Double tee girders shall conform to all 26 requirements specified for bulb tee girders and PCPS members. "w 27 28 Spliced Prestressed Concrete Girder — Refers to prestressed concrete girders 29 initially fabricated in segments to be longitudinally spliced together with cast-in- 40 30 place concrete closures at the job site. Except where specific requirements are 31 otherwise specified for these girders, spliced prestressed concrete girders shall 32 conform to all requirements specified for prestressed concrete girders. Anchorages me 33 shall conform to Sections 6-02.3(26)B, 6-02.3(26)C, and 6-02.3(26)D. Ducts shall 34 conform to the Section 6-02.3(26)E requirements for internal embedded installation, 35 and shall be round, unless the Engineer approves use of elliptical shaped ducts. #W 36 Duct-wedge plate transitions shall conform to Section 6-02.3(26)E. Prestressing 37 reinforcement shall conform to Section 6-02.3(26)F. WSDOT standard girders in 38 this category include Series WF74PTG, W83PTG, and W95PTG. 39 AW 40 Prestressed Concrete Tub Girder — Refers to prestressed concrete trapezoidal 41 box or bathtub girders including those fabricated in segments to be spliced together 42 with cast-in-place concrete closures at the job site. Except where specific aw 43 requirements are otherwise specified for these girders, prestressed concrete tub 44 girders shall conform to all requirements specified for prestressed concrete girders 45 and spliced prestressed concrete girders. WSDOT standard girders in this 46 category include Series U**G" or Series OF**G*, where U specifies webs without 47 flanges, OF specifies webs with flanges, ** specifies the girder height in inches, and 48 specifies.the bottom flange width in feet. • 49 50 6-02.3(25)A Shop Plans 51 The second, third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: w 52 -w► City of Renton Amendments August 2004 25 1 Shop plans shall show the size and location of all cast-in holes for installation of deck 2 formwork hangers and/or temporary bracing. Holes for formwork hangers shall match 3 approved deck formwork plans designed in accordance with Section 6-02.3(16). There 4 shall be no field-drilled holes in prestressed concrete girders. Post-tensioning ducts in 5 spliced prestressed concrete girders shall be located so their center of gravity is in 6 accordance with the Plans. 7 8 The Contractor shall have the option to furnish Series W74G prestressed concrete 9 girders with minor dimensional differences from those shown in the Plans. The 2 5/8- 10 inch top flange taper may be reduced to 1 5/8 inches and the bottom flange width may 11 be increased to 2 feet 2 inches. Other dimensions of the girder shall be adjusted as 12 necessary to accommodate the above mentioned changes. Reinforcing steel shall be 13 adjusted as necessary. The overall height and top flange width shall remain 14 unchanged. 15 16 If the Contractor elects to provide a prestressed concrete girder with an increased web 17 thickness, shop plans along with supporting design calculations shall be submitted to 18 the Engineer for approval prior to girder fabrication. The girder shall be designed for at 19 least the same load carrying capacity as the girder shown in the Plans. The load 20 carrying capacity of the mild steel reinforcement shall be the same as that shown in the 21 Plans. 22 23 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: +�w 24 25 The Contractor shall provide five copies of the shop plans to the Engineer for approval, 26 except as otherwise noted. Shop drawings for spliced prestressed concrete girders 27 shall conform to Section 6-02.3(26)A, and seven copies of the shop drawings shall be 28 submitted to the Engineer for approval. The shop drawings for spliced prestressed 29 concrete girders shall include all details related to the post-tensioning operations in the 30 field, including details of hardware required, tendon geometry, blockout details, and 31 details of additional or modified steel reinforcing bars required in cast-in-place closures. 32 Approval of shop plans means only that the Engineer accepts the methods and 33 materials. Approval does not imply correct dimensions. 34 35 6-02.3(25)B Casting 36 The first paragraph is revised to read: 37 38 Before casting girders, the Contractor shall have possession of an approved set of shop 39 drawings. Side forms shall be steel except that cast-in-place concrete closure forms for 40 spliced prestressed concrete girders, interior forms of prestressed concrete tub girders, 41 and end bulkhead forms of prestressed concrete girders may be plywood. Interior voids 42 for precast prestressed slabs with voids shall be formed by either wax soaked 43 cardboard or expanded polystyrene forms. The interior void forms shall be secured in 44 the position as shown in the Plans and shall remain in place. 45 40 46 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 47 48 Air-entrainment is not required in the concrete placed into prestressed precast concrete to 49 girders, including cast-in-place concrete closures for spliced prestressed concrete 50 girders, unless otherwise noted. The Contractor shall use air-entrained concrete in the 51 top two inches, minimum, of the roadway deck flange of deck bulb-tee girders, deck 52 double tee girders, and precast prestressed ribbed sections. All concrete for precast City of Renton Amendments so August 2004 26 r 1 prestressed slabs shall be air entrained, except for slabs where the Engineer approves 2 use of air-entrained concrete in the top two inches, only. Maximum and minimum air 3 content shall be as specified in Section 6-02.3(2)A. vo 4 5 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 The Contractor may form circular block-outs in the girder top flanges to receive so 8 falsework hanger rods. These block-outs shall: 9 10 1. Not exceed 1 inch in diameter; to 11 12 2. Be spaced no more than 72 inches apart longitudinally on the girder; 13 No 14 3. Be located 3 inches or more from the outside edge of the top flange on Series 15 W42G, W50G, and W58G girders, 6 inches or more for Series W74G girders, 16 and 7 inches or more for Series WF42G, WF50G, WF58G, WF74G, WF74PTG, AW 17 W83G, W83PTG, W95G, W95PTG, W32BTG, W38BTG, W50BTG, W62BTG 18 girders and other bulb tee girders. 19 20 6-02.3(25)C Prestressing 21 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 22 23 Post-tensioning of spliced prestressed concrete girders shall conform to Section 6- 24 02.3(26)G, and the following requirements: 25 26 1. Before tensioning, the Contractor shall remove all side forms from the cast-in- 27 place concrete closures. From this point until 48 hours after grouting the 28 tendons, the Contractor shall keep all construction and other live loads off the 29 superstructure and shall keep the falsework supporting the superstructure in 30 place. 31 32 2. Once the post-tensioning steel is installed, no welds or welding grounds shall .r 33 be attached to metal forms, structural steel, or steel reinforcing bars of the 34 structural member. 35 ® 36 3. The Contractor shall not tension the post-tensioning reinforcement until the 37 concrete in the cast-in-place closures reaches the minimum compressive 38 strength specified in the Plans (or 5,000 psi if the concrete strength is not 39 specified in the Plans). This strength shall be measured with concrete 40 cylinders made of the same concrete and cured under the same conditions as 41 the cast-in-place closures. 42 43 4. All post-tensioning shall be completed before placing the sidewalks and 44 barriers on the superstructure. 45 46 6-02.3(25)D Curing 47 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 Curing of cast-in-place concrete closures for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall 50 conform to Section 6-02.3(11). 51 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 27 �r 1 6-02.3(25)E Contractors Control Strength 2 The sixth through eleventh paragraphs are revised to read: 3 4 For precast prestressed members, a test shall consist of four cores measuring 3 inches 5 in diameter by 6 inches in height (for slabs) and by the thickness of the web (for ribbed 6 sections). Two cores shall be taken from each side of the member and on each side of 7 the member's span midpoint, at locations approved by the Engineer. The core locations 8 for precast prestressed slabs shall be near mid-depth of the slab, within the middle third 9 of the span length, and shall avoid all prestressing strands and steel reinforcing bars. 10 The core locations for precast prestressed ribbed sections shall be immediately beneath 11 the top flange, within the middle third of the span length, and shall avoid all prestressing 12 strands and steel reinforcing bars. 13 14 For prestressed concrete tub girders, a test shall consist of four cores measuring 3 15 inches in diameter by the thickness of the web, taken from each web approximately 16 three feet to the left and to the right of the center of the girder span. The cores shall 17 avoid all prestressing strands and steel reinforcing bars. 18 19 For all other prestressed concrete girders, a test shall consist of three cores measuring 20 3 inches in diameter by the thickness of the web and shall be removed from just below 21 the top flange; one at the midpoint of the girder's length and the other two approximately 22 3 feet to the left and approximately 3 feet to the right. 23 24 The cores shall be taken in accordance with AASHTO T 24 and shall be tested in 25 accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 22. The Engineer may accept the girder 26 if the average compressive strength of the four cores from the precast prestressed 27 member, or prestressed concrete tub girder, or of the three cores from any other 28 prestressed concrete girder, is at least 85 percent of the specified compressive strength 29 with no one core less than75 percent of specified compressive strength. 30 31 If the girder is cored to determine the release strength, the required patching and curing 32 of the patch shall be done prior to shipment. If there are more than three holes or if they 33 are not in a neutral location, the prestress steel shall not be released until the holes are 34 patched and the patch material has attained a minimum compressive strength equal to 35 the required release compressive strength or 4,000 psi, whichever is larger. 36 37 The Contractor shall coat cored holes with an epoxy bonding agent and patch the holes 38 using the same type concrete as that in the girder, or a mix approved during the annual 39 plant review and approval. The epoxy bonding agent shall meet the requirements of 40 Section 9-26.1 for Type II, Grade 2 epoxy. The girder shall not be shipped until tests 41 show the patch material has attained a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. 42 43 6-02.3(25)F Prestress Release 44 The third paragraph is revised to read: 45 46 The Contractor may request permission to release the prestressing reinforcement at a 47 minimum concrete compressive strength less than specified in the Plans. This request 48 shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with Section 6-01.9 and 49 shall be accompanied with calculations showing the adequacy of the proposed release 50 concrete compressive strength. The release strength shall not be less than 3,500 psi, 51 except that the release strength for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall not be 52 less than 4,000 psi. The calculated release strength shall meet the requirements �r City of Renton Amendments August 2004 28 �r 1 outlined in the Washington State Department of Transportation Bridge Design Manual 2 for tension and compression at release. The proposed minimum concrete compressive 3 strength at release will be evaluated by the Contracting Agency. Fabrication of girders ow 4 using the revised release strength shall not begin until the Contracting Agency has 5 provided written approval of the revised release compressive strength. If a reduction of 6 the minimum concrete compressive strength at release is allowed, the Contractor shall do 7 bear any added cost that results from the change. 8 9 6-02.3(25)G Protection of Exposed Reinforcement 10 The second paragraph is revised to read: No 11 12 Grouting of post-tensioning ducts for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall conform 13 to Section 6-02.3(26)H. 14 15 6-02.3(25)H Finishing 16 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: �. 17 18 On the deck bulb tee girder section and all precast prestressed members, the 19 Contractor shall test the roadway deck surface portion for flatness. This test shall occur w 20 after floating but while the concrete remains plastic. Testing shall be done with a 10-foot 21 straightedge parallel to the girder centerline and with a flange width straightedge at right 22 angles to the girder centerline. The Contractor shall fill depressions, cut down high 23 spots, and refinish to correct any deviation of more than 1/a inch_within the straightedge 24 length. This section of the roadway surface shall be finished to meet the requirements 25 for finishing roadway slabs, as defined in Section 6-02.3(10) except that, if approved by 26 the Engineer, a coarse stiff broom may be used to provide the finish in lieu of a metal 27 tined comb. 28 29 6-02.3(25)1 Tolerances 30 The title, first paragraph, and items 7, 10, and 21 following the first paragraph are revised to 31 read: 32 33 6-02.3(25)1 Fabrication Tolerances 34 The girders shall be fabricated as shown in the Plans and shall meet the dimensional 35 tolerances listed below. Construction tolerances of cast-in-place closures for spliced +Ar 36 prestressed concrete girders shall conform to the tolerances specified for spliced 37 prestressed concrete girders. Actual acceptance or rejection will depend on how the 38 Engineer believes a defect outside these tolerances will affect the structure's strength or dw 39 appearance: 40 41 7. Flange Depth: up 42 For I and Wide Flange I girders: ± 1/4inch 43 For bulb tee and deck bulb tee girders: + 1/4inch, - 1/8 inch 44 For PCPS members: + 1/4inch, - 1/8 inch 45 a" 46 10. Longitudinal Position of the Harping Point: 47 Single harping point ± 18 inches 48 aw 49 Multiple bundled strand groups 50 First bundled strand group ±6 inches 51 Second bundled strand group ± 18 inches A" 52 Third bundled strand group ± 30 inches aw City of Renton Amendments August 2004 29 ow 1 2 21. Differential Camber Between Girders in a Span (measured in place at the job 3 site): �r 4 5 For I, Wide Flange I, bulb tee, and 6 spliced prestressed concrete girders: 1/8 inch per 10 feet of beam 7 length. 8 For deck bulb tee girders: Cambers shall be equalized by 9 an approved method when the 10 differences in cambers between + + 11 adjacent girders or stages 12 measured at mid-span exceeds 13 1/4 inch. ur 14 For PCPS members: ± 1/4 inch per ten feet of member 15 length measured at midspan, but 16 not greater than± 1/2 inch total. 17 For prestressed 18 concrete tub girders: ± 1/4 inch per ten feet of member 19 length measured at midspan, but 20 not greater than± 1/2 inch total. 21 22 6-02.3(25)J Horizontal Alignment „ 23 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 24 25 The maximum deviation of the side of the precast prestressed slab, or the edge of the 26 roadway deck slab of the deck double tee girder or the precast prestressed ribbed 27 section, measured from a chord that extends end to end of the member, shall be ± 1/8 28 inch per 10 feet of member length, but not greater than 1/2 inch total. 29 30 6-02.3(25)L Handling and Storage 31 The first and second paragraphs are revised to read: 32 " 33 During handling and storage, each girder shall always be kept plumb and upright, and 34 each precast prestressed member and prestressed concrete tub girder shall always be 35 kept in the horizontal position as shown in the Plans. It shall be lifted only by the lifting er 36 devices (strand lift loops or high-strength threaded steel bars) at either end. For strand 37 lift loops, a minimum 2 inch diameter straight pin of a shackle shall be used through the 38 loops. For high-strength threaded steel bars, the lifting hardware that connects to the 39 bars shall be designed, detailed, and furnished by the Contractor. Series W42G, 40 WF42G, W50G, WF50G, W58G, and WF58G girders, and Series W32BTG, W38BTG, 41 W50BTG, W62BTG, and W74G girders up to 145 feet in length, can be picked up at a go 42 minimum angle of 60 degrees from the top of the girder. All other prestressed girders 43 shall be picked up within 10 degrees of perpendicular to the top of the girder. 44 45 For some girders, straight temporary top flange strands may be specified in the Plans. 46 Pretensioned top temporary strands for full length prestressed concrete girders shall be 47 unbonded over all but the end 10 feet of the girder length. As an alternative for full 48 length prestressed concrete girders, temporary top strands may be post-tensioned prior 49 to shipment. When temporary top strands are specified for spliced prestressed 50 concrete girders, the temporary top strands shall be post-tensioned prior to lifting the 51 assembled girder. When the post-tensioned alternative is used, the Contractor shall be 52 responsible for properly sizing the anchorage plates, and the reinforcement adjacent to City of Renton Amendments August 2004 30 1 the anchorage plates, to prevent bursting or splittirig of the concrete in the top flange. 2 Temporary strands shall be cut or released in accordance with Section 6-02.3(25)N. 3 4 6-02.3(25)M Shipping 5 The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: 6 �r 7 No double tee girder, deck double tee girder, precast prestressed slab or precast 8 prestressed ribbed section shall be shipped for at least three days after concrete 9 placement. No deck bulb tee girder or prestressed concrete tub girder shall be shipped 10 for at least seven days after concrete placement,' except that deck bulb tee girders or 11 prestressed concrete tub girders may be shipped three days after concrete placement 12 when U(bd) is less than or equal to 5.0, where L equals the shipping length of the 13 girder, b equals the girder top flange width (for deck bulb tee girders) or the bottom 14 flange width (for prestressed concrete tub girders), and d equals the girder depth, all in 15 feet. No other girder shall be shipped for at least ten days after concrete placement. 16 #W 17 Girder support during shipping shall be located as follows unless otherwise shown in the 18 Plans: 19 ow 20 Centerline Support Within 21 Type of Girder This Distance From Either End 22 o, 23 Precast Prestressed Members 2 feet 24 Series W42G, WF42G, W50G and WF50G 3 feet 25 All bulb tee and 26 deck bulb tee girders, except as noted 3 feet "" 27 Series W58G, WF58G, and W62BTG 4 feet 28 Series W74G and WF74G 5 feet 29 Series W83G and W95G 8 feet No 30 Series WF74PTG, W83PTG, and W95PTG segments 4 feet 31 Prestressed concrete tub girder segment 4 feet 32 Aw 33 The sixth, seventh and eighth paragraphs are revised to read: 34 35 If the Contractor elects to assemble spliced prestressed concrete girders into 36 components of two or more segments prior to shipment, the Contractor shall submit 37 shipment support location working drawings with supporting calculations to the Engineer 38 in accordance with Section 6-01.9. The calculations shall show that concrete stresses 39 in the assembled girders will not exceed those listed below. 40 41 Lateral bracing for shipping is not required for prestressed concrete tub girders and 42 precast prestressed members. Other prestressed concrete girders of lengths equal or 43 shorter than the following will not require lateral bracing for shipping: 44 45 Maximum Length Not Requiring 46 Type of Girder Bracing for Shipping 47 48 Series W42G, WF42G, W32BTG, and W38BTG 80 feet 49 Series W50G and WF50G 100 feet 50 Series W58G, WF58G, W5013TG, and W62BTG 105 feet 51 All deck bulb tee girders 120 feet 52 Series W74G and WF74G 130 feet +r. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 31 aw . 1 . . 2 For all girders exceeding these lengths, and all Series WF74PTG, W83G, W83PTG, 3 W95G, and W95PTG girders, the Contractor shall provide bracing to control lateral 4 bending during shipping, unless the Contractor furnishes calculations in accordance 5 with Section 6-01.9 demonstrating that bracing is not necessary. External bracing shall 6 be attached securely to the top flange of the girder. The Contractor is cautioned that 7 more conservation guidelines for lateral bracing may be required for some delivery 8 routes. The Contractor shall submit a bracing plan, with supporting calculations, to the 9 Engineer for approval in accordance with Section 6-01.9. The Contractor shall not 10 begin shipping the girders until receiving the Engineer's approval of the bracing plan, er 11 and shall perform all bracing operations at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 12 13 Criteria for Checking Girder Stresses 14 At the Time of Lifting or Transporting and Erecting 15 16 Stresses at both support and harping points shall be satisfied based on these 17 criteria: 18 19 1. Allowable compression stress, fc = 0.60f'cm 20 a. . f'cm = compressive strength at time of lifting or transporting verified 21 by test but shall not exceed design compressive strength (f'c) at 28 22 days in psi + 1,000 psi 23 2. Allowable tension stress, ksi ' 24 a. With no bonded reinforcement = 3 times square root (Fcm) <_ 0.20 ksi 25 b. With bonded reinforcement to resist total tension force in the concrete 26 computed on the basis of an uncracked section 6.0 times square root 27 (f'cm). The allowable tensile stress in the reinforcement is 30 ksi 28 (AAS HTO M-31, G r. 60) 29 3. Prestress losses +wr 30 a. 1 day to 1 month = computed losses 31 b. 1 month to 1 year= 75 percent of computed final losses 32 c. 1 year or more = computed final losses 33 4. Impact on dead load 34 a. Lifting from casting beds = 0 percent 35 b. Transporting and erecting = 20 percent 36 .� 37 6-02.3(25)N Prestressed Concrete Girder Erection 38 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 39 40 The concrete in piers and crossbeams shall reach at least 80 percent of design strength 41 before girders are placed on them. The Contractor shall hoist girders only by the lifting 42 devices at the ends, always keeping the girders plumb and upright. Once erected, the 43 girders shall be braced to prevent tipping until the intermediate diaphragms are cast and 44 cured. When temporary strands in the top flange are used, they shall be cut after 45 the girders are braced and before the intermediate diaphragms are cast. The `r 46 Contractor shall place the cast-in-place deck on the girders within 30 calendar days of 47 cutting the temporary strands, except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. 48 ,rr 49 For situations where the Contractor proposes to delay placing the cast-in-place deck on 50 the girders beyond 30 calendar days after cutting the temporary strands, the Contractor 51 shall submit supporting girder camber calculations to the Engineer for approval in City of Renton Amendments August 2004 32 VW 1 accordance with Section 6-01.9. The Contractor shall not cut the temporary strands 2 until receiving the Engineer's approval of the girder camber calculations. 3 •• 4 6-02.3(25)0 Deck Bulb Tee Girder Flange Connection 5 This section is revised to read: 6 7 The Contractor shall submit a method of equalizing deck bulb tee girder (and precast 8 prestressed member) deflections to the Engineer for approval in accordance with 9 Section 6-01.9, except that the submittal shall be made a minimum of 60 days prior to 10 field erection of the deck bulb tee girder. Deflection equalizing methods approved for 11 previous Contracting Agency contracts will be acceptable providing the bridge 12 configuration is similar and the previous method was satisfactory. A listing of the 13 previous Contracting Agency contract numbers for which the method was used shall be 14 included with the submittal. The weld-ties may be used as a component of the 15 equalizing system provided the Contractor's procedure outlines how the weld-ties are to 16 be used, and that the Contractor's submittal includes a list and description of previous 17 bridge projects where the Contractor has successfully used weld-ties as a component of 18 the equalizing system. 19 r 20 The concrete diaphragms for deck bulb tee girders shall attain a minimum compressive 21 strength of 2,500 psi before any camber equalizing equipment is removed. 22 ow 23 On deck bulb tee girders, girder deflection shall be equalized utilizing the approved 24 method before girders are weld-tied and before keyways are filled. Keyways between 25 tee girders shall be filled flush with the surrounding surfaces with nonshrink grout. This 26 nonshrink grout shall have a compressive strength of 5,000 psi before the equalizing 27 equipment is removed. Compressive strength shall be determined by fabricating and 28 testing cubes in accordance with WSDOT Test Method 813 and testing in accordance 29 with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T-106. 30 31 Welding ground shall be attached directly to the steel plates being welded when welding 32 the weld-ties on bulb tee girders. 33 34 No construction equipment shall be placed on the structure, other than equalizing 35 equipment, until the girders have been weld-tied and the keyway grout has attained a +• 36 compressive strength of 5,000 psi. 37 38 6-02.3(26) Cast-in-Place Prestressed Concrete 39 6-02.3(26)C Bearing Type Anchorages 40 Item 6 in the first paragraph is revised to read: 41 42 6. For transverse post-tensioning of roadway slabs, the bearing stress shall not 43 exceed 0.9f'c at Puck of all strands (before seating) or 4,000 psi at service load after 44 all losses. w 45 46 6-02.3(26)H Grouting 47 The first sentence in the sixth paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 The Contractor shall proportion the mix to produce a grout with a flow of 11 to 20 50 seconds as determined by WSDOT Test Method for ASTM C 939, Flow of Grout for 51 Preplaced Aggregate Concrete (Flow Cone Method). 52 "' City of Renton Amendments August 2004 33 No 1 The third sentence in the seventh paragraph is revised to read: 2 3 Cubes shall be made in accordance with WSDOT Test Method T 813 and stored in 4 accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23. 5 6 6-02.3(27) Concrete for Precast Units 7 This section is supplemented with the following: 8 9 Self compacting concrete (SCC) may be used for precast concrete barrier covered 10 under section 6-10 and drainage items covered under section 9-12. If self compacting " 11 concrete has been approved for use the requirements of section 6-02.3(4)C consistency 12 shall not apply. Self compacting concrete is concrete that is able to flow under its own 13 weight and completely fill the formwork, even in the presence of dense reinforcement, 14 without the need of any vibration, while maintaining homogeneity. When using SCC 15 modified testing procedures for air content and compressive strength will be used. The 16 modification shall be that molds will be filled completely in one continuous lift without as 17 any rodding, vibration, tamping or other consolidation methods other than lightly taping 18 around the exterior of the mold with a rubber mallet to allow entrapped air bubbles to 19 escape. In addition the fabricators QC testing shall include Slump Flow Test results, 20 which do not indicate segregation. As part of the plants approval for use of SCC the 21 plant fabricator shall cast one barrier, or drainage item and have that barrier or drainage 22 item sawed in half for examination by the Contracting Agency to determine that 23 segregation has not occurred. 24 25 SECTION 6-03, STEEL STRUCTURES 26 August 2, 2004 ` 27 6-03.3(14) Edge Finishing 28 The first and second paragraphs are revised to read: ' 29 30 All rolled, sheared, and thermal cut edges shall be true to line and free of rough corners 31 and projections. Corners along exposed edges shall be rounded to a minimum radius 32 of 1/16 inch. 33 34 Sheared edges on plates more than 5/8 inch thick shall be planed, milled, ground, or to 35 thermal cut to a depth of at least 1/8 inch. 36 37 6-03.3(33) Bolted Connections „ 38 In Table 4 the entries under Bolt Length, the following is revised: 39 40 L< 4D as 41 4D<L<8D 42 8D<L<12D 43 44 6-03.3(39) Swinging the Span 45 The second paragraph is revised to read: 46 47 After the falsework is released (spans swung free) the masonry plates, shoes, and 48 keeper plates are grouted, and before any load is applied, the Engineer will (or, if the 49 Contractor is specified as responsible for surveying, the Contractor shall) measure 50 elevations at the tenth points along the tops of girders and floorbeams. 51 40 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 34 ft 1 The Engineer will compare steel mass camber elevations with the elevations measured 2 above, and will furnish the Contractor with new dead-load camber dimensions. 3 4 SECTION 6-06, BRIDGE RAILINGS 5 January 5, 2004 6 6-06.2 Materials 7 This section is revised to read: 8 9 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: +` 10 11 Timber Railing 9-09 12 Metal Railing 9-06.18 13 14 SECTION 6-07, PAINTING 15 August 2, 2004 16 6-07.3(2)A Bridge Cleaning 17 The third sentence under Pressure Flushing is revised to read: 18 19 The pressure flushing equipment shall produce (at the nozzle) at least 3,000 psi with a 20 discharge of at least 4 gpm. .. 21 22 SECTION 6-10, CONCRETE BARRIER 23 August 2, 2004 W 24 6-10.3 Construction Requirements 25 This section is supplemented with the following: 26 27 Concrete barrier installed in conjunction with geosynthetic wall moment slabs, light 28 standard foundations, and sign bridge foundations, regardless of the barrier shape, shall .� 29 be cast-in-place using stationary forms. 30 31 6-10.4 Measurement 32 This section is supplemented with the following: 33 34 Concrete barrier transition Type 2 to bridge f-shape shall be precast and will be 35 measured by the linear foot installed. The bridge traffic barrier modification necessary 36 for this installation will not be included in this item of work. 37 38 Single slope concrete barrier light standard foundation will be measured by the unit for .� 39 each light standard foundation installed. 40 41 Permanent geosynthetic wall single slope barrier and f-shape barrier will be measured 42 by the linear foot and will include the construction of the concrete moment slab shown in 43 the Standard Plans. 44 45 6-10.5 Payment 46 The new bid items listed below are inserted to follow "Conc. Class 4000", per cubic yard. 47 48 "Conc. Barrier Transition Type 2 to Bridge F-Shape", per linear foot. .r. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 35 a 1 "Single Slope Conc. Barrier Light Standard Foundation", per each. 2 "Perm. Geosynthetic Wall Single Slope Barrier", per linear foot. 3 "Perm. Geosynthetic Wall F-Shape Barrier", per linear foot. 4 5 SECTION 6-11, PRECAST CONCRETE RETAINING WALL STEMS 6 April 5, 2004 7 This section including title is revised to read: 8 9 SECTION 6-11, REINFORCED CONCRETE WALLS 10 6-11.1 Description 11 This work consists of constructing reinforced concrete retaining walls, including those 12 shown in the Standard Plans, L walls, and counterfort walls. 13 14 6-11.2 Materials 15 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 16 17 Cement 9-01 18 Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03.1 19 Gravel Backfill 9-03.12 20 Premolded Joint Filler 9-04.1(2) 21 Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.2 22 Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.3 23 Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23 24 Fly Ash 9-23.9 25 Water 9-25 26 27 Other materials required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. r 28 29 6-11.3 Construction Requirements 30 31 6-11.3(1) Submittals 32 The Contractor shall submit all excavation shoring plans to the Engineer for approval in 33 accordance with Section 2-09.3(3)D. 34 35 The Contractor shall submit all falsework and formwork plans to the Engineer for 36 approval in accordance with Sections 6-02.3(16) and 6-02.3(17). 37 38 If the Contractor elects to fabricate and erect precast concrete wall stem panels, the 39 following information shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with 40 Sections 6-01.9 and 6-02.3(28)A: 41 42 1. Working drawings for fabrication of the wall stem panels, showing dimensions, 43 steel reinforcing bars, joint and joint filler details, surface finish details, lifting 44 devices with the manufacturer's recommended safe working capacity, and 45 material specifications. 46 47 2. Working drawings and design calculations for the erection of the wall stem 48 panels showing dimensions, support points, support footing sizes, erection 49 blockouts, member sizes, connections, and material specifications. wr 50 City of Renton Amendments ` August 2004 36. 1 3. -Design calculations for the precast wall stem panels, the connection between 2 the precast panels and the cast-in-place footing, and all modifications to the 3 cast-in-place footing details as shown in the Plans or Standard Plans. +� 4 5 The Contractor shall not begin excavation and construction operations for the retaining 6 walls until receiving the Engineer's approval of the above submittals. r 7 8 6-11.3(2) Excavation and Foundation Preparation 9 Excavation shall conform to Section 2-09.3(3), and to the limits and construction stages 10 shown in the Plans. Foundation soils found to be unsuitable shall be removed and 11 replaced in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)C. 12 13 6-11.3(3) Precast Concrete Wall Stem Panels 14 The Contractor may fabricate precast concrete wall stem panels for construction of 15 Standard Plan Retaining Wall Types 1 through 6 and 1 SW through 6SW. Precast 16 concrete wall stem panels may be used for construction of non-Standard Plan retaining �r 17 walls if allowed by the Plans or Special Provisions. Precast concrete wall stem panels 18 shall conform to Section 6-02.3(28), and shall be cast with Class 4000 concrete. 19 20 The precast concrete wall stem panels shall be designed in accordance with the 21 requirements for Load Factor Design in the following codes: 22 23 1. For all loads except as otherwise noted - AASHTO Standard Specifications for 24 Highway Bridges, latest edition and current interims. The seismic design shall 25 use the acceleration coefficient and soil profile type as specified in the Plans. r ► 26 27 2. For all wind loads - AASHTO Guide Specifications for Structural Design of 28 Sound Barriers, latest edition and current interims. 29 30 The precast concrete wall stem panels shall be fabricated in accordance with the 31 dimensions and details shown in the Plans, except as modified in the shop drawings as 32 approved by the Engineer. ' 33 34 The precast concrete wall stem panels shall be fabricated full height, and shall be 35 fabricated in widths of 8 feet, 16 feet, and 24 feet. 36 37 The construction tolerances for the precast concrete wall stem panels shall be as 38 follows: •� 39 40 Height ±'/4 inch 41 Width ±1/4 inch ,. 42 Thickness +'/4 inch 43 -1/8 inch 44 Concrete cover for steel reinforcing bar +3/8 inch 45 -1/8 inch 46 Width of precast concrete wall stem panel joints ±'/4 inch 47 Offset of precast concrete wall stem panels ±1/4 inch 48 (Deviation from a straight line extending 5 feet on each side of the panel joint) 49 50 The precast concrete wall stem panels shall be constructed with a mating shear key 51 between adjacent panels. The shear key shall have beveled corners and shall be 1-1/2 52 inches in thickness. The width of the shear key shall be 3-1/2 inches minimum and 5- City of Renton Amendments August 2004 37 1 1/2 inches maximum. The shear key shall be continuous and shall be of uniform width 2 over the entire height of the wall stem. 3 4 The Contractor shall provide the specified surface finish as noted, and to the limits 5 shown, in the Plans to the exterior concrete surfaces. Special surface finishes achieved 6 with form liners shall conform to Sections 6-02.2 and 6-02.3(14) as supplemented in the 7 Special Provisions. Rolled on textured finished shall not be used. Precast concrete wall 8 stem panels shall be cast in a vertical position if the Plans call for a form liner texture on 9 both sides of the wall stem panel. 10 11 The precast concrete wall stem panel shall be rigidly held in place during placement and 12 curing of the footing concrete. 13 14 The precast concrete wall stem panels shall be placed a minimum of one inch into the 15 footing to provide a shear key. The base of the precast concrete wall stem panel shall 16 be sloped 1/2 inch per foot to facilitate proper concrete placement. 17 18 To ensure an even flow of concrete under and against the base of the wall panel, a form 19 shall be placed parallel to the precast concrete wall stem panel, above the footing, to 20 allow a minimum one foot head to develop in the concrete during concrete placement. 21 22 The steel reinforcing bars shall be shifted to clear the erection blockouts in the precast 23 concrete wall stem panel by 1-1/2 inches minimum. 24 25 All precast concrete wall stem panel joints shall be constructed with joint filler installed 26 on the rear (backfill) side of the wall. The joint filler material shall extend from two feet 27 below the final ground level in front of the wall to the top of the wall. The joint filler shall 28 be a nonorganic flexible material and shall be installed to create a waterproof seal at 29 panel joints. 30 31 The soil bearing pressure beneath the falsework supports for the precast concrete wall 32 stem panels shall not exceed the maximum design soil pressure shown in the Plans for r 33 the retaining wall. 34 35 6-11.3(4) Cast-In-Place Concrete Construction 66 36 Cast-in-place concrete for concrete retaining walls shall be formed, reinforced, cast, 37 cured, and finished in accordance with Section 6-02, and the details shown in the Plans 38 and Standard Plans. All cast-in-place concrete shall be Class 4000. 39 40 The Contractor shall provide the specified surface finish as noted, and to the limits 41 shown, in the Plans to the exterior concrete surfaces. Special surface finishes achieved 42 with formliners shall conform to Sections 6-02.2 and 6-02.3(14) as supplemented in the 43 Special Provisions. 44 45 Cast-in-place concrete for adjacent wall stem sections (between vertical expansion 46 joints) shall be formed and placed separately, with a minimum 12 hour time period 47 between concrete placement operations. 48 49 Premolded joint filler, 1/2" thick, shall be placed full height of all vertical wall stem 50 expansion joints in accordance with Section 6-01.14. 51 err City of Renton Amendments August 2004 38 1 6-11.3(5} Backfill, Weepholes and Gutters 2 Unless the Plans specify otherwise, backfill and weepholes shall be placed in 3 accordance with Standard Plan D-4 and Section 6-02.3(22). Gravel backfill for drain 4 shall be compacted in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E. Backfill within the zone 5 defined as bridge approach embankment in Section 1-01.3 shall be compacted in 6 accordance with Method C of Section 2-03.3(14)C. All other backfill shall be compacted r 7 in accordance with Method B of Section 2-03.3(14)C, unless otherwise specified. 8 9 Cement concrete gutter shall be constructed as shown in the Standard Plans. 10 11 6-11.3(6) Traffic Barrier and Pedestrian Barrier 12 When shown in the Plans, traffic barrier and pedestrian barrier shall be constructed in 13 accordance with Sections 6-02.3(11)A and 6-10.3(2), and the details shown in the Plans 14 and Standard Plans. 15 16 6-11.4 Measurement dw 17 Concrete Class 4000 for retaining wall will be measured as specified in Section 6-02.4. 18 19 Steel reinforcing bar for retaining wall and epoxy-coated steel reinforcing bar for .. 20 retaining wall will be measured as specified in Section 6-02.4. 21 22 Traffic barrier and pedestrian barrier will be measured as specified in Section 6-10.4 for 23 cast-in-place concrete barrier. 24 25 6-11.5 Payment 26 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid 27 items when they are included in the proposal: 28 29 "Conc. Class 4000 For Retaining Wall", per cubic yard. 30 All costs in connection with furnishing and installing weep holes and premolded 31 joint filler shall be included in the unit contract price per cubic yard for "Conc. Class 32 4000 for Retaining Wall". 33 34 "St. Reinf. Bar For Retaining Wall", per pound. 35 "Epoxy-Coated St. Reinf. Bar For Retaining Wall", per pound. •+ 36 37 "Traffic Barrier", per linear foot. 38 "Pedestrian Barrier", per linear foot. 39 The unit contract price per linear foot for "_ Barrier" shall be full pay for 40 constructing the barrier on top of the retaining wall, except that when these bid 41 items are not included in the proposal, all costs in connection with performing the 42 work as specified shall be included in the unit contract price per cubic yard for .r. 43 "Conc. Class 4000 For Retaining Wall", and the unit contract price per pound for 44 Bar For Retaining Wall". 45 .. 46 SECTION 6-12, NOISE BARRIER WALLS 47 April 5, 2004 48 6-12.1 Description 49 This work consists of constructing cast-in-place concrete, precast concrete, masonry, and 50 timber noise barrier walls, including those shown in the Standard Plans. 51 r.. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 39 1 6-12.2 Materials 2 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 3 4 Cement 9-01 5 Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03.1 6 Gravel Backfill 9-03.12 7 Premolded Joint Filler 9-04.1(2) 8 Bolts, Nuts, and Washers 9-06.5(1) 9 Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.2 10 Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.3 11 Paints 9-08 12 Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23 13 Fly Ash 9-23.9 r 14 Water 9-25 15 16 Other materials required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 17 18 6-12.3 Construction Requirements 19 20 6-12.3(1) Submittals 21 All noise barrier walls not constructed immediately adjacent to the roadway, and which 22 require construction of access for work activities, shall have a noise barrier wall access plan. 23 The Contractor shall submit the noise barrier wall access plan to the Engineer for approval in 24 accordance with Section 6-01.9. The noise barrier wall access plan shall include, but not be 25 limited to, the locations of access to the noise barrier wall construction sites, and the 26 method, materials, and equipment used to construct the access, remove the access, and 27 recontour and reseed the disturbed ground. 28 29 For construction of all noise barrier walls with shafts, the Contractor shall submit a shaft 30 construction plan to the Engineer for approval in accordance with Section 6-01.9, including 31 but not limited to the following information: 32 war 33 1. List and description of equipment to be used to excavate and construct the shafts, 34 including description of how the equipment is appropriate for use in the expected 35 subsurface conditions. 36 37 2. The construction sequence and order of shaft construction. 38 39 3. Details of shaft excavation methods, including methods to clean the shaft 40 excavation. 41 42 4. Details and dimensions of the shaft, and casing if used. 43 44 5. The method used to prevent ground caving (temporary casing, slurry, or other 45 means). so 46 47 6. Details of concrete placement including procedures for deposit through a conduit, 48 tremie, or pump. 49 50 7. Method and equipment used to install and support the steel reinforcing bar cage. 51 to 06 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 40 No „ 1 For construction of precast concrete noise barrier walls, the Contractor shall submit shop 2 drawings for the precast concrete panels to the Engineer in accordance with Section 6- 3 02.3(28)A. In addition to the items listed in Section 6-02.3(28)A, the precast concrete panel 4 shop drawings shall include the following: 5 6 1. Construction sequence and method of forming the panels. 7 8 2. Details of additional reinforcement provided at lifting and support locations. 9 10 3. Method and equipment used to support the panels during storage, transporting, 11 and erection. 12 13 4. Erection sequence, including the method of lifting the panels, placing and adjusting • 14 the panels to proper alignment and grade, and supporting the panels during bolting, 15 grouting, and backfilling operations. 16 17 The Contractor shall not begin noise barrier wall construction activities, including access 18 construction and precast concrete panel fabrication, until receiving the Engineer's approval 19 of all appropriate and applicable submittals. 20 21 6-12.3(2) Work Access and Site Preparation 22 The Contractor shall construct work access in accordance with the work access plan as 23 approved by the Engineer. The construction access roads shall minimize disturbance to the 24 existing vegetation, especially trees. Only trees and shrubs in direct conflict with the 25 approved construction access road alignment shall be removed. Only one access road into 26 the noise barrier wall from the main roadway and one access road from the noise barrier wall ' 27 to the main roadway shall be constructed at each noise barrier wall. 28 29 Existing vegetation that has been identified by the Engineer shall be protected in accordance r 30 with Sections 1-07.16 and 2-01, and the Special Provisions. 31 32 6-12.3(3) Shaft Construction 33 The Contractor shall excavate and construct the shafts in accordance with the shaft 34 construction plan as approved'by the Engineer. 35 36 The shafts shall be excavated to the required depth as shown in the Plans. The excavation 37 shall be completed in a continuous operation using equipment capable of excavating through 38 the type of material expected to be encountered. 39 40 If the shaft excavation is stopped, the Contractor shall secure the shaft by installing a safety 41 cover over the opening. The Contractor shall ensure the safety of the shaft and surrounding 42 soil and the stability of the side walls. A temporary casing, slurry, or other methods approved 43 by the Engineer shall be used as necessary to ensure such safety and stability. 44 45 When caving conditions are encountered, the Contractor shall stop further excavation until 46 implementing the method to prevent ground caving as specified in the shaft construction 47 plan approved by the Engineer. 48 49 When obstructions are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer promptly. An 50 obstruction is defined as a specific object (including, but not limited to, boulders, logs, and 51 man made objects) encountered during the shaft excavation operation which prevents or wo 52 hinders the advance of the shaft excavation. When efforts to advance past the obstruction to City of Renton Amendments August 2004 41 1 the design shaft tip elevation result in the rate of advance of the shaft drilling equipment 2 being is significantly reduced relative to the rate of advance for the rest of the shaft 3 excavation, then the Contractor shall remove the obstruction under the provisions of Section 4 6-12.5 as supplemented in the Special Provisions. The method of removal of such 5 obstructions, and the continuation of excavation shall be as proposed by the Contractor and 6 approved by the Engineer. 7 8 The Contractor shall use appropriate means to clean the bottom of the excavation of all 9 shafts. No more than two inches of loose or disturbed material shall be present at the 10 bottom of the shaft just prior to beginning concrete placement. err 11 12 The Contractor shall not begin placing steel reinforcing bars and concrete in the shaft until 13 receiving the Engineer's approval of the shaft excavation. 14 15 The steel reinforcing bar cage shall be rigidly braced to retain its configuration during 16 handling and construction. The Contractor shall not place individual or loose bars. The 17 Contractor shall install the steel reinforcing bar cage as specified in the shaft construction 18 plan as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall maintain the minimum concrete 19 cover shown in the Plans. 20 Will 21 If casings are used, the Contractor shall remove the casing during concrete placement. A 22 minimum five feet head of concrete shall be maintained to balance soil and water pressure 23 at the bottom of the casing. The casing shall be smooth. Where the top of the shaft is 24 above the existing ground, the Contractor shall case the top of the hole prior to placing the 25 concrete. 26r 27 Concrete for shafts shall conform to Class 4000P. The Contractor shall place concrete in the 28 shaft immediately after completing the shaft excavation and receiving the Engineer's 29 approval of the excavation. The Contractor shall place the concrete in one continuous 30 operation to the elevation shown in the Plans, using a method to prevent segregation of 31 aggregates. The Contractor shall place the concrete as specified in the approved shaft 32 construction plan. If water is present, concrete shall be placed in accordance with Section 6- 33 02.3(6)B. 34 35 6-12.3(4) Trench, Grade Beam, or Spread Footing Construction 36 Where the noise barrier wall foundations exist below the existing groundline, excavation 37 shall conform to Section 2-09.3(4), and to the limits and construction stages shown in the 38 Plans. Foundation soils found to be unsuitable shall be removed and replaced in 39 accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)C. + 40 41 Where the noise barrier wall foundations exist above the existing groundline, the Contractor 42 shall place and compact backfill material in accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)C. a11Y 43 44 Concrete for trench, grade beam, or spread footing foundations shall conform to Class 4000. 45 46 Cast-in-place concrete shall be formed, placed, and cured in accordance with Section 6-02, 47 except that concrete for trench foundations shall be placed against undisturbed soil. 48 49 The excavation shall be backfilled in accordance with item 1 of the Compaction subsection 50 of Section 2-09.3(1)E. 51 1W �r City of Renton Amendments August 2004 42 +r• 1 The steel reinforcing bar cage and the noise barrier wall anchor bolts shall be installed and 2 rigidly braced prior to grade beam and spread footing concrete placement to retain their 3 configuration during concrete placement. The Contractor shall not place individual or loose as 4 steel reinforcing bars and anchor bolts, and shall not install anchor bolts during or after 5 concrete placement. 6 as 7 6-12.3(5) Cast-In-Place Concrete Panel Construction 8 Construction of cast-in-place concrete panels for noise barrier walls shall conform to Section 9 6-11.3(4). For noise barrier walls with traffic barrier, the construction of the traffic barrier 10 shall also conform to Section 6-10.3(2). 11 12 The top of the cast-in-place concrete panels shall conform to the top of wall profile shown in 13 the Plans. Where a vertical step is constructed to provide elevation change between 14 adjacent panels, the dimension of the step shall be 2 feet. Each horizontal run between 15 steps shall be a minimum of 48 feet. 16 17 6-12.3(6) Precast Concrete Panel Fabrication and Erection 18 The Contractor shall fabricate and erect the precast concrete panels in accordance with 19 Section 6-02.3(28), and the following requirements: w. 20 21 1. Concrete shall conform to Class 4000. 22 23 2. Except as otherwise noted in the Plans and Special Provisions, all concrete 24 surfaces shall receive a Class 2 finish in accordance with Section 6-02.3(14)B. 25 26 3. The precast concrete panels shall be cast in accordance with Section 6-02.3(28)B. 27 The Contractor shall cast the precast concrete panels horizontally, with the traffic 28 side surface cast against the form liner on the bottom. The Contractor shall fully 29 support the precast concrete panel to avoid bowing and sagging surfaces. 30 31 After receiving the Engineer's approval of the shop drawings, the Contractor shall 32 cast one precast concrete panel to be used as the sample panel. The Contractor 33 shall construct the sample panel in accordance with the procedure and details 34 specified in the shop drawings approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall 35 make the sample panel available to the Engineer for approval. 36 37 Upon receiving the Engineer's approval of the sample panel, the Contractor shall 38 continue production of precast concrete panels for the noise barrier wall. All 39 precast concrete panels will be evaluated against the sample panel for the quality 40 of workmanship exhibited. The sample panel shall be retained at the fabrication 41 site until all precast concrete panels have been fabricated and have received the 42 Engineer's approval. After completing precast concrete panel fabrication, the 43 Contractor may utilize the sample panel as a production noise barrier wall panel. 44 45 4. In addition to the fabrication tolerance requirements of Section 6-02.3(28)F, the 46 precast concrete panels for noise barrier walls shall not exceed the following scalar 47 tolerances: 48 49 Length and Width: ± 1/8 inch per five feet, not to exceed 1/4 inch total. 50 51 Thickness: ± 1/4 inch. +� 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 43 1 The difference obtained by comparing the measurement of the diagonal of the 2 face of the panels shall not be greater than 1/2 inch. 3 4 Dimension tolerances for the traffic barrier portion of precast concrete panels 5 formed with traffic barrier shapes shall conform to Section 6-10.3(2). 6 7 5. After erection, the precast concrete panels shall not exceed the joint space 8 tolerances shown in the Plans. The panels shall not exceed 3/8 inch out of plumb 9 in any direction. 10 11 The Contractor shall seal the joints between precast concrete panels with a backer 12 rod and sealant system as specified. The Contractor shall seal both sides of the 13 joint full length. 14 15 The top of precast concrete panels shall conform to the top of wall profile shown in the 16 Plans. Where a vertical step is constructed to provide elevation change between 17 adjacent panels, the dimension of the step shall be 2 feet. Each horizontal run between 18 steps shall be a minimum of 48 feet. 19 20 6-12.3(7) Masonry Wall Construction 1e 21 Construction requirements for masonry noise barrier wall panels shall be as specified in the 22 Special Provisions. 23 24 6-12.3(8) Fabricating and Erecting Timber Noise Barrier Wall Panels 25 Construction requirements for timber noise barrier wall panels shall be as specified in the 26 Special Provisions. 27 28 6-12.3(9) Access Doors and Concrete Landing Pads 29 The Contractor shall install access doors and door frames as shown in the Plans and 30 Standard Plans. The Contractor shall install the access doors to open toward the roadway 31 side. The door frames shall be set in place with grout conforming to Section 6-02.3(20), with 32 the grout completely filling the void between the door frame and the noise barrier wall panel. 33 34 The Contractor shall apply two coats of paint, as specified in the Special Provisions, to all 35 exposed metal surfaces of access doors and frames, except for stainless steel surfaces. 36 Each coat shall be 3 mils minimum wet film thickness. 37 38 The Contractor shall construct a concrete landing pad on the roadway side of each access 39 door location as shown in the Plans. The concrete shall conform to Section 6-02.3(2)6. 40 41 6-12.3(10) Finish Ground Line Dressing 42 The Contractor shall contour and dress the ground line on both sides of the noise barrier 43 wall, providing the minimum cover over the foundation as shown in the Plans. The 44 Contractor shall contour the ground adjacent to the barrier to ensure good drainage away 45 from the barrier. 46 47 After the access roads are no longer needed for noise barrier wall construction activities, the 48 Contractor shall restore the area to the original condition. The Contractor shall recontour the i 49 access roads to match into the surrounding ground and shall reseed all disturbed areas in 50 accordance with the Section 8-01 and the Special Provisions, and the noise barrier wall 51 access plan as approved by the Engineer. , 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 44 1 6-12.4 Measurement 2 Noise barrier wall will be measured by the square foot area of one face of the completed wall 3 panel in place. Except as otherwise noted, the bottom limit for measurement will be the top 4 of the trench footing, spread footing, or shaft cap. For Noise Barrier Type 5, the bottom 5 measurement limit will be the optional construction joint at the base of the traffic barrier. For 6 Noise Barrier Type 7, the bottom measurement limit will be base of the traffic barrier. For 7 Noise Barrier Types 8, 11, 12, 14, 15, and 20, the bottom measurement limit will be the base 8 of the wall panel. 9 10 Noise barrier wall access door will be measured once for each access door assembly with 11 concrete landing pad furnished and installed. 12 13 6-12.5 Payment " 14 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid items 15 when they are included in the proposal: 16 17 "Noise Barrier Wall Type_", per square foot. 18 The unit contract price per square foot for "Noise Barrier Wall Type _" shall be full pay 19 for constructing the noise barrier walls as specified, including constructing and removing •w 20 access roads, excavating and constructing foundations and grade beams, constructing 21 cast-in-place concrete, and masonry wall panels, fabricating and erecting precast 22 concrete, and timber wall panels, applying sealer, and contouring the finish ground line 23 _ adjacent to the noise barrier walls. 24 25 "Noise Barrier Wall Access Door", per each. 26 The unit contract price per each for"Noise Barrier Wall Access Door" shall be full pay for 27 furnishing and installing the access door assembly as specified, including painting the 28 installed access door assembly and constructing the concrete landing pad. 29 30 SECTION 6-13, STRUCTURAL EARTH WALLS 31 April 5, 2004 32 6-13.1 Description 33 This work consists of constructing structural earth walls (SEW). 34 35 6-13.2 Materials 36 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 37 38 Cement 9-01 39 Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03.1 40 Gravel Backfill 9-03.12 41 Premolded Joint Filler 9-04.1(2) 42 Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.2 43 Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.3 44 Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23 45 Fly Ash 9-23.9 46 Water 9-25 47 48 Other materials required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 49 50 6-13.3 Construction Requirements 51 Proprietary structural earth wall systems shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 45 2 6-13.3(1) Quality Assurance 3 The structural earth wall manufacturer shall provide a qualified and experienced 4 representative to resolve wall construction problems as approved by the Engineer. The 5 structural earth wall manufacturer's representative shall be present at the beginning of wall 6 construction activities, and at other times as needed throughout construction. 7 Recommendations made by the structural earth wall manufacturer's representative and q► 8 approved by the Engineer shall be followed by the Contractor. 9 10 The completed wall shall meet the following tolerances: At 11 12 1. Deviation from the design batter and horizontal alignment, when measured along a 13 ten foot straight edge, shall not exceed the following: 14 15 a. Welded wire faced structural earth wall: 2 inches 16 17 b. Precast concrete panel and 18 concrete block faced structural earth wall: 3/4 inch 19 20 2. Deviation from the overall design batter of the wall shall not exceed the following 21 per ten feet of wall height: 22 23 a. Welded wire faced structural earth wall: 1.5 inches 24 25 b. Precast concrete panel and 26 concrete block faced structural earth wall: 1/2 inch 27 28 3. The maximum outward bulge of the face between welded wire faced structural 29 earth wall reinforcement layers shall not exceed two inches. The maximum 30 allowable offset in any precast concrete facing panel joint shall be 3/4 inch. The 31 maximum allowable offset in any concrete block joint shall be 3/8 inch. 32 33 4. The base of the structural earth wall excavation shall be within three inches of the Ilk 34 staked elevations, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 35 36 5. The external structural earth wall dimensions shall be placed within two inches of 37 that staked on the ground. 38 39 6. The backfill reinforcement layers shall be located horizontally and vertically within 40 one inch of the locations shown in the structural earth wall working drawings as 41 approved by the Engineer. 42 43 At least five working days prior to the Contractor beginning any structural earth wall work at 44 the site, a structural earth wall preconstruction conference shall be held to discuss 45 construction procedures, personnel, and equipment to be used, and other elements of 46 structural earth wall construction. Those attending shall include: 47 48 1. (representing the Contractor) The superintendent, on site supervisors, and all 49 foremen in charge of excavation, leveling pad placement, concrete block and soil 50 reinforcement placement, and structural earth wall backfill placement and 51 compaction. 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 46 1 2. (representing the Structural Earth Wall Manufacturer) The qualified and 2 experienced representative of the structural earth wall manufacturer as specified at 3 the beginning of this Section. 4 5 3. (representing the Contracting Agency) The Project Engineer, key inspection 6 personnel, and representatives from the WSDOT Construction Office and Materials 7 Laboratory Geotechnical Services Branch. w 8 9 6-13.3(2) Submittals 10 The Contractor, or the supplier as the Contractor's agent, shall furnish to the Engineer a 11 Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 1-06.3, certifying that 12 the structural earth wall materials conform to the specified material requirements. This 13 includes providing a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance for all concrete admixtures, 14 cement, fly ash, steel reinforcing bars, reinforcing strips, reinforcing mesh, tie strips, 15 fasteners, welded wire mats, backing mats, construction geotextile for wall facing, drainage 16 geosynthetic fabric, block connectors, and joint materials. The Manufacturer's Certificate of w 17 Compliance for geogrid reinforcement shall include the information specified in Section 9- 18 33.4(4) for each geogrid roll, and shall specify the geogrid polymer types for each geogrid 19 roll. 20 21 A copy of all test results, performed by the Contractor or the Contractor's supplier, which are 22 necessary to assure compliance with the specifications, shall submitted to the Engineer 23 along with each Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. 24 25 Before fabrication, the Contractor shall submit a field construction manual for the structural 26 earth walls, prepared by the wall manufacturer, to the Engineer for approval in accordance 27 with Section 6-01.9. This manual shall provide step-by-step directions for construction of the 28 wall system. 29 30 The Contractor, or the supplier as the Contractor's agent, shall submit detailed design 31 calculations and working drawings to the Engineer for approval in accordance with Section 32 6-01.9. 33 34 The design calculation and working drawing submittal shall include detailed design 35 calculations and all details, dimensions, quantities, and cross-sections necessary to 36 construct the wall. The calculations shall include a detailed explanation of any symbols and 37 computer programs used in the design of the walls. All computer output submitted shall be 38 accompanied by supporting hand calculations detailing the calculation process. 39 40 The design calculations shall be based on the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for 41 Highway Bridges including current interims, and also based on the following: 42 1W 43 1. The factor of safety for overturning and sliding are 2.0 and 1.5 respectively for 44 AASHTO Load Group I, and 1.5 and 1.1 respectively for AASHTO Load Group VII. 45 'A 46 2. The wall surcharge conditions (backfill slope) shown in the Plans. 47 48 3. If a highway is adjacent to and.on top of the wall, a two foot surcharge shall be ON 49 used in the design. 50 51 4. If the Plans detail a traffic barrier on top of the wall, the barrier and wall shall be to 52 capable of resisting a 10,000 pound horizontal load applied at the top of the barrier. r City of Renton Amendments August 2004 47 1 2 5. The geotechnical design parameters for the wall shall be as specified in the Special 3 Provisions. 4 5 A minimum of six sets of working drawings shall be fully detailed and shall include, but not 6 be limited to, the following items: 7 8 1. A plan and elevation sheet or sheets for each wall, containing the following: 9 10 a. An elevation view of the wall which shall include the following: rx+ 11 12 i. the elevation at the top of the wall, at all horizontal and vertical 13 break points, and at least every 50 feet along the wall; 14 15 ii. elevations at the base of welded wire mats or the top of leveling 16 pads and foundations, and the distance along the face of the wall 17 to all steps in the welded wire mats, foundations and leveling 18 pads; 19 20 iii. the designation as to the type of panel, block, or module; 21 22 iv. the length, size, and number of geogrids or mesh or strips, and 23 the distance along the face of the wall to where changes in 24 length of the geogrids or mesh or strips occur; or 25 26 v. the length, size, and wire sizes and spacings of the welded wire 27 mats and backing mats, and the distance along the face of the 28 wall to where changes in length, size, and wire sizes and 29 spacings of the welded wire mats and backing mats occur; and 30 31 vi. the location of the original and final ground line. 32 33 b. A plan view of the wall which shall indicate the offset from the construction 34 centerline to the face of the wall at all changes in horizontal alignment; the 35 limit of the widest module, geogrid, mesh, strip or welded wire mat, and 36 the centerline of any drainage structure or drainage pipe which is behind M 37 or passes under or through the wall. 38 39 c. General notes, if any, required for design and construction of the wall. QV 40 41 d. All horizontal and vertical curve data affecting wall construction. 42 43 e. A listing of the summary of quantities provided on the elevation sheet of 44 each wall for all items including incidental items. 45 46 f. Cross-section showing limits of construction. In fill sections, the cross- 47 section shall show the limits and extent of select granular backfill material 48 placed above original ground. 49 50 g. Limits and extent of reinforced soil volume. 51 10 40 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 48 .� 1 2. All details including steel reinforcing bar bending details. Bar bending details shall . 2 be in accordance with Section 9-07.1. 3 4 3. All details for foundations and leveling pads, including details for steps in the 5 foundations or leveling pads, as well as allowable and actual maximum bearing 6 pressures for AASHTO Load Groups I and VII. 7 8 4. All modules and facing elements shall be detailed. The details shall show all 9 dimensions necessary to construct the element, all steel reinforcing bars in the 10 element, and the location of reinforcement element attachment devices embedded 11 in the precast concrete facing panel or concrete block. 12 13 5. All details for construction of the wall around drainage facilities, sign, signal, r 14 luminaire, and noise barrier wall foundations, and structural abutment and 15 foundation elements shall be clearly shown. 16 17 6. All details for connections to traffic or pedestrian barriers, coping, parapets, noise 18 barrier walls, and attached lighting shall be shown. 19 20 7. All details for the traffic or pedestrian barrier attached to the top of the wall (if shown 21 in the Plans) including interaction with bridge approach slabs. 22 23 The Contractor shall not begin wall construction (including precast concrete facing panel 24 fabrication) until receiving the Engineer's written approval of the material certifications and 25 test results, design calculations and working drawing submittals. 26 27 6-13.3(3) Excavation and Foundation Preparation 28 Excavation shall conform to Section 2-09.3(4) and to the limits and construction stages 29 shown in the Plans. Foundation soils found to be unsuitable shall be removed and replaced 30 in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)C. The foundation for the structure shall be graded 31 level for a width equal to or exceeding the length of reinforcing as shown in the structural 32 earth wall working drawings as approved by the Engineer and, for walls with geogrid 33 reinforcing, in accordance with Section 2-12.3. Prior to wall construction, the foundation, if 34 not in rock, shall be compacted as approved by the Engineer. 35 36 At the foundation level of the bottom course of precast concrete facing panels and concrete 37 blocks, an unreinforced concrete leveling pad shall be provided as shown in the Plans. The 38 leveling pad shall be cured a minimum of 12 hours and have a minimum compressive 39 strength of 1500 psi before placement of the precast concrete facing panels or concrete 40 blocks. 41 42 6-13.3(4) Precast Concrete Facing Panel and Concrete Block Fabrication " 43 Concrete for precast concrete facing panels shall meet the following requirements: 44 45 1. Have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 4,000 pounds per square inch, 46 unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions for specific proprietary wall 47 systems. 48 ++ 49 2. Contain a water-reducing admixture meeting AASHTO M 194 Type A, D, F, or G. 50 51 3. Be air-entrained, 6 percent± 1 1/2 percent. 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 49 1 4. Have a maximum slump of four inches, or six inches if a Type F or G water reducer 2 is used. 3 4 Concrete for dry cast concrete blocks shall meet the following requirements: 5 6 1. Have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 4,000 psi. 7 8 2. Conform to ASTM C 1372, except as otherwise specified. 9 10 3. The lot of blocks produced for use in this project shall conform to the following 11 freeze-thaw test requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1262. 12 Minimum acceptable performance shall be defined as weight loss at the conclusion 13 of 150 freeze-thaw cycles not exceeding one percent of the block's initial weight for 40 14 a minimum of four of the five block specimens tested. 15 16 4. The concrete blocks shall have a maximum water absorption of one percent above 17 the water absorption content of the lot of blocks produced and successfully tested 18 for the freeze-thaw test specified in item 3 above. 19 20 Precast concrete facing panels and concrete blocks will be accepted based on successful '6 21 compressive strength tests and visual inspection. The precast concrete facing panels and 22 concrete blocks shall be considered acceptable regardless of curing age when compressive 23 test results indicate that the compressive strength conforms to the 28-day requirements and 24 when the visual inspection is satisfactorily completed. Testing and inspection of precast 25 concrete facing panels shall conform to Section 6-02.3(28). Testing and inspection of dry 26 cast concrete blocks shall conform to ASTM C 140. 27 28 All precast concrete facing panels shall be five feet square, except: - 29 30 1. for partial panels at the top, bottom, and ends of the wall, and 31 32 2. as otherwise shown in the Plans. 33 " 34 All precast concrete facing panels shall be manufactured within the following tolerances: 35 36 1. All dimensions±3/16 inch. " 37 38 2. Squareness, as determined by the difference between the two diagonals, shall not 39 exceed 1/2 inch. 40 41 3. Surface defects on smooth formed surfaces measured on a length of 5 feet shall 42 not exceed 1/8 inch. Surface defects on textured-finished surfaces measured on a 43 length of five feet shall not exceed 5/16 inch. 44 45 All concrete blocks shall be manufactured within the following tolerances: 46 47 1. Vertical dimensions shall be + 1/16 inch of the plan dimension, and the rear height 48 shall not exceed the front height. 49 50 2. The dimensions of the grooves in the top and bottom faces of the concrete blocks 51 shall be formed within the tolerances specified by the proprietary wall manufacturer, 52 for the fit required for the block connectors. V City of Renton Amendments August 2004 50 � 1 2 3. All other dimensions shall be± 1/4 inch of the plan dimension. 3 4 Tie attachment devices, except for geosynthetic reinforcement, shall be set in place to the 5 dimensions and tolerances shown in the Plans prior to casting. 6 7 The forms forming precast concrete facing panels, including the forms for loop pockets and 8 access pockets, and the forms forming the concrete blocks, shall be removed in accordance 9 with the recommendations of the wall manufacturer, without damaging the concrete. 10 11 The concrete surface for the precast concrete facing panel shall have the finish shown in the 12 Plans for the front face and an unformed finish for the rear face. The rear face of the precast 13 concrete facing panel shall be roughly screeded to eliminate open pockets of aggregate and 14 surface distortions in excess of 1/4 inch. 15 16 The concrete surface for the front face of the concrete block shall be flat, and shall be a +r 17 conventional "split face" finish in accordance with the wall manufacturer's specifications. 18 The concrete surface of all other faces shall be Class 2 in accordance with Section 6- 19 02.3(14)B. The finish and appearance of the concrete blocks shall also conform to ASTM C 20 1372. The color of the concrete block shall be concrete gray, unless otherwise shown in the 21 Plans. 22 23 The date of manufacture, production lot number, and the piece-mark, shall be clearly marked 24 on the rear face of each precast concrete facing panel, and marked or tagged on each pallet 25 of concrete blocks. 26 27 All precast concrete facing panels and concrete blocks shall be handled, stored, and shipped 28 in accordance with Sections 6-02.3(28)G and 6-02.3(28)H to prevent chipping, cracks, 29 fractures, and excessive bending stresses. 'r 30 31 Precast concrete facing panels in storage shall be supported on firm blocking located 32 immediately adjacent to tie strips to avoid bending the tie strips. 33 34 6-13.3(5) Precast Concrete Facing Panel and Concrete Block Erection 35 The precast concrete facing panels shall be placed vertically. During erection, precast err 36 concrete facing panels shall be handled by means of a lifting device set into the upper edge 37 of the panels. 38 39 Concrete blocks shall be erected in a running bond fashion in accordance with the wall 40 manufacturer's field construction manual, and may be placed by hand. The top surface of 41 each course of concrete blocks, including all pockets and recesses, shall be cleaned of 42 backfill and all extraneous materials prior to connecting the reinforcing strips or geosynthetic 43 reinforcing, and placing the next course of concrete blocks. Concrete blocks receiving 44 geosynthetic reinforcement shall be connected as specified in the Special Provisions. Cap 45 block top courses shall be bonded to the lower course of concrete blocks as specified below. 46 All other concrete blocks shall be connected with block connectors or pins placed into the 47 connector slots. 48 +�► 49 Precast concrete facing panels and concrete blocks shall be placed in successive horizontal 50 lifts as backfill placement proceeds in the sequence shown in the structural earth wall 51 working drawings as approved by the Engineer. .. 52 �w City of Renton Amendments August 2004 51 I External bracing is required for the initial lift for precast concrete facing panels. 2 3 As backfill material is placed behind the precast concrete facing panels, the panels shall be 4 maintained in vertical position by means of temporary wooden wedges placed in the joint at 5 the junction of the two adjacent panels on the external side of the wall. 6 7 Reinforcing shall be placed normal to the face of the wall, unless otherwise shown in the 8 Plans or directed by the Engineer. Prior to placement of the reinforcing, backfill shall be 9 compacted. 10 40 11 Geosynthetic reinforcing shall be placed in accordance with Section 2-12.3 and as follows: 12 13 1. The Contractor shall stretch out the geosynthetic in the direction perpendicular to v# 14 the wall face to remove all slack and wrinkles, and shall hold the geosynthetic in 15 place with soil piles or other methods as recommended by the geosynthetic 16 manufacturer, before placing backfill material over the geosynthetic to the specified 40 17 cover. 18 19 2. The geosynthetic reinforcement shall be continuous in the direction perpendicular 20 to the wall face from the back face of the concrete panel to the end of the 21 geosynthetic or to the last geogrid node at the end of the specified reinforcement 22 length. Geosynthetic splices parallel to the wall face will not be allowed. - 23 24 At the completion of each course of concrete blocks and prior to installing any block 25 connectors or geosynthetic reinforcement at this level, the Contractor shall check the blocks 26 for level placement in all directions, and shall adjust the blocks by grinding or rear face 27 shimming, or other method as recommended by the structural earth wall manufacturer's 28 representative and as approved by the Engineer, to bring the blocks into a level plane. 29 30 For concrete block wall systems receiving a cap block top course, the cap blocks shall be 31 bonded to the lower course with mortar, or with an adhesive capable of bonding the concrete 32 block courses together. 33 34 6-13.3(6) Welded Wire Faced Structural Earth Wall Erection 35 The Contractor shall erect the welded wire wall reinforcement in accordance with the wall 36 manufacturer's field construction manual and as approved by the Engineer. Construction 37 geotextile for wall facing shall be placed between the backfill material within the reinforced 38 zone and the coarse granular material immediately behind the welded wire wall facing, as 39 shown in the Plans and the structural earth wall working drawings as approved by the 40 40 Engineer. 41 42 6-13.3(7) Backfill 140 43 Backfill placement shall closely follow erection of each course of welded wire mats and 44 backing mats, precast concrete facing panels, or concrete blocks. Backfill shall be placed in 45 such a manner as to avoid any damage or disturbance to the wall materials or misalignment 40 46 of the welded wire mats and backing mats, precast concrete facing panels, or concrete 47 blocks. Backfill shall be placed in a manner that segregation does not occur. 48 ,o 49 The Contractor shall place wall backfill over geosynthetic reinforcement, or construction 50 geotextile for wall facing, in accordance with Section 2-12.3 and as follows: 51 Mi City of Renton Amendments August 2004 52 go 1 1. The Contractor shall ensure that six inches minimum of backfill shalt be between 2 the geogrid reinforcement, or construction geotextile for wall facing, and any 3 construction vehicle or equipment tires or tracks at all times. 4 5 Misalignment or distortion of the precast concrete facing panels or concrete blocks due to 6 placement of backfill outside the limits of this specification shall be corrected in a manner as 7 approved by the Engineer. 8 9 The moisture content of the backfill material prior to and during compaction shall be 10 uniformly distributed throughout each layer of material. The moisture content of all backfill 10 11 material shall conform to Sections 2-03.3(14)C and 2-03.3(14)D. 12 13 Backfill shall be compacted in accordance with Method C of Section 2-03.3(14)C, except as 14 follows: 15 16 1. The maximum lift thickness after compaction shall not exceed ten inches. 17 18 2. The Contractor shall decrease this lift thickness, if necessary, to obtain the 19 specified density. 20 21 3. The Contractor shall not use sheepsfoot rollers or rollers with protrusions for 22 compacting backfill reinforced with geosynthetic layers, or for compacing the first lift 23 of backfill above the construction geosynthetic for wall facing for each layer of 24 welded wire mats. Rollers shall have sufficient capacity to achieve compaction 25 without causing distortion to the face of the wall in accordance with the tolerances 26 specified in Section 6-13.3(1). 27 28 4. The Contractor shall compact the zone within three feet of the back of the wall 29 facing panels without causing damage to or distortion of the wall facing elements 30 (welded wire mats, backing mats, construction geotextile for wall facing, precast 31 concrete facing panels, and concrete blocks) by using light mechanical tampers as 32 approved by the Engineer. No soil density tests will be taken within this area. .r 33 34 5. For wall systems with geosynthetic reinforcement, the minimum compacted backfill 35 lift thickness of the first lift above each geosynthetic reinforcement layer shall be six 36 inches. 37 38 At the end of each day's operation, the Contractor shall shape the last level of backfill to 39 permit runoff of rainwater away from the wall face. In addition, the Contractor shall not allow 40 surface runoff from adjacent areas to enter the wall construction site. 41 42 Wall materials damaged or disturbed during backfill placement shall be either removed and 43 replaced, or adjusted and repaired, by the Contractor as approved by the Engineer at no 44 additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 45 46 6-13.3(8) Guardrail Placement 47 Where guardrail posts are required, the Contractor shall not begin installing guardrail posts 48 until completing the structural earth wall to the top of wall elevation shown in the Plans. The 49 Contractor shall install the posts in a manner that prevents movement of the precast 50 concrete facing panels or concrete blocks, and prevents ripping, tearing, or pulling of the wall 51 reinforcement. 52 +�r City of Renton Amendments August 2004 53 tow 1 The Contractor may cut welded wire reinforcement of welded wire faced structural earth 2 walls to facilitate placing the guardrail posts, but only in the top two welded wire 3 reinforcement layers and only with the approval of the Engineer in a manner that prevents , 4 bulging of the wall face and prevents ripping or pulling of the welded wire reinforcement. 5 Holes through the welded wire reinforcement shall be the minimum size necessary for the 6 post. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer prior to beginning guardrail post 7 installation that the installation method will not rip, tear, or pull the wall reinforcement. 8 9 The Contractor shall place guardrail posts between the reinforcing strips, reinforcing mesh, 10 and tie strips of the non-geosynthetic reinforced precast concrete panel or concrete block 11 faced structural earth walls. Holes through the reinforcement of geosynthetic reinforced 12 walls, if necessary, shall be the minimum size necessary for the guardrail post. 13 14 6-13.3(9) SEW Traffic Barrier and SEW Pedestrian Barrier 15 SEW traffic barrier and SEW pedestrian barrier, if shown in the Plans, shall be constructed in 16 accordance with Sections 6-02.3(11)A anc 6-10.3(2), the details in the Plans and in the , 17 structural earth wall working drawings as approved by the Engineer, except as follows: 18 19 1. The slip-form method of barrier construction will not be allowed for SEW traffic 20 barrier and SEW pedestrian barrier. 21 22 2. The Contractor shall not begin placing backfill above the bottom of the SEW traffic 23 barrier and SEW pedestrian barrier until removing the forms from the portion of the 24 barrier being embedded. The Contractor shall not remove forms from the 25 embedded portion of the barrier until the concrete has set for at least three days or 26 has attained a minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi. 27 28 6-13.4 Measurement 29 Structural earth wall will be measured by the square foot of completed wall in place. The 30 bottom limits for vertical measurement will be the bottom of the bottom mat, for welded wire 31 faced structural earth walls, or the top of the leveling pad (or bottom of wall if no leveling pad 32 is present) for precast concrete panel or concrete block faced structural earth walls. The top to 33 limit for vertical measurement will be the top of wall as shown in the Plans. The horizontal 34 limits for measurement are from the end of the wall to the end of the wall. 35 go 36 Backfill for structural earth wall including haul will be measured by the cubic yard in place 37 determined by the limits shown in the Plans. 38 39 SEW traffic barrier, and SEW pedestrian barrier will be measured as specified in Section 6- 40 10.4 for cast-in-place concrete barrier. 41 42 6-13.5 Payment 43 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid items 44 when they are included in the proposal: 45 46 "Structural Earth Wall", per square foot. 47 All costs in connection with furnishing materials for, and constructing, structural earth 48 walls, including constructing leveling pads when specified, shall be included in the unit 49 contract price per square foot for"Structural Earth Wall". 50 51 "Backfill for Structural Earth Wall Incl. Haul", per cubic yard. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 54 1 All costs in connection with furnishing and placing backfill for structural earth wall, 2 including hauling and compacting the backfill, and furnishing and placing the wall facing 3 backfill for welded wire faced structural earth walls, shall be included in the unit contract 4 price per cubic yard for"Backfill for Structural Earth Wall Incl. Haul". 5 6 "SEW Traffic Barrier", per linear foot. 7 "SEW Pedestrian Barrier", per linear foot. 8 The unit contract price per linear foot for "SEW _ Barrier" shall be full pay for 9 constructing the barrier on top of the structural earth wall, except that when these bid 10 items are not included in the proposal, all costs in connection with performing the work "" 11 as specified shall be included in the unit contract price per square foot for "Structural 12 Earth Wall". 13 14 SECTION 6-14, GEOSYNTHETIC RETAINING WALLS 15 April 5, 2004 wr 16 6-14.1 Description 17 This work consists of constructing geosynthetic retaining walls, including those shown in the 18 Standard Plans. 19 20 6-14.2 Materials 21 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 22 23 Gravel Borrow For Geosynthetic Retaining Wall 9-03.14(4) 24 Construction Geosynthetic 9-33 25 26 The requirements specified in Section 2-12.2 for geotextiles shall also apply to geosynthetic 27 and geogrid materials used for permanent and temporary geosynthetic retaining walls. 28 29 Other materials required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 30 31 6-14.3 Construction Requirements 32 Temporary geosynthetic retaining walls are defined as those walls and wall components 33 constructed and removed or abandoned before the physical completion date of the project or 34 as shown in the Plans. All other geosynthetic retaining walls shall be considered as 35 permanent. 36 37 6-14.3(1) Quality Assurance 38 The Contractor shall complete the base of the retaining wall excavation to within plus or 39 minus three inches of the staked elevations unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The 40 Contractor shall place the external wall dimensions to within plus or minus two inches of that 41 staked on the ground. The Contractor shall space the reinforcement layers vertically and 42 place the overlaps to within plus or minus one inch of that shown in the Plans. 43 44 The completed wall(s) shall meet the following tolerances: 45 46 Permanent Wall Temporary Wall 47 48 Deviation from the design 49 batter and horizontal alignment 50 for the face when measured 51 along a ten foot straight edge at r City of Renton Amendments August 2004 55 lil 1 the midpoint of each wall layer 2 shall not exceed: 3 inches 5 inches 3 4 Deviation from the overall 5 design batter per ten feet of wall 6 height shall not exceed: 2 inches 3 inches 7 4" 8 Maximum outward bulge of 9 the face between backfill 10 reinforcement layers shall +r 11 not exceed: 4 inches 6 inches 12 13 6-14.3(2) Submittals 14 A minimum of 14 calendar days prior to beginning construction of each wall the Contractor 15 shall submit detailed plans for each wall in accordance with Section 6-01.9. As a minimum, 16 the submittals shall include the following: 17 18 1. Detailed wall plans showing the actual lengths proposed for the geosynthetic 19 reinforcing layers and the locations of each geosynthetic product proposed for use 20 in each of the geosynthetic reinforcing layers. " 21 22 2. The Contractor's proposed wall construction method, including proposed forming 23 systems, types of equipment to be used and proposed erection sequence. 24 25 3. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, samples of the retaining wall 26 geosynthetic and sewn seams for the purpose of acceptance as specified. •wr 27 28 4. Details of geosynthetic retaining wall corner construction, including details of the 29 positive connection between the wall sections on both sides of the corner. 30 31 5. Details of terminating a top layer of retaining wall geosynthetic and backfill due to a 32 changing retaining wall profile. 33 34 Approval of the Contractor's proposed wall construction details and methods shall not relieve 35 the Contractor of their responsibility to construct the walls in accordance with the 36 requirements of these Specifications. 37 38 6-14.3(3) Excavation and Foundation Preparation 39 Excavation shall conform to Section 2-09.3(4), and to the limits and construction stages ' 40 shown in the Plans. Foundations soils found to be unsuitable shall be removed and 41 replaced in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)C. 42 +0 43 The Contractor shall direct all surface runoff from adjacent areas away from the retaining 44 wall construction site. 45 qO 46 6-14.3(4) Erection and Backfill 47 The Contractor shall begin wall construction at the lowest portion of the excavation and shall 48 place each layer horizontally as shown in the Plans. The Contractor shall complete each 49 layer entirely before beginning the next layer. 50 51 Geotextile splices shall consist of a sewn seam or a minimum 1'-0" overlap. Geogrid splices 52 shall consist of adjacent geogrid strips butted together and fastened using hog rings, or other City of Renton Amendments August 2004 56 VO 1 methods approved by the Engineer, in such a manner to prevent the splices from separating 2 during geogrid installation and backfilling. Splices exposed at the wall face shall prevent loss 3 of backfill material through the face. The splicing material exposed at the wall face shall be AW 4 as durable and strong as the material to which the splices are tied. The Contractor shall 5 offset geosynthetic splices in one layer from those in the other layers such that the splices 6 shall not line up vertically. Splices parallel to the wall face will not be allowed, as shown in IV 7 the Plans. 8 9 The Contractor shall stretch out the geosynthetic in the direction perpendicular to the wall .. 10 face to ensure that no slack or wrinkles exist in the geosynthetic prior to backfilling. 11 12 For geogrids, the length of the reinforcement required as shown in the Plans shall be defined 13 as the distance between the geosynthetic wrapped face and the last geogrid node at the end " 14 of the reinforcement in the wall backfill. 15 16 The Contractor shall place fill material on the geosynthetic in lifts such that six inches 17 minimum of fill material is between the vehicle or equipment tires or tracks and the 18 geosynthetic at all times. The Contractor shall remove all particles within the backfill material 19 greater than three inches in size. Turning of vehicles on the first lift above the geosynthetic +Y.►► 20 will not be permitted. The Contractor shall not end dump fill material directly on the 21 geosynthetic without the prior approval of the Engineer. 22 23 Should the geosynthetic be damaged or the splices disturbed, the backfill around the 24 damaged or displaced area shall be removed and the damaged strip of geosynthetic 25 replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. 26 27 The Contractor shall use a temporary form system to prevent sagging of the geosynthetic 28 facing elements during construction. A typical example of a temporary form system and 29 sequence of wall construction required when using this form are detailed in the Plans. Soil 30 piles or the geosynthetic manufacturer's recommended method, in combination with the 31 forming system shall be used to hold the geosynthetic in place until the specified cover 32 material is placed. 33 34 The Contractor shall place and compact the wall backfill in accordance with the wall 35 construction sequence detailed in the Plans and Method C of Section 2-03.3(14)D, except as .r 36 follows: 37 38 1. The maximum lift thickness after compaction shall not exceed ten inches 39 40 2. The Contractor shall decrease this lift thickness, if necessary, to obtain the 41 specified density. 42 43 3. Rollers shall have sufficient capacity to achieve compaction without causing 44 distortion to the face of the wall in accordance with Section 6-14.3(1). 45 46 4. The Contractor shall not use sheepsfoot rollers or rollers with protrusions. 47 48 5. The Contractor shall compact the zone within three feet of the back of the wall 49 facing panels without causing damage to or distortion of the wall facing elements 50 (welded wire mats, backing mats, construction geotextile for wall facing, precast 51 concrete facing panels, and concrete blocks) by using light mechanical tampers as 52 approved by the Engineer. No soil density tests will be taken within this area. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 57 OW 1 • 2 6. For wall systems with geosynthetic reinforcement, the minimum compacted backfill 3 lift thickness of the first lift above each geosynthetic reinforcement layer shall be six 4 inches. 5 6 The Contractor shall construct wall corners at the locations shown in the Plans, and in 7 accordance with the wall corner construction sequence and method submitted by the 8 Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Wall angle points with an interior angle of less 9 than 150 degrees shall be considered to be a wall corner. The wall corner shall provide a 10 positive connection between the sections of the wall on each side of the comer such that the 11 wall backfill material cannot spill out through the corner at any time during the design life of 12 the wall. The Contractor shall construct the wall corner such that the wall sections on both 13 sides of the comer attain the full geosynthetic layer embedment lengths shown in the Plans. 40 14 15 Where required by retaining wall profile grade, the Contractor shall terminate top layers of 16 retaining wall geosynthetic and backfill in accordance with the method submitted by the V 17 Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The end of each layer at the top of the wall shall 18 be constructed in a manner which prevents wall backfill material from spilling out the face of 19 the wall throughout the life of the wall. If the profile of the top of the wall changes at a rate of to 20 1:1 or steeper, this change in top of wall profile shall be considered to be a corner. 21 22 6-14.3(5) Guardrail Placement to 23 The Contractor shall install guardrail posts as shown in the Plans after completing the wall, 24 but before the permanent facing is installed. The Contractor shall install the posts in a 25 manner that prevents bulging of the wall face and prevents ripping, tearing, or pulling of the 26 geosynthetic reinforcement. Holes through the geosynthetic reinforcement shall be the 'e 27 minimum size necessary for the post. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer 28 prior to beginning guardrail post installation that the installation method will not rip, tear, or 29 pull the geosynthetic reinforcement. 30 31 6-14.3(6) Permanent Facing 32 The Contractor shall apply a permanent facing to the surface of all permanent geosynthetic as 33 retaining walls as shown in the Plans. Shotcrete facing, if shown in the Plans, shall conform 34 to Section 6-18. Concrete fascia panel, if shown in the Plans, shall conform to Section 6- 35 15.3(9). 00 36 37 6-14.3(7) Geosynthetic Retaining Wall Traffic Barrier and Geosynthetic 38 Retaining Wall Pedestrian Barrier 39 Geosynthetic retaining wall traffic barrier and geosynthetic retaining wall pedestrian barrier, if 40 shown in the Plans, shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 6-02.3(11)A and 6- 41 10.3(2), and the details in the Plans, except as follows: 42 43 1. The slip-form method of barrier construction will not be allowed for geosynthetic 44 retaining wall traffic barrier and geosynthetic retaining wall pedestrian barrier. 45 ` 46 2. The Contractor shall not begin placing backfill above the bottom of the geosynthetic 47 retaining wall traffic barrier and geosynthetic retaining wall pedestrian barrier until 48 removing the forms from the portion of the barrier being embedded. The 49 Contractor shall not remove forms from the embedded portion of the barrier until 50 the concrete has set for at least three days or has attained a minimum compressive 51 strength of 2,400 psi. 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 58 to ow 1 6-14.4 Measurement 2 Permanent geosynthetic retaining wall and temporary geosynthetic retaining wall will be 3 measured by the square foot of face of completed wall. 4 5 Gravel borrow for geosynthetic retaining wall backfill will be measured as specified in 6 Section 2-03.4. 7 8 Shotcrete facing and concrete fascia panel will be measured by the square foot surface area 9 of the completed facing or fascia panel, measured to the neat lines of the facing or panel as 10 shown in the Plans. 11 12 Geosynthetic retaining wall traff ic barrier and geosynthetic retaining wall pedestrian barrier 13 will be measured as specified in Section 6-10.4 for cast-in-place concrete barrier. 14 15 6-14.5 Payment 16 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid items .r 17 when they are included in the proposal: 18 19 "Geosynthetic Retaining Wall", per square foot. ow 20 "Temporary Geosynthetic Retaining Wall", per square foot. 21 All costs in connection with constructing the temporary or permanent geosynthetic 22 retaining wall as specified shall be included in the unit contract price per square foot for .. 23 "Geosynthetic Retaining Wall" and "Temporary Geosynthetic Retaining Wall", including 24 compaction of the backfill material and furnishing and installing the temporary forming 25 system. 26 27 "Borrow for Geosynthetic Wall Incl. Haul", per ton or per cubic yard. 28 All costs in connection with furnishing and placing backfill material for temporary or 29 permanent geosynthetic retaining walls as specified shall be included in the unit contract 30 price per ton or per cubic yard for"Gravel Borrow for Geosynthetic Wall Incl. Haul". 31 32 "Concrete Fascia Panel", per square foot. +rr 33 All costs in connection with constructing the concrete fascia panels as specified shall be 34 included in the unit contract price per square foot for "Concrete Fascia Panel", including 35 all steel reinforcing bars, premolded joint filler, polyethylene bond breaker strip, joint 36 sealant, pvc pipe for weep holes, exterior surface finish, and pigmented sealer (when 37 specified). 38 39 Shotcrete facing will be paid for in accordance with Section 6-18.5. 40 41 "Geosynthetic Retaining Wall Traff ic Barrier', per linear foot. 42 "Geosynthetic Retaining Wall Pedestrian Barrier", per linear foot. 43 The unit contract price per linear foot for "Geosynthetic Retaining Wall Barrier" shall 44 be full pay for constructing the barrier on top of the geosynthetic retaining wall. 45 46 SECTION 6-15, SOIL NAIL WALLS 47 April 5, 2004 48 6-15.1 Description 49 This work consists of constructing soil nail walls. 50 w City of Renton Amendments August 2004 59 1 6-15.2 Materials 2 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following section: 3 4 Prefabricated Drainage Mat 9-33.2(3) 5 6 Other materials required, including materials for soil nails, shall be as specified in the Special 7 Provisions. 8 9 6-15.3 Construction Requirements 10 11 6-15.3(1) General Description 12 Soil nailing shall consist of excavating to the layer limits shown in the Plans, drilling holes at 13 the specified angle into the native material, placing and grouting epoxy coated or +I 14 encapsulated steel reinforcing bars (soil nails) in the drilled holes, placing prefabricated 15 drainage material and steel reinforcement, and applying a shotcrete facing over the steel 16 reinforcement. After completing the wall to full height, the Contractor shall construct the to 17 concrete fascia panels as shown in the Plans. 18 19 All proprietary items used in the soil nailed structure shall be installed in accordance with the 20 manufacturer's recommendations. In the event of a conflict between the manufacturer's 21 recommendations and these specifications, these specifications shall prevail. 22 23 6-15.3(2) Contractor's Experience Requirements 24 The Contractor or Subcontractor performing this work shall have completed at least five 25 projects, within the last five years, involving construction of retaining walls using soil nails or 26 ground anchors or shall have completed the construction of two or more projects totaling at 27 least 15,000 square feet of retaining wall with a minimum total of 500 soil nails or ground 28 anchors. 29 30 The Contractor shall assign an engineer with at least three years of experience in the design 31 and construction of permanently anchored or nailed structures to supervise the work. The 32 Contractor shall not use consultants or manufacturer's representatives in order to meet the to 33 requirements of this section. Drill operators and on-site supervisors shall have a minimum of 34 one year experience installing permanent soil nails or ground anchors. 35 to 36 Contractors or Subcontractors that are specifically prequalified in Class 36 work will be 37 considered to have met the above experience requirements. 38 39 6-15.3(3) Submittals 40 Work shall not begin on any soil nail wall system until the Engineer has approved all of the 41 required submittals. The Contractor shall submit the following information in accordance 42 with Section 6-01.9 not less than 30 calendar days prior to the start of wall excavation. 43 44 1. A brief description of each project satisfying the Contractors Experience 45 Requirements with the Owner's name and current phone number (this item is not " 46 required if the Contractor or Subcontractor is prequalified in Class 36). 47 48 2. A list identifying the following personnel assigned to this project and their 49 experience with permanently anchored or nailed structures: 50 51 a. Supervising Engineer 52 .�r City of Renton Amendments August 2004 60 AW 1 b. Drill Operators 2 3 c. On-site Supervisors who will be assigned to the project. V, 4 5 3. The proposed detailed construction procedure which includes: 6 1, 7 a. Proposed method(s) of excavation of the soil and/or rock. 8 9 b. A plan for the removal and control of groundwater encountered during 10 excavation, drilling, and other earth moving activities. Include a list of the tw 11 equipment used to remove and control groundwater. 12 13 c Proposed drilling methods and equipment. 14 15 d. Proposed hole diameter(s). 16 17 e. Proposed method of soil nail installation. 18 19 f. Grout mix design and procedures for placing the grout. o 20 21 g. Shotcrete mix design with compressive strength test results. 22 .w 23 h. Procedures for placing the shotcrete (include placement in conditions 24 when ground water is encountered). 25 26 i. Encapsulation system for additional corrosion protection selected for the up 27 soil nails and anchorages requiring encapsulation. 28 29 4. Detailed working drawings of the method proposed for the soil nail testing which of 30 includes: 31 32 a. All necessary drawings and details to clearly describe the proposed 33 system of jacking support, framing, and bracing to be used during testing. 34 35 b. Calibration data for each load cell, test jack, pressure gauge, stroke 36 counter on the grout pump, and master gauge to be used. The calibration 37 tests shall have been performed by an independent testing laboratory, and 38 tests shall have been performed within 60 calendar days of the date MW 39 submitted. Testing or work shall not commence until the Engineer has 40 approved the load cell, jack, pressure gage, and master pressure gauge 41 calibrations. 42 aw 43 5. Certified mill test results and typical stress-strain curves along with samples from 44 each heat, properly marked, for the soil nail steel. The typical stress-strain curve 45 shall be obtained by approved standard practices. The guaranteed ultimate w. 46 strength, yield strength, elongation, and composition shall be specified. 47 48 6-15.3(4) Preconstruction Conference +rr 49 A soil nail preconstruction conference shall be held at least five working days prior to the 50 Contractor beginning any permanent soil nail work at the site to discuss construction 51 procedures, personnel and equipment to be used. The list of materials specified on the r *W City of Renton Amendments August 2004 61 1 Record of Materials Form (ROM) for this item of work will also be discussed. Those 2 attending shall include: 3 4 1. (representing the Contractor) The superintendent, on site supervisors, and all 5 foremen in charge of excavating the soil face, drilling the soil nail hole, placing the 6 soil nail and grout, placing the shotcrete facing, and tensioning and testing the soil 7 nail. 40 8 9 2. (representing the Contracting Agency) The Project Engineer, key inspection 10 personnel, and representatives from the WSDOT Construction Office and Materials di 11 Laboratory Geotechnical Services Branch. 12 13 If the Contractor's key personnel change, or if the Contractor proposes a significant revision 14 of the approved permanent soil nail installation plan, an additional conference shall be held 15 before any additional permanent soil nail operations are performed. 16 40 17 6-15.3(5) Earthwork 18 The ground contour above the wall shall be established to its final configuration and 19 backslope as shown in the Plans prior to beginning excavation of the soil for the first row of 20 soil nails. All excavation shall conform to Section 2-03. 21 22 The excavation shall proceed from the top down in a horizontal lift sequence with the ground 23 level excavated no more than 3 feet below the elevation of the row of nails to be installed in 24 that lift. The excavated vertical wall face should not be left open more than 24 hours for any 25 reason. A lift shall not be excavated until the nail installation and reinforced shotcrete 26 placement for the preceding lift has been completed and accepted. After a lift is excavated, 4 27 the cut surface shall be cleaned of all loose materials, mud, rebound, and other foreign 28 matter that could prevent or reduce shotcrete bond. 29 ► 30 The accuracy of the ground cut shall be such that the required thickness of shotcrete can be 31 placed within a tolerance of plus or minus 2 inches from the defined face of the wall, and 32 overexcavation does not damage overlying shotcrete sections by undermining or other 33 causes. 34 35 The Contractor should review the geotechnical recommendations report prepared for this 36 project for further information on the soil conditions at the location of each wall. Copies of 37 the geotechnical recommendations report are available for review by prospective bidders at 38 the location identified in the Special Provisions. 39 it 40 6-15.3(6) Soil Nailing 41 The Contractor shall not handle and transport the encapsulated soil nails until the 42 encapsulation grout has reached sufficient strength to resist damage during handling. The +0 43 Contractor shall handle the encapsulated soil nails in such a manner to prevent large 44 deflections or distortions during handling. When handling or transporting encapsulated soil 45 nails, the Contractor shall provide slings or other equipment necessary to prevent damage to at 46 the soil nails and the corrosion protection. The Engineer may reject any encapsulated nail 47 which is damaged during transportation or handling. Damaged or defective encapsulation 48 shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved , 49 by the Engineer. 50 51 Soil nails shall be handled and sorted in such a manner as to avoid damage or corrosion. 52 Prior to inserting a soil nail in the drilled hole, the Contractor and the Engineer will examine City of Renton Amendments August 2004 62 • 1 the soil nail for damage. If, in the opinida of the Engineer, the epoxy coating or bar has been 2 damaged, the nail shall be repaired. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the damage is beyond 3 repair, the soil nail shall be rejected. 4 5 If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the epoxy coating can be repaired, the Contractor shall 6 patch the coating with an Engineer approved patching material. wr 7 8 Nail holes shall be drilled at the locations shown in the Plans or as staked by the Engineer. 9 The nails shall be positioned plus or minus 6 inches from the theoretical location shown in 10 the Plans. The Contractor shall select the drilling method and the grouting pressure used for 11 the installation of the soil nail. The drill hole shall be located so that the longitudinal axis of 12 the drill hole and the longitudinal axis of the nail are parallel. At the point of entry the soil nail 13 shall be installed within plus or minus three degrees of the inclination from horizontal shown 14 in the Plans, and the nail shall be within plus or minus three degrees of a line drawn 15 perpendicular to the face of the wall unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 16 wi. 17 Water or other Jquids shall not be used to flush cuttings during drilling, but air may be used. 18 After drilling, th3 nail shall be installed and fully grouted before placing the shotcrete facing. 19 The nail shall be inserted into the drilled hole with centralizers to the desired depth in such a 1W 20 manner as to prevent damage to the drilled hole, sheathing or epoxy during installation. The 21 centralizers shall provide a minimum of 0.5 inches of grout cover over the soil nail and shall 22 be spaced no further than eight feet apart. When the soil nail cannot be completely inserted O, 23 into the drilled hole without difficulty, the Contractor shall remove the nail from the drilled hole 24 and clean or redrill the hole to permit insertion. Partially inserted soil nails shall not be driven 25 or forced into the hole. Subsidence, or any other detrimental impact from drilling shall be 26 cause for immediate cessation of drilling and repair of all damages in a manner approved by 1W 27 the Engineer at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 28 29 If caving conditions are encountered, no further drilling will be allowed until the Contractor am 30 selects a method to prevent ground movement. The Contractor may use temporary casing. 31 The Contractor's method to prevent ground movement shall be approved by the Engineer. 32 The casings for the nail holes, if used, shall be removed as the grout is being placed. up 33 34 Where necessary for stability of the excavation face, a sealing layer of shotcrete may be 35 placed before drilling is started, or the Contractor shall have the option of drilling and 36 grouting of nails through a stabilizing berm of native soil at the face of the excavation. The 37 stabilizing berm shall extend horizontally from the soil face and from the face of the shotcrete 38 a minimum distance of one foot, and shall be cut down from that point at a safe slope, no 39 steeper than 1 H:1 V unless approved by the Engineer. The berm shall be excavated to final 40 grade after installation and full length grouting of the nails. Nails damaged during berm 41 excavation shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, to the satisfaction of the 42 Engineer, at no added cost to the Contracting Agency. 43 44 If sections of the wall are constructed at different times than the adjacent soil nail sections, 45 the Contractor shall use stabilizing berms, temporary slopes, or other measures, as 46 approved by the Engineer, to prevent sloughing or failure of the adjacent soil nail sections. 47 48 If cobbles and boulders are encountered at the soil face during excavation, the Contractor .� 49 shall remove all cobbles and boulders that protrude from the soil face into the design wall 50 section and fill the void with shotcrete. All shotcrete used to fill voids created by removal of 51 cobbles and boulders shall be incidental to shotcrete facing. 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 63 1 The grout equipment shall produce a grout free of lumps and undispersed cement. A 2 positive displacement grout pump shall be used. The pump shall be equipped with a 3 pressure gauge near the discharge end to monitor grout pressures. The pressure gauge W 4 shall be capable of measuring pressures of at least 150 psi or twice the actual grout 5 pressures used by the Contractor, whichever is greater. The grouting equipment shall be 6 sized to enable the grout to be pumped in one continuous operation. The mixer shall be 7 capable of continuously agitating the grout. go 8 9 The grout shall be injected from the lowest point of the drilled hole. The grout shall be 10 pumped through grout tubes after insertion of the soil nail. The quantity of the grout and the 11 grout pressures shall be recorded. The grout pressures and grout takes shall be controlled 12 to prevent excessive ground heave. 13 do 14 6-15.3(7) Shotcrete Facing 15 Prior to placing any shotcrete on an excavated layer, the Contractor shall vertically center 16 prefabricated drainage mat between the columns of nails as shown in the Plans. The 17 prefaoricated drainage mat shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's 18 recommendations. The permeable drain side shall be placed against the exposed soil face. 19 The prefabricated drainage mat shall be installed after each excavation lift and shall be W 20 hydraulically connected with the prefabricated drainage mat previously placed, such that the 21 vertical flow of water is not impeded. The Contractor shall tape all joints in the prefabricated 22 drainage mat to prevent shotcrete intrusion during shotcrete application. 23 to 24 The Contractor shall place steel reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric, and apply the 25 shotcrete facing in accordance with Section 6-18 and the details shown in the Plans. 26 27 The shotcrete shall be constructed to the minimum thickness as shown in the Plans. Costs 28 associated with additional thickness of shotcrete due to overexcavation or irregularities in the 29 cut face shall be borne by the Contractor. W 30 31 Each soil nail shall be secured at the shotcrete facing with a steel plate as shown in the 32 Plans. The plate shall be seated on a wet grout pad of a pasty consistency similar to that of 33 mortar for brick-laying. The nut shall then be sufficiently tightened to achieve full bearing 34 surface behind the plate. After the shotcrete and grout have had time to gain the specified 35 strength, the nut shall be tightened with at least 100 foot-pounds of torque. 36 37 6-15.3(8) Soil Nail Testing and Acceptance 38 Both verification and proof testing of the nails is required. The Contractor shall supply all 39 materials, equipment, and labor to perform the tests. The Contractor shall submit all test 40 data to the Engineer. 41 42 The testing equipment shall include a dial gauge or vernier scale capable of measuring to 43 0.001 inch of the ground anchor movement. A hydraulic jack and pump shall be used to 44 apply the test load. The movement-measuring device shall have a minimum travel equal to 45 the theoretical elastic elongation of the total nail length plus 1 inch. The dial gauge or 46 vernier scale shall be aligned so that its axis is within 5 degrees from the axis of the nail and 47 shall be monitored with a reference system that is independent of the jacking system and 48 excavation face. 49 50 The jack and pressure gauge shall be calibrated by an independent testing laboratory as a 51 unit. Each load cell, test jack and pressure gauge, grout pump stroke counter, and master 52 gauge, shall be calibrated as specified in Section 6-15.3(3) item 4b. Additionally, the City of Renton Amendments August 2004 64 rr 1 Contractor shall not use load cells, test jacks and pressure gauges, grout pump stroke 2 counters, and master gauges, greater than 60 calendar days past their most recent 3 calibration date, until such items are re-calibrated by an independent testing laboratory. 4 5 The pressure gauge shall be graduated in 100 psi increments or less. The pressure gauge 6 will be used to measure the applied load. The pressure gauge shall be selected to place the 7 maximum test load within the middle two-thirds of the range of the gauge. The ram travel of �r 8 the jack shall not be less than the theoretical elastic elongation of the total length at the- 9 maximum test load plus 1 inch. The jack shall be independently supported and centered 10 over the nail so that the nail does not carry the weight of the jack. The Contractor shall have 11 a second calibrated jack pressure gauge at the site. Calibration data shall provide a specific 12 reference to the jack and the pressure gauge. 13 14 The loads on the nails during the verification and proof tests shall be monitored to verify 15 consistency of load — defined as maintaining the test load within five percent of the specified 16 value. Test loads less than 20,000 pounds shall be monitored by the jack pressure gauge. 17 Test loads equal to or greater than 20,000 pounds shall be monitored with an electric or 18 hydraulic load cell. The Contractor shall provide the load cell, the readout device, and a 19 recent calibration curve. The load cell shall be selected to place the maximum test load 20 within the middle two-thirds of the range of the load cell. The stressing equipment shall be 21 placed over the nail in such a manner that the jack bearing plates, load cell and stressing 22 anchorage are in alignment. 23 24 Nails to be tested shall be initially grouted no closer to the excavation face than the 25 dimension shown in the Plans. After placing the grout, the nail shall remain undisturbed until 26 the grout has reached a strength sufficient to provide resistance during testing. Grouting to 27 the excavation face shall be completed after successful testing has been performed. Test 28 nails which are not part of the permanent wall may be left in the ground, provided the drill 29 holes for the nails are completely filled with grout or non-structural filler after testing. 30 31 Load testing shall be performed against a temporary bearing yoke or reaction frame which 32 bears directly against the existing soil or the shotcrete facing. Temporary bearing pads shall 33 be kept a minimum of 12 inches from the edges of the drilled hole unless a rigid steel plate is 34 used to distribute the stress around the drilled hole. If a steel plate is used, it shall be a 35 minimum of 3 feet square and of sufficient thickness that it will distribute the load evenly to 36 the soil. Where the reaction frame bears directly against the shotcrete, the reaction frame 37 shall be designed to prevent fracture of the shotcrete. No part of the reaction frame shall 38 bear within 12 inches of the edge of the test nail blockout unless otherwise approved by the 39 Engineer. 40 41 6-15.3(8)A Verification Testing 42 Verification testing shall be performed on nails installed within the pattern of production nails 43 to verify the Contractor's procedures, hole diameter, and design assumptions. No drilling or 44 installation of production nails will be permitted in any ground/rock unit unless successful 45 verification testing of anchors in that unit has been completed and approved by the Engineer, 46 using the same equipment, methods, nail inclination, nail length, and hole diameter as 47 planned for the production nails. Changes in the drilling or installation method may require 48 additional verification testing as determined by the Engineer and shall be done at no 49 additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Verification tests may be performed prior to 50 excavation for the soil nail wall. 51 w• City of Renton Amendments August 2004 65 AW 1 Successful verification tests are required within the limits as specified in the Special 2 Provisions. Test nail locations within these limits shall be at locations selected by the 3 Engineer. at 4 5 The design details of the verification testing, including the system for distributing test load 6 pressures to the excavation surface and appropriate nail bar size and reaction plate, shall be 7 developed by the Contractor, subject to approval by the Engineer. The intent is to stress the 40 8 bond between the grout and the surrounding soil/rock to at least twice the design load 9 transfer. 10 "" 11 The bar shall be proportioned such that the maximum stress at 200 percent of the test load 12 does not exceed 80 percent of the yield strength of the steel. The jack shall be positioned at 13 the beginning of the test such that unloading and repositioning of the jack during the test will 14 not be required. The verification tests shall be made by incrementally loading the nails in 15 accordance with the following schedule of hold time: 16 , 17 AL 1 minute 18 0.25TL 10 minutes 19 0.50TL 10 minutes 20 0.75TL 10 minutes 21 1.00TL 10 minutes 22 1.25TL 10 minutes 23 1.50TL 60 minutes 24 1.75TL 10 minutes 25 2.00TL 10 minutes 26 AL= Nail Alignment Load + 27 TL= Nail Test Load 28 29 The test load shall be determined by the following equation = Test Load (TL) = Bond 30 Length (BL) X Design Load Transfer (DLT). 31 32 The load shall be applied in increments of 25 percent of the test load. Each load increment 33 shall be held for at least 10 minutes. Measurement of nail movement shall be obtained at 34 each load increment. The load-hold period shall start as soon as the load is applied and the 35 nail movement with respect to a fixed reference shall be measured and recorded at 1 36 minute, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 20, 30, 50, and 60 minutes. 37 38 The Engineer will evaluate the results of each verification test and make a determination of 39 the suitability of the test and of the Contractor's proposed production nail design and 40 installation system. Tests which fail to meet the design criteria will require additional 41 verification testing or an approved revision to the Contractor's proposed production nail 42 design and installation system. If a nail fails in creep, retesting will not be allowed. 0 43 44 A verification tested nail with a 60 minute load hold at 1.50TL is acceptable if: 45 46 1. The nail carries the test load with a creep rate that does not exceed 0.08 inch per 47 log cycle of time and is at a linear or decreasing creep rate. 48 49 2. The total movement at the test load exceeds 80 percent of the theoretical elastic 50 elongation of the non-bonded length. 51 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 66 r 1 Furthermore, a pullouf failure shall not occur for the verification test anchor at the 2.OTL 2 maximum load. Pullout failure load is defined as the load at which attempts to increase the 3 test load result only in continued pullout movement of the test nail without a sustainable 4 increase in the test load. 5 6 The nails used for verification tests shall be sacrificial and shall not be used for production. 7 The Contractor shall cut and remove the exposed end of all soil nails used for verification 8 tests a minimum of two feet inside the finished groundline. 9 10 6-15.3(8)6 Proof Testing "' 11 Proof tests shall be performed on production nails at the locations selected by the Engineer. 12 Up to five percent of the production nails will be tested. Prior to testing, only the bond length 13 (BL) portion of the nail shall be grouted. The Contractor shall maintain the side-wall stability W" 14 of the drill hole for the non-grouted portion during the test. Once proof testing is completed, 15 the remainder of the proof tested nail shall be grouted. The bond length shall be determined 16 from the Nail Schedule and Test Nail Detail shown in the Plans. iW 17 18 Proof tests shall be performed by incrementally loading the nail in accordance with the 19 schedule below. The anchor movement shall be measured and recorded to the nearest IM 20 0.001 inch with respect to an independent fixed reference point in the same manner as for 21 the verification tests at the alignment load and at each increment of load. The load shall be 22 monitored in accordance with Section 6-15.3(8). The scheduling of hold times shall be as go 23 follows: 24 25 AL 1 minute 26 0.25TL 5 minutes ' 27 0.50TL 5 minutes 28 0.75TL 5 minutes 29 1.00TL 5 minutes 30 1.25TL 5 minutes 31 1.50TL 10 minutes 32 AL= Nail Alignment Load .. 33 TL= Nail Test Load 34 35 The maximum load in a proof test shall be held for 10 minutes. The load hold period shall 36 start as soon as the maximum load is applied and the nail movement with respect to an 37 independent fixed reference shall be measured and recorded at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 10 38 minutes. The nail movement between 1 minute and 10 minutes shall not exceed 0.04 39 inches. If the nail movement between 1 and 10 minutes exceeds 0.04 inches, the maximum 40 load shall be held an additional 50 minutes. If the load hold is extended, the nail movement 41 shall be recorded at 20, 30, 50, and 60 minutes. If a nail fails in creep, retesting will not be 42 allowed. 43 44 A proof tested nail is acceptable if: 45 46 1. The nail carries the maximum load with less than 0.04 inches of movement 47 between 1 minute and 10 minutes, unless the load hold extended to 60 minutes, in 48 which case the nail would be acceptable if the creep rate does not exceed 0.08 +r 49 inches per log cycle of time. 50 51 2. The total movement at the maximum load exceeded 80 percent of the theoretical 52 elastic elongation of the non-bonded length. ..► City of Renton Amendments August 2004 67 �w. _ wri 1 2 3 The creep rate is not increasing with time during the load hold period. 3 4 Due to the requirement for a non-bonded zone for testing purposes, the Contractor shall 5 develop an installation method which will assure the stability of the non-bonded portion of 6 the hole during testing and will allow for the non bonded zone to be grouted against the 7 ground after testing. 40 8 9 If a proof test fails, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to replace some or all of the 10 installed production nails between the failed test and an adjacent proof test nail that has met 46 11 the test criteria. The Engineer may also require additional proof testing. All additional proof 12 tests, and all installation of additional or modified nails, shall be performed at no additional 13 expense to the Contracting Agency. 14 15 6-15.3(9) Concrete Fascia Panels 16 The Contractor shall construct the concrete fascia panels in accordance with Section 6-02 17 and the details in the Plans. The concrete fascia panels shall be cured in accordance with 18 the Section 6-02.3(11) requirements specified for retaining walls. The Contractor shall 19 provide the specified surface finish as noted, and to the limits shown, in the Plans to the 20 exterior concrete surface. When noted in the Plans, the Contractor shall apply pigmented 21 sealer to the limits shown in the Plans. 22 ; 23 Asphalt or cement concrete gutter shall be constructed as shown in the Plans and as 24 specified in Section 8-04. 25 26 6-15.4 Measurement 40 27 Prefabricated drainage mat will be measured by the square yard of material furnished and 28 installed. 29 ' 30 Soil nails will be measured per each for each soil nail installed and accepted. 31 32 The soil nail verification testing program will not be measured but will be paid for on a lump ,r 33 sum basis. 34 35 Shotcrete facing and concrete fascia panel will be measured by the square foot surface area 36 of the completed facing or fascia panel, measured to the neat lines of the facing or panel as 37 shown in the Plans. 38 39 6-15.5 Payment " 40 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid items 41 when they are included in the proposal: 42 43 "Soil Nail — Epoxy Coated", per each. 44 "Soil Nail — Encapsulated", per each. 45 All costs in connection with furnishing and installing the soil nails as specified shall be 46 included in the unit contract price per each for "Soil Nail - _", including all drilling, 47 grouting, centralizers, bearing plates, welded shear connectors, nuts, proof testing, and 48 other work required for installation of each soil nail. vi 49 50 "Prefabricated Drainage Mat", per square yard. 51 so 52 "Soil Nail Verification Test", lump sum. aw City of Renton Amendments August 2004 68 2 "Concrete Fascia Panel", per square foot. 3 ' All costs in connection with constructing the concrete fascia panels as specified shall be 4 included in the unit contract price per square foot for "Concrete Fascia Panel", including 5 all steel reinforcing bars, premolded joint filler, polyethylene bond breaker strip, joint 6 sealant, pvc pipe for weep holes, exterior surface finish, and pigmented sealer (when 1, 7 specified). 8 9 Shotcrete facing will be paid for in accordance with Section 6-18.5. 10 "" 11 Unless otherwise specified, all costs in connection with excavation in front of the back 12 face of the shotcrete facing shall be included in the unit contract price per cubic yard for 13 "Roadway Excavation" or "Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul' as specified in Section 2- VW 14 03.5. 15 16 SECTION 6-16, SOLDIER PILE AND SOLDIER PILE TIEBACK WALLS 17 April 5, 2004 18 6-16.1 Description 19 This work consists of constructing soldier pile walls and soldier pile tieback walls. 20 21 6-16.2 Materials 22 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 23 24 Controlled Density Fill 2-09.3(1)E 25 Cement 9-01 26 Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03.1 27 Gravel Backfill 9-03.12 28 Premolded Joint Filler 9-04.1(2) 29 Welded Shear Studs 9-06.15 30 Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.2 31 Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.3 32 Paints 9-08 33 Timber Lagging 9-09.2 34 Preservative Treatment for Timber Lagging 9-09.3(1) +r 35 Soldier Piles 9-10.5 36 Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23 37 Fly Ash 9-23.9 38 Water 9-25 39 Prefabricated Drainage Mat 9-33.2(3) 40 41 Other materials required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 42 43 6-16.3 Construction Requirements .w 44 45 6-16.3(1) Quality Assurance 46 The steel soldier piles shall be placed so that the center line of the pile at the top is within 1 47 inch of the plan location. The steel soldier pile shall be plumb, to within 0.5 percent of the 48 length based on the total length of the pile. 49 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 69 aw 1 Welding, repair welding, and welding inspection shall conform 'to the Section 6-03.3(25) 2 requirements for welding, repair welding, and welding inspection for all other steel 3 fabrication. ur► 4 5 6-16.3(2) Submittals 6 The Contractor shall submit shop plans as specified in Section 6-03.3(7) for all structural to 7 steel, including the steel soldier piles and the permanent ground anchors to the Engineer for 8 approval. 9 10 The Contractor shall submit the permanent ground anchor grout mix design and the 1' 11 procedures for placing the grout to the Engineer for approval. 12 13 The Contractor shall submit forming plans for the concrete fascia panels, as specified in to 14 Sections 6-02.3(16) and 6-02.3(17), to the Engineer for approval. 15 16 1. Where the lateral pressure from concrete placement, as specified in Section 6- , w 17 02.3(17)J, is less than or equal to the design earth pressure, the Contractor may tie 18 forms directly to the soldier piles. 19 so 20 2. Where the lateral pressure from concrete placement, as specified in Section 6- . 21 02.3(17)J, is greater than the design earth pressure, the Contractor shall follow one 22 of the following procedures: go 23 24 a. Tie the forms to strongbacks behind the lagging, or use some other 25 system that confines the pressure from concrete placement between the 26 lagging and the form panels, in addition to the ties to the soldier piles. "o 27 28 b. Reduce the rate of placing concrete to reduce the pressure from concrete 29 placement to less than or equal to the design earth pressure in addition to #0 30 the ties to the soldier piles. 31 32 c. Follow a procedure with a combination of a. and b. 33 34 3. The Contractor shall design the forms for an appropriate rate of placing concrete so 35 that no cold joints occur, considering the wall thickness and height, and volume of 36 concrete to be placed. 37 38 The Contractor shall submit four copies of a shaft installation plan in accordance with 39 Section 6-01.9 not less than 30 calendar days prior to the beginning of shaft construction. In 40 preparing the submittal, the Contractor shall reference the available subsurface data 41 provided in the contract test hole boring logs and the geotechnical report(s) prepared for this 42 project. This plan shall provide at least the following information: 43 44 1. An overall construction operation sequence and the sequence of shaft construction. 45 46 2. List, description, and capacities of proposed equipment including but not limited to 47 cranes, drills, augers, bailing buckets, final cleaning equipment, and drilling units. 48 The narrative shall describe why the equipment was selected, and describe 49 equipment suitability to the anticipated site and subsurface conditions. The 50 narrative shall include a project history of the drilling equipment demonstrating the 51 successful use of the equipment on shafts of equal or greater size in similar 52 soil/rock conditions. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 70 1 2 3. Details of shaft excavation methods including proposed drilling methods, methods 3 for cleanout of the shafts, disposal plan for excavated material and drilling slurry (if up 4 applicable), and a review of method suitability to the anticipated site and 5 subsurface conditions. 6 4W 7 4. Details of the method(s) to be used to ensure shaft stability (i.e., prevention of 8 caving, bottom heave, etc. using temporary casing, slurry, or other means) during 9 excavation and concrete placement. This shall include a review of method 10 suitability to the anticipated site and subsurface conditions. If temporary casings 11 are proposed, casing dimensions and detailed procedures for casing installation 12 and removal shall be provided. If slurry is proposed, detailed procedures for 13 mixing, using, maintaining, and disposing of the slurry shall be provided. A detailed 14 mix design, and a discussion of its suitability to the anticipated subsurface 15 conditions shall also be provided for the proposed slurry. 16 17 5. Details of soldier pile placement including internal support bracing and 18 centralization methods. 19 20 6. Details of concrete placement including proposed operational procedures for 21 pumping and/or tremie methods. 22 4W 23 7. Details of the device used to prevent unauthorized entry into a shaft excavation. 24 25 8. The method to be used to form the horizontal construction joint at the top elevation 26 specified for concrete Class 4000P in the shaft. "0 27 28 Work shall not begin until the appropriate submittals have been approved in writing by the 29 Engineer. 4W 30 31 6-16.3(3) Shaft Excavation 32 Shafts shall be excavated to the required depth as shown in the Plans. The minimum "p 33 diameter of the shaft shall be as shown in the Plans. The excavation shall be completed in a 34 continuous operation using equipment capable of excavating through the type of material 35 expected to be encountered. r 36 37 The Contractor may use temporary telescoping casing to construct the shafts. 38 39 If the shaft excavation is stopped the shaft shall be secured by installation of a safety cover. 40 It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure the safety of the shaft and surrounding 41 soil and the stability of the side walls. A temporary casing, slurry, or other methods specified 42 in the shaft installation plan as approved by the Engineer shall be used if necessary to 43 ensure such safety and stability. 44 45 Where caving in conditions are encountered, no further excavation will be allowed until the 46 Contractor has implemented the method to prevent ground caving as submitted in 47 accordance with item 4 of the Shaft Installation Plan and as approved by the Engineer. 48 49 The Contractor shall use appropriate means such as a cleanout bucket, or air lift to clean the 50 bottom of the excavation of all shafts. No more than 2 inches of loose or disturbed material 51 shall be present at the bottom of the shaft just prior to beginning concrete placement. �r. 52 aw City of Renton Amendments August 2004 71 rri 1 The excavated shaft shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to proceeding 2 with construction. 3 4 When obstructions are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer promptly. An 5 obstruction is defined as a specific object (including, but not limited to, boulders, logs, and 6 man made objects) encountered during the shaft excavation operation which prevents or 7 hinders the advance of the shaft excavation. When efforts to advance past the obstruction to 40 8 the design shaft tip elevation result in the rate of advance of the shaft drilling equipment 9 being significantly reduced relative to the rate of advance for the rest of the shaft excavation, 10 then the Contractor shall remove the obstruction under the provisions of Section 6-16.5 as 11 supplemented in the Special Provisions. The method of removal of such obstructions, and 12 the continuation of excavation shall be as proposed by the Contractor and approved by the 13 Engineer. to 14 15 Excavation of shafts shall not commence until a minimum of 12 hours after the shaft backfill 16 for the adjacent shafts has been placed. ,A 17 18 The temporary casings for the shafts shall be removed. A minimum 5 foot head of concrete 19 shall be maintained to balance the soil and water pressure at the bottom of the casing. The 20 casing shall be smooth. 21 22 6-16.3(4) Installing Soldier Piles 23 Soldier piles, if spliced, shall conform to all requirements of Section 6-05.3(6). 24 25 The prefabricated steel soldier piles shall be lowered into the drilled shafts and secured in 26 position. Concrete cover over the soldier pile shall be 1 inch minimum. 27 28 The steel soldier piles and attachments shall be shop painted after fabrication to the limits 29 shown in the Plans with one coat of inorganic zinc primer. Application of the one coat of w 30 primer shall be in accordance with Section 6-07. The welded shear studs may be attached 31 before or after painting. Paint damaged by welding shear studs in place does not require 32 repair. ,rrrti 33 34 6-16.3(5) Backfilling Shaft 35 The excavated shaft shall be backfilled with either controlled density fill (CDF), lean 36 concrete, or concrete Class 4000P, as shown in the Plans. 37 38 Placement of the shaft backfill shall commence immediately after completing the shaft 39 excavation and receiving the Engineer's approval of the excavation. Concrete Class 4000P 40 and lean concrete shall be placed in one continuous operation to the elevation shown in the 41 Plans. CDF shall be placed in one continuous operation to the top of the shaft. Vibration of 42 shaft backfill is not required. 43 44 If water is not present, the shaft backfill shall be deposited by a method which prevents 45 segregation of aggregates. The shaft backfill shall be placed such that the free-fall is vertical 46 down the shaft without hitting the sides of the soldier pile or the excavated shaft. The 47 Contractor's method for depositing the shaft backfill shall have approval of the Engineer prior 48 to the placement of the shaft backfill. 49 50 If water is present, the shaft backfill shall be deposited in accordance with Section 6- 51 02.3(6)B. 52 wr City of Renton Amendments August 2004 - 72 1 6-16.3(6) Installing Timber Lagging and Permanent Ground Anchors 2 The excavation and removal of CDF and lean concrete for the lagging installation shall 3 proceed in advance of the lagging. The bottom of the excavation in front of the wall shall be +� 4 level. Excavation shall conform to Section 2-03. 5 6 For walls without permanent ground anchors, the bottom of excavation shall be not more 7 than three feet below the bottom level of the timber lagging already installed. For walls with 8 permanent ground anchors, the bottom of excavation shall be not more than 3 feet below 9 tieback anchor level until all permanent ground anchors at that level are installed and 10 stressed. Installing, stressing, and testing the permanent ground anchors shall be in 11 accordance with Section 6-17 and the construction sequence specified in the Plans. 12 13 Unless otherwise specified, timber lagging in walls with concrete fascia panels shall be 14 untreated. Timber lagging for all other walls shall be treated. 15 16 The lagging shall be installed from the top of the pile proceeding downward. The timber 17 lagging shall make direct contact with the soil. Voids shall be filled with gravel backfill for 18 walls, which shall be considered incidental to the installation of the timber lagging. 19 20 Where timber lagging and backfill are above the existing or excavated groundline, the 21 lagging and backfill shall be placed concurrently. The backfill layers shall be placed in 22 accordance with Section 2-03.3(14) except that all layers shall be compacted to 90 percent ,,, 23 of maximum density. 24 25 6-16.3(7) Prefabricated Drainage Mat 26 For walls with concrete fascia panels, prefabricated drainage mat shall be installed full height 27 of the concrete fascia panel and full width between soldier pile flanges, unless otherwise 28 shown in the Plans. 29 ` 30 The prefabricated drainage mat shall be attached to the lagging in accordance with the 31 manufacturer's recommendations. The fabric side shall face the lagging. Splicing of the 32 prefabricated drainage mat shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's 33 recommendations. 34 35 The Contractor shall ensure the hydraulic connection of the prefabricated drainage mat to 36 the previously installed material so that the vertical flow of water is not impeded. 37 38 The Contractor shall tape all joints in the prefabricated drainage mat to prevent concrete 39 intrusion during concrete fascia panel construction. 40 41 6-16.3(8) Concrete Fascia Panel 42 The Contractor shall construct the concrete fascia panels as shown in the Plans, and in 43 accordance with the forming plan as approved by the Engineer. The concrete fascia panels 44 shall be cured in accordance with the Section 6-02.3(11) requirements specified for retaining 45 walls. 46 47 The Contractor shall provide the specified surface finish as noted, and to the limits shown, in 48 the Plans to the exterior concrete surface. When noted in the Plans, the Contractor shall 49 apply pigmented sealer to the limits shown in the Plans. 50 51 Asphalt or cement concrete gutter shall be constructed as shown in the Plans. 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 73 1 6-16.4 Measurement 2 Soldier pile shaft construction will be measured by the linear foot of shaft excavated below 3 the top of ground line for the shaft, defined as the highest existing ground point within the 4 shaft diameter. 5 6 Furnishing soldier pile will be measured by the linear foot of pile assembly specified in the 7 Proposal, including adjustments to the Plan quantity made in accordance with Section 1- 8 04.4. 9 10 Timber lagging will be measured by the thousand board feet measure (MBM) installed. The i e 11 quantity will be computed using the nominal thickness and width dimensions of the timber 12 lagging members, and the center to center spacing of the soldier piles as the length 13 dimension. 14 15 Prefabricated drainage mat will be measured by the square yard of material furnished and 16 installed. 40 17 18 Concrete fascia panel will be measured by the square foot surface area of the completed 19 fascia panel, measured to the neat lines of the panel as shown in the Plans. 20 21- 6-16.5 Payment 22 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid items 23 when they are included in the proposal: 24 25 "Shaft- _ Diameter", per linear foot. 26 All costs in connection with constructing soldier pile shafts shall be included in the unit 27 contract price per linear foot for "Shaft - _ Diameter", including shaft excavation, 28 temporary casing if used, CDF, lean concrete, concrete Class 4000P, and installing the 29 soldier pile assembly. ' 30 31 "Furnishing Soldier Pile -_", per linear foot. 32 All costs in connection with furnishing soldier pile assemblies shall be included in the at 33 unit contract price per linear foot for "Furnishing Soldier Pile - _", including fabricating 34 and painting the pile assemblies. Payment will be made based on the quantity specified 35 in the Proposal unless changes are made to this quantity in accordance with Section 1- 36 04.4, in which case the quantity specified in the Proposal will be adjusted by the amount 37 of the change and will be paid for in accordance with Section 1-04.4. 38 39 "Timber Lagging", per MBM. 40 All costs in connection with furnishing and installing timber lagging shall be included in 41 the unit contract price per MBM for "Timber Lagging", including preservative treatment 42 when specified, and filling voids behind the lagging with gravel backfill for wall. 43 44 "Prefabricated Drainage Mat", per square yard. 45 46 "Concrete Fascia Panel", per square foot. 47 All costs in connection with constructing the concrete fascia panels as specified shall be 48 included in the unit contract price per square foot for "Concrete Fascia Panel", including 49 all steel reinforcing bars, premolded joint filler, polyethylene bond breaker strip, joint 50 sealant, pvc pipe for weep holes, exterior surface finish, and pigmented sealer (when 51 specified). 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 74 ■ 1 Unless otherwise specified, all costs in connection with non-shaft excavation, including 2 all excavation required for placement of timber lagging, shall be included in the unit 3 contract price per cubic yard for "Roadway Excavation" or "Roadway Excavation Incl. r. 4 Haul' as specified in Section 2-03.5. 5 6 SECTION 6-17, PERMANENT GROUND ANCHORS 7 April 5, 2004 8 6-17.1 Description 9 This work consists of constructing permanent ground anchors. 10 11 6-17.2 Materials 12 Materials required, including materials for permanent ground anchors, shall be as specified 13 in the Special Provisions. 14 15 6-17.3 Construction Requirements +.. 16 The Contractor shall select the ground anchor type and the installation method, and 17 determine the bond length and anchor diameter. The Contractor shall install ground anchors 18 that will develop the load indicated in the Plans and verified by tests specified in Sections 6- ""` 19 17.3(8)A, 6-17.3(8)B, and 6-17.3(8)C. 20 21 6-17.3(1) Definitions 22 Anchor Devices: The anchorhead wedges or nuts which grip the prestressing steel. 23 24 Bearing Plate: The steel plate which evenly distributes the ground anchor force to the • 25 structure. 26 27 Bond Length: The length of the ground anchor which is bonded to the ground and transmits 28 the tensile force to the soil or rock. 29 30 Ground Anchor: A system, referred to as a tieback or as an anchor, used to transfer tensile 31 loads to soil or rock. A ground anchor includes all prestressing steel, anchorage devices, 32 grout, coatings, sheathings and couplers if used. 33 34 Maintaining Consistency of Load: Maintaining the test load within five percent of the 35 specified value. 36 37 Minimum Guaranteed Ultimate Tensile Strength (MUTS): The minimum guaranteed breaking 38 load of the prestressing steel as defined by the specified standard. 39 40 Tendon Bond Length: The length of the tendon which is bonded to the anchor grout. 41 42 Tendon Unbonded Length: The length of the tendon which is not bonded to the anchor 43 grout. 44 45 Total Anchor Length: The unbonded length plus the tendon bond length. 46 ®„ 47 6-17.3(2) Contractor Experience Requirements 48 The Contractor or Subcontractor performing this work shall have installed permanent ground 49 anchors for a minimum of three years. Prior to the beginning of construction, the Contractor 50 shall submit a list containing at least five projects on which the Contractor has installed 51 permanent ground anchors. A brief description of each project and a reference shall be City of Renton Amendments August 2004 75 W 1 included for each project listed. As a minimum, the reference shall include an individual's 2 name and current phone number. 3 4 The Contractor shall assign an engineer to supervise the work with at least three years of 5 experience in the design and construction of permanently anchored structures. The 6 Contractor shall not use consultants or manufacturer's representatives in order to meet the 7 requirements of this section. Drill operators and on-site supervisors shall have a minimum of 8 one year experience installing permanent ground anchors. 9 10 Contractors or Subcontractors that are specifically prequalified in Class 36 work will be 11 considered to have met the above experience requirements. 12 13 The Contractor shall allow up to 15 calendar days for the Engineer's review of the 14 qualifications and staff as noted above. Work shall not be started on any anchored wall 15 system nor materials ordered until approval of the Contractor's qualifications are given. 16 No 17 6-17.3(3) Submittals 18 The Contractor shall submit working drawings and structural design calculations in 19 accordance with Section 6-01.9 for the ground anchor system or systems intended for use. 20 21 The Contractor shall submit a detailed description of the construction procedure proposed 22 for use to the Engineer for approval. 23 24 The Contractor shall submit a ground anchor schedule giving: 25 26 1. Ground anchor number 27 2. Ground anchor design load 28 3. Type and size of tendon 29 4. Minimum total bond length 30 5. Minimum anchor length 31 6. Minimum tendon bond length 32 7. Minimum unbonded length 33 34 The Contractor shall submit working drawings of the ground anchor tendon and the 35 corrosion protection system. Include details of the following: 36 37 1. Spacers and their location 38 2. Centralizers and their location 39 3. Unbonded length corrosion protection system, including the permanent rubber seal 40 between the trumpet and the tendon unbonded length corrosion protection. 41 4. Bond length corrosion protection system 42 5. Anchorage and trumpet 43 6. Anchorage corrosion protection system 44 7. Anchors using non-restressable anchorage devices 45 46 The Contractor shall submit shop plans as specified in Section 6-03.3(7) for all structural 47 steel, including the permanent ground anchors to the Engineer for review and approval. 48 49 The Contractor shall submit the grout mix designs and the procedures for placing the grout 50 to the Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall also submit the methods and materials 51 used in filling the annulus over the unbonded length of the anchor. 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 76 UV 1 The Contractor shall submit five copies of detailed working drawings in accordance with 2 Section 6-01.9 for the method proposed to be followed for the permanent ground anchor 3 testing to the Engineer for approval prior to the tests. This shall include all necessary so 4 drawings and details to clearly describe the method proposed. 5 6 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer calibration data for each load cell, test jack, No 7 pressure gauge and master pressure gauge to be used. The calibration tests shall have 8 been performed by an independent testing laboratory and tests shall have been performed 9 within 60 calendar days of the date submitted. The Engineer shall approve or reject the ,W 10 calibration data after receipt of the data. Testing shall not commence until the Engineer has 11 approved the load cell, jack, pressure gauge and master pressure gauge calibrations. 12 13 Work shall not begin until the appropriate submittals have been approved in writing by the to 14 Engineer. 15 16 6-17.3(4) Preconstruction Conference 40 17 A permanent ground anchor preconstruction conference shall be held at least five working 18 days prior to the Contractor beginning any permanent ground anchor work at the site to 19 discuss construction procedures, personnel, and equipment to be used. The list of materials 4' 20 specified on the Record of Materials Form (ROM) for this item of work will also be discussed. 21 Those attending shall include: 22 23 1. (representing the Contractor) The superintendent, on site supervisors, and all 24 foremen in charge of drilling the ground anchor hole, placing the permanent ground 25 anchor and grout, and tensioning and testing the permanent ground anchor. 26 27 2. (representing the Contracting Agency) The Project Engineer, key inspection 28 personnel, and representatives from the WSDOT Construction Office and Materials 29 Laboratory Geotechnical Services Branch. 30 31 If the Contractor's key personnel change, or if the Contractor proposes a significant revision 32 of the approved permanent ground anchor installation plan, an additional conference shall 33 be held before any additional permanent ground anchor operations are performed. 34 35 6-17.3(5) Tendon Fabrication 36 The tendons can be either shop or field fabricated. The tendon shall be fabricated as shown 37 in the approved shop plans. 38 +. 39 The Contractor shall select the type of tendon to be used. The tendon shall be sized so the 40 design load does not exceed 60 percent of the minimum guaranteed ultimate tensile strength 41 of the tendon. In addition, the tendon shall be sized so the maximum test load does not 42 exceed 80 percent of the minimum guaranteed ultimate tensile strength of the tendon. 43 44 The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the bond length and tendon bond length .. 45 necessary to develop the design load indicated in the Plans in accordance with Sections 6- 46 17.3(8)A, 6-17.3(8)B, and 6-17.3(8)C. The minimum bond length shall be ten feet in rock 47 and 15 feet in soil. 48 49 When the Plans require the tendon bond length to be encapsulated, the tendon bond length 50 portion of the tendon shall be corrosion protected by encapsulating the tendon in a grout- 51 filled PE or PVC tube as specified in Section 6-17.2 as supplemented in the Special 52 Provisions. The tendons can be grouted inside the encapsulation prior to inserting the City of Renton Amendments August 2004 77 1 tendon in the drill hole or after the tendon has been placed in the drill hole. Expansive 2 admixtures can be mixed with the encapsulation grout if the tendon is grouted inside the 3 encapsulation while outside the drill hole. The tendon shall be centralized within the bond W 4 length encapsulation with a minimum of 0.20 inches of grout cover. Spacers shall be used 5 along the tendon bond length of multi-element tendons to separate the elements of the 6 tendon so the prestressing steel will bond to the encapsulation grout. err 7 8 Centralizers shall be used to provide a minimum of 0.5 inches of grout cover over the tendon 9 bond length encapsulation. Centralizers shall be securely attached to the encapsulation and 10 the center-to-center spacing shall not exceed ten feet. In addition, the upper centralizer shall 11 be located a maximum of five feet from the top of the tendon bond length and the lower 12 centralizer shall be located a maximum of one foot from the bottom of the tendon bond 13 length. 14 15 The centralizer shall be able to support the tendon in the drill hole and position the tendon so 16 a minimum of 0.5 inches of grout cover is provided and shall permit free flow of grout. 17 18 Centralizers are not required on encapsulated, pressure-injected ground anchor tendons if 19 the ground anchor is installed in coarse grained soils (more than 50 percent of the soil larger 20 than the number 200 sieve) using grouting pressures greater than 150 psi. 21 22 Centralizers are not required on encapsulated, hollow-stem-augered ground anchor tendons 23 if the ground anchor is grouted through and the hole is maintained full of a stiff grout (eight- 24 inch slump or less) during extraction of the auger. 25 26 The minimum unbonded length of the tendon shall be the greater of 15 feet or that indicated 10 27 in the Plans. 28 29 Corrosion protection of the unbonded length shall be provided by a sheath completely filled 00 30 with corrosion inhibiting grease or grout. If grease is used under the sheath, provisions shall 31 be made to prevent the grease from escaping at the ends of the sheath. The grease shall 32 completely coat the tendon and fill the voids between the tendon and the sheath. The 33 working drawings shall show how the Contractor will provide a transition between the tendon 34 bond length and the unbonded tendon length corrosion protection. 35 „ 36 If the sheath is not fabricated from a smooth tube, a separate bondbreaker shall be provided. 37 The bondbreaker shall prevent the tendon from bonding to the anchor grout surrounding the 38 tendon unbonded length. 39 40 The total anchor length shall not be less than that indicated in the Plans or the approved 41 working drawings. 42 43 Anchorage devices shall be capable of developing 95 percent of the minimum guaranteed 44 ultimate tensile strength of the prestressing steel tendon. The anchorage devices shall 45 conform to the static strength requirements of Section 3.1 of the Post Tensioning Institute 46 "Specification for Unbonded Single Strand Tendons, First Edition - 1993". 47 48 Non-restressable anchorage devices may be used except where indicated in the Plans. 49 50 Restressable anchorages shall be provided on those ground anchors that require reloading. 51 The post-tensioning supplier shall provide a restressable anchorage compatible with the 52 post-tensioning system provided. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 78 r 1 2 The bearing plates shall be sized so the bending stresses in the plate do not exceed the 3 yield strength of the steel when a load equal to 95 percent of the minimum guaranteed .� 4 ultimate tensile strength of the tendon is applied, and the average bearing stress on the 5 concrete does not exceed that recommended in Section 3.1.3 of the Post Tensioning 6 Institute, "Specification For Unbonded Single Strand Tendons, First Edition - 1993". r 7 8 The trumpet shall have an inside diameter equal to or larger than the hole in the bearing 9 plate. The trumpet shall be long enough to accommodate movements of the structure during 10 testing and stressing. For strand tendons with encapsulation over the unbonded length, the 11 trumpet shall be long enough to enable the tendon to make a transition from the diameter or 12 the tendon in the unbonded length to the diameter of the tendon at the anchorhead without 13 damaging the encapsulation. Trumpets filled with corrosion-inhibiting grease shall have a 14 permanent rubber seal, as approved by the Engineer, provided between the trumpet and the 15 tendon unbonded length corrosion protection. Trumpets filled with grout shall have a 16 temporary seal provided between the trumpet and the tendon unbonded length corrosion 17 protection or the trumpet shall overlap the tendon unbonded length corrosion protection. 18 19 6-17.3(6) Tendon Storage And Handling rr 20 Tendons shall be handled and stored in such a manner as to avoid damage or corrosion. 21 Damage to the prestressing steel as a result of abrasions, cut, nicks, welds and weld splatter 22 will be cause for rejection by the Engineer. The prestressing steel shall be protected if 23 welding is to be performed in the vicinity. Grounding of welding leads to the prestressing 24 steel is forbidden. Prestressing steel shall be protected from dirt, rust, and deleterious 25 substances. A light coating of rust on the steel is acceptable. If heavy corrosion or pitting is r 26 noted, the Engineer will reject the affected tendons. 27 28 The Contractor shall use care in handling and storing the tendons at the site. Prior to 29 inserting a tendon in the drill hole, the Contractor and the Engineer will examine the tendon 30 for damage to the encapsulation and the sheathing. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the 31 encapsulation is damaged, the Contractor shall repair the encapsulation in accordance with 32 the tendon supplier's recommendations and as approved by the Engineer. If, in the opinion rr 33 of the Engineer, the smooth sheathing has been damaged, the Contractor shall repair it with 34 ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (PE) tape. The tape shall be spiral wound around 35 the tendon so as to completely seal the damaged area. The pitch of the spiral shall ensure a 36 double thickness at all points. 37 38 6-17.3(7) Installing Permanent Ground Anchors 39 The Contractor shall select the drilling method, the grouting procedure, and the grouting 40' pressure used for the installation of the ground anchor. 41 42 When caving conditions are encountered, no further drilling will be allowed until the 43 Contractor selects a method to prevent ground movement. The Contractor may use a 44 temporary casing. The Contractor's method to prevent ground movement shall be approved 45 by the Engineer. The casings for the anchor holes, if used, shall be removed. The drill hole ®` 46 shall be located so the longitudinal axis of the drill hole and the longitudinal axis of the 47 tendon are parallel. The ground anchor shall not be drilled in a location that requires the 48 tendon to be bent in order to enable the bearing plate to be connected to the supported aw 49 structure. At the point of entry the ground anchor shall be installed within plus or minus three 50 degrees of the inclination from horizontal shown in the Plans or the approved working 51 drawings. The ground anchors shall not extend beyond the right of way limits. °w 52 .. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 79 Ow 1 The tendon shall be inserted into the drill hole to the desired depth. When the tendon cannot 2 be completely inserted without difficulty, the Contractor shall remove the tendon from the drill 3 hole and clean or redrill the hole to permit insertion. Partially inserted tendons shall not be 4 driven or forced into the hole. 5 6 The Contractor shall use a grout conforming to Section 6-17.2 as supplemented in the 7 Special Provisions. 8 9 The grout equipment shall produce a grout free of lumps and undispersed cement. A 10 positive displacement grout pump shall be used. The pump shall be equipped with a " 11 pressure gauge near the discharge end to monitor grout pressures. The pressure gauge 12 shall be capable of measuring pressures of at least 150 psi or twice the actual grout 13 pressures used by the Contractor, whichever is greater. The grouting equipment shall be 14 sized to enable the grout to be pumped in one continuous operation. The mixer shall be 15 capable of continuously agitating the grout. 16 r 17 The grout shall be injected from the lowest point of the drill hole. The grout may be pumped 18 through grout tubes, casing, or drill rods. The grout can be placed before or after insertion of 19 the tendon. The quantity of the grout and the grout pressures shall be recorded. The grout 20 pressures and grout takes shall be controlled to prevent excessive heave in soils or 21 fracturing of rock formations. 22 23 After grouting, the tendon shall not be loaded for a minimum of 3 days. 24 25 No grout shall be placed above the top of the bond length during the time the bond length 26 grout is placed. The grout at the top of the drill hole shall not contact the back of the 27 structure or the bottom of the trumpet. Except as otherwise noted, only nonstructural filler 28 shall be placed above the bond length grout prior to testing and acceptance of the anchor. 29 The Contractor may place structural grout above the bond length grout prior to testing and +r 30 acceptance of the anchor subject to the following conditions: 31 32 1. The anchor unbonded length shall be increased by eight feet minimum. 0 33 34 2. The grout in the unbonded zone shall not be placed by pressure grouting methods. 35 36 The corrosion protection surrounding the unbonded length of the tendon shall extend up 37 beyond the bottom seal of the trumpet or one foot into the trumpet if no trumpet seal is 38 provided. If the protection does not extend beyond the seal or sufficiently far enough into the 39 trumpet, the Contractor shall extend the corrosion protection or lengthen the trumpet. 40 41 The corrosion protection surrounding the no load zone length of the tendon shown in the 42 Plans shall not contact the bearing plate or the anchorhead during testing and stressing. If 43 the protection is too long, the Contractor shall trim the corrosion protection to prevent 44 contact. 45 go 46 The bearing plate and anchorhead shall be placed so the axis of the tendon and the drill hole 47 are both perpendicular to the bearing plate within plus or minus three degrees and the axis 48 of the tendon passes through the center of the bearing plate. 46 49 50 The trumpet shall be completely filled with corrosion inhibiting grease or grout. Trumpet 51 grease can be placed anytime during construction. Trumpet grout shall be placed after the 52 ground anchor has been tested. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer that the City of Renton Amendments August 2004 80 *■ 1 procedure selected by the Contractor for placement of either grease or grout produces a' 2 completely filled trumpet. 3 „r 4 All anchorages permanently exposed to the atmosphere shall be covered with a corrosion 5 inhibiting grease-filled or grout-filled cover. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the 6 Engineer that the procedures selected by the Contractor for placement of either grease or 7 grout produces a completely filled cover. If the Plans require restressable anchorages, 8 corrosion inhibiting grease shall be used to fill the anchorage cover and trumpet. 9 10 6-17.3(8) Testing And Stressing 11 Each ground anchor shall be tested. The test load shall be simultaneously applied to the 12 entire tendon. Stressing of single elements of multi-element tendons will not be permitted. 13 Test data will be recorded by the Engineer. 14 15 The testing equipment shall consist of a dial gauge or vernier scale capable of measuring to 16 0.001 inches shall be used to measure the ground anchor movement. The movement- + 17 measuring device shall have a minimum travel equal to the theoretical elastic elongation of 18 the total anchor length plus 1 inch. The dial gauge or vernier scale shall be aligned so that 19 its axis is within 5 degrees from the axis of the tieback. A hydraulic jack and pump shall be .. 20 used to apply the test load. The jack and pressure gauge shall be calibrated by an 21 independent testing laboratory as a unit. Each load cell, test jack and pressure gauge, and 22 master pressure gauge, shall be calibrated as specified in Section 6-17.3(3). Additionally, OW 23 the Contractor shall not use load cells, test jacks and pressure gauges, and master pressure 24 gauges, greater than 60 calendar days past their most recent calibration date, until such 25 items are re-calibrated by an independent testing laboratory. 26 W` 27 The pressure gauge shall be graduated in 100-psi increments or less. The pressure gauge 28 will be used to measure the applied load. The pressure gauge shall be selected to place the 29 maximum test load within the middle two-thirds of the range of the gauge. The ram travel of 30* the jack shall not be less than the theoretical elastic elongation of the total anchor length at 31 the maximum test load plus one inch. The jack shall be independently supported and 32 centered over the tendon so that the tendon does not carry the weight of the jack. The 33 Contractor shall have a second calibrated jack pressure gauge at the site. Calibration data 34 shall provide a specific reference to the jack and the pressure gauge. 35 r 36 The loads on the tiebacks during the performance and verification tests shall be monitored to 37 verify consistency of load as defined in Section 6-17.3(1). Test loads less than 20,000 38 pounds shall be monitored by the jack pressure gauge. Test loads equal to or greater than 39 20,000 pounds shall be monitored with an electric or hydraulic load cell. The Contractor 40 shall provide the load cell and a readout device. The load cell shall be selected to place the 41 maximum test load within the middle two-thirds of the range of the load cell. The stressing 42 equipment shall be placed over the ground anchor tendon in such a manner that the jack, 43 bearing plates, load cell and stressing anchorage are in alignment. 44 45 6-17.3(8)A Verification Testing 46 Verification tests shall be performed to verify the design of the anchor system. These 47 ground anchor test results shall verify the Contractor's design and be approved by the 48 Engineer prior to ordering anchor material for the tieback retaining walls. The tests shall be 49 performed on sacrificial test anchors. A minimum of two successful verification tests shall be 50 conducted. The locations shall be close to the anchor location of the production anchors. 51 The test locations shall be selected by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. w 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 81 OW 1 The drilling method, anchor diameter, and depth of anchorage for the test anchor shall be 2 identical as for the production anchors. The no-load zone shall be backfilled prior to 3 withdrawing the casing. 4 5 The anchor tested shall be loaded to 200 percent of the design load (DL). The prestressing 6 tendon shall be proportioned such that the maximum stress does not exceed 80 percent of 7 the ultimate strength of the steel. The jack shall be positioned at the beginning of the test 8 such that unloading and repositioning of the jack during the test will not be required. 9 10 The verification tests shall be made by incrementally loading the anchors in accordance with 11 the following schedule. 12 13 AL-Anchor Alignment Load 14 DL-Anchor Design Load 15 16 Load Hold Time 17 18 AL 1 Min. 19 0.25DL 10 Min. 20 0.50DL 10 Min. 21 0.75DL 10 Min. 22 1.00DL 10 Min. 23 1.25DL 10 Min. 24 1.50DL 60 Min. 25 1.75DL 10 Min. 26 2.00DL 10 Min. 27 AL 1 Min. 28 29 The test load shall be applied in increments of 25 percent of the design load. Each load as 30 increment shall be held for at least 10 minutes. Measurement of anchor movement shall be 31 obtained at each load increment. The load-hold period shall start as soon as the test load is 32 applied and the anchor movement, with respect to a fixed reference, shall be measured and 33 recorded at 1 minute, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 45, and 60 minutes. 34 35 The verification test will be considered successful if the anchor meets the criteria for a 36 performance tested ground anchor in Section 6-17.3(9), and in addition, a pull-out failure 37 does not occur at the 2.ODL maximum load. 38 39 The Engineer will give the Contractor a written order concerning ground anchor construction 40 within seven working days after completion of the verification tests. This written order will 41 either confirm the bond lengths as shown in the Contractor's plans for ground anchors or 42 reject the anchors based upon the result of the verification tests. +0 43 44 6-17.3(8)B Performance Testing 45 Performance tests shall be done in accordance with the following procedures. Five percent err► 46 of the ground anchors or a minimum of three ground anchors, whichever is greater, shall be 47 performance tested. The Engineer shall select the ground anchors to be performance 48 tested. The first production anchor shall be performance tested. 4 49 50 The performance test shall be made by incrementally loading and unloading the ground 51 anchor in accordance with the following schedule. The load shall be raised from one mi 52 increment to another immediately after a deflection reading. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 82 err 1 2 Performance Test Schedule 3 r 4 Load Load 5 6 AL AL 1W 7 0.25DL 0.25DL 8 AL 0.50DL 9 0.251DL 0.75DL 10 0.50DL 1.00DL to 11 AL 1.251DL 12 0.25DL AL 13 0.50DL 0.251DL to 14 0.75DL 0.50DL 15 AL 0.75DL 16 0.25DL 1.00DL 17 0.50DL 1.251DL 18 0.75DL 1.50DL 19 1.00DL AL 20 Jack to lock-off load 21 22 Where: AL- is the alignment load DL- is the anchor design load. 23 24 The maximum test load in a performance test shall be held for ten minutes. The load-hold 25 period shall start as soon as the maximum test load is applied and the anchor movement, 26 with respect to a fixed reference, shall be measured and recorded at 1 minute, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, "� 27 and 10 minutes. If the anchor movement between one minute and ten minutes exceeds 28 0.04 inches, the maximum test load shall be held for an additional 50 minutes. If the load 29 hold is extended, the anchor movement shall be recorded at 15 minutes, 20, 25, 30, 45, and 30 60 minutes. If an anchor fails in creep, retesting will not be allowed. All anchors not 31 performance tested shall be proof tested. 32 �. 33 6-17.3(8)C Proof Testing 34 Proof tests shall be performed by incrementally loading the ground anchor in accordance 35 with the following schedule. The load shall be raised from one increment to another rr 36 immediately after a deflection reading. The anchor movement shall be measured and 37 recorded to the nearest 0.001 inches with respect to an independent fixed reference point at 38 the alignment load and at each increment of load. The load shall be monitored with a „ 39 pressure gauge. At load increments other than the maximum test load, the load shall be 40 held just long enough to obtain the movement reading. 41 42 Proof Test Schedule " 43 44 Load Load 45 46 AL 1.00DL 47 0.25DL 1.251DL 48 0.50DL 1.50DL qW 49 0.751DL Jack to lock-off load 50 51 Where: AL- is the alignment load 52 DL - is the anchor design load City of Renton Amendments August 2004 83 aw " 1 2 The maximum test load in a proof test shall be held for ten minutes. The load-hold period 3 shall start as soon as the maximum test load is applied and the anchor movement with 4 respect to a fixed reference shall be measured and recorded at 1 minute, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 5 10 minutes. If the anchor movement between one minute and ten minutes exceeds 0.04 6 inches, the maximum test load shall be held of an additional 50 minutes. If the load hold is 7 extended, the anchor movements shall be recorded at 15 minutes, 20, 25, 30, 45, and 60 8 minutes. If an anchor fails in creep, retesting will not be allowed. 9 10 6-17.3(9) Permanent Ground Anchor Acceptance Criteria 11 A performance or proof tested ground anchor with a ten minute load hold is acceptable if the: 12 13 1. Ground anchor carries the maximum test load with less than 0.04 inches of 14 movement between one minute and ten minutes; and 15 16 2. Total movement at the maximum test load exceeds 80 percent of the theoretical 17 elastic elongation of the tendon unbonded length. 18 19 A verification, performance or proof tested ground anchor with a 60-minute load hold is , 20 acceptable if the: 21 22 1. Ground anchor carries the maximum test load with a creep rate that does not 23 exceed 0.08 inches/log cycle of time and is a linear or decreasing creep rate. 24 25 2. Total movement at the maximum test load exceeds 80 percent of the theoretical 26 elastic elongation of the tendon unbonded length. 27 28 If the total movement of the ground anchors at the maximum test load does not exceed 80 29 percent of the theoretical elastic elongation of the tendon unbonded length, the Contractor 30 shall replace the ground anchor at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Retesting of 31 a ground anchor will not be allowed. 32 .r 33 Ground anchors which have a creep rate greater than 0.08 inches/log cycle of time can be 34 incorporated in the finished work at a load equal to one-half its failure load. The failure load 35 is the load carried by the anchor after the load has been allowed to stabilize for ten minutes. 36 37 When a ground anchor fails, the Contractor shall modify the design, the construction 38 procedures, or both. These modifications may include, but are not limited to, installing 39 replacement ground anchors, modifying the installation methods, increasing the bond length 40 or changing the ground anchor type. Any modification which requires changes to the 41 structure shall have prior approval of the Engineer. Any modifications of design or 42 construction procedures shall be at the Contractor's expense. 43 44 Upon completion of the test, the load shall be adjusted to the lock-off load indicated in the 45 Plans and transferred to the anchorage device. The ground anchor may be completely 46 unloaded prior to lock-off. After transferring the load and prior to removing the jack a lift-off 47 reading shall be made. The lift-off reading shall be within ten percent of the specified lock-off 48 load. go 49 50 If the load is not within ten percent of the specified lock-off load, the anchorage shall be reset 51 and another lift-off reading shall be made. This process shall be repeated until the desired 52 lock-off load is obtained. 46 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 84 to 2 6-17.4 Measurement 3 Permanent ground anchors will be measured per each for each permanent ground anchor +� 4 installed and accepted. 5 6 Permanent ground anchor performance tests will be measured per each for each anchor 7 performance tested. 8 9 The permanent ground anchor verification testing program will not be measured but will be ,aw 10 paid for on a lump sum basis. 11 12 6-17.5 Payment to 13 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid items 14 when they are included in the proposal: 15 16 "Permanent Ground Anchor', per each. 17 All costs in connection with furnishing and installing permanent ground anchors shall be 18 included in the unit contract price per each for "Permanent Ground Anchor', including 19 proof testing of the installed anchor as specified. 20 21 "Permanent Ground Anchor Performance Test", per each. 22 "Permanent Ground Anchor Verification Test", lump sum. 23 24 SECTION 6-18, SHOTCRETE FACING 25 April 5, 2004 low 26 6-18.1 Description 27 This work consists of constructing shotcrete facing as shown in the Plans. Shotcrete go 28 constructed as concrete slope protection shall be constructed in accordance with Section 8- 29 16. 30 1W 31 6-18.2 Materials 32 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 33 34 Cement 9-01 35 Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03.1 36 Premolded Joint Filler 9-04.1(2) 37 Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.2 38 Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.3 39 Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23 40 Fly Ash 9-23.9 "W 41 Water 9-25 42 43 Other materials required, including materials for shotcrete, shall be as specified in the *W 44 Special Provisions. 45 46 6-18.3 Construction Requirements aw 47 48 6-18.3(1) Submittals 49 The Contractor shall submit the following information to the Engineer at least 14 calendar ,w 50 days prior to beginning construction of the shotcrete facing: City of Renton Amendments August 2004 85 am 1 2 1. The shotcrete mix design with compressive strength test results. 3 2.. Method and equipment used to finish and cure the shotcrete facing. 4 3. Documentation of the experience of the nozzle operators in applying shotcrete. 5 6 The Contractor shall not begin construction of the shotcrete facing until receiving the 7 Engineer's approval of the above submittals. 8 9 6-18.3(2) Mix Design 10 Shotcrete shall be proportioned to produce a 4,000 psi compressive strength at 28 days. 11 The Contractor shall submit the shotcrete mix design, proposed method of placement, and 12 evidence that the proposed design and placement method will produce the desired 13 compressive strength at 28 days, to the Engineer at least 14 calendar days prior to the 14 anticipated beginning of shotcrete placement. Shotcrete placement will not be allowed until 15 the Engineer has approved the mix design and method of placement. 16 17 Admixture shall be used on'y after receiving permission from the Engineer. If admixtures are 18 used to entrain air, to redu--e water-cement ratio, to retard or accelerate setting time, or to 19 accelerate the development of strength, the admixtures shall be used at the rate specified by 20 the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. 21 22 6-18.3(3) Testing 23 The Contractor shall make shotcrete test panels for evaluation of shotcrete quality, strength, 24 and aesthetics. Both preproduction and production test panels, shall be prepared. All cores 25 obtained for the purpose of shotcrete strength testing shall have the following minimum 26 dimensions: 27 28 a. The core diameter shall be at least 3 times the maximum aggregate size, but not 29 less than 2 inches. 30 31 b. The core height shall be a minimum of 1.5 times the core diameter. 32 33 The Contractor shall remove at least three cores from each 36-inch by 36-inch shotcrete test 34 panel in accordance with AASHTO T 24. Cores removed from the panel shall be 35 immediately wrapped in wet burlap and sealed in a plastic bag. Cores shall be clearly 36 marked to identify from where they were taken and whether they are for pre-production or 37 production testing. If for production testing, the section of the wall represented by the cores 38 shall be clearly marked on the cores. Cores shall be delivered to the Engineer within 2 39 hours of coring. The remainder of the panels shall remain the property of the Contractor. 40 41 6-18.3(3)A Pre-production Testing 42 At least one 36-inch by 36-inch panel for each mix design shall be prepared for evaluation 43 and testing of the shotcrete quality and strength. One 48-inch by 48-inch qualification panel 44 shall be prepared for evaluation and approval of the proposed method for shotcrete 45 installation, finishing, and curing. Both the 36-inch and the 48-inch panels shall be 46 constructed using the same methods and initial curing proposed to construct the shotcrete 47 facing, except that the 36-inch panel shall not include wire reinforcement. The 36-inch panel 48 shall be constructed to the minimum thickness necessary to obtain the required core 49 samples. The 48-inch panel shall be constructed to the same thickness as proposed for the 50 production facing. Production shotcrete work shall not begin until satisfactory test results are 51 obtained and the panels are approved by the Engineer. 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 86 to 1 6-18.3(3)B Production Testing 2 The Contractor shall make at least one 36-inch by 36-inch panel for each section of facing 3 shot, or as many as directed by the Engineer. A section is defined as one day's placement. +r 4 The production panels shall be constructed using the same methods and initial curing used 5 to construct the shotcrete wall, but without wire reinforcement. The panels shall be 6 constructed to the minimum thickness necessary to obtain the required core samples. If the wo 7 production shotcrete is found to be unsuitable based on the results of the test panels, the 8 section(s) of the wall represented by the test panel(s) shall be repaired or replaced to the 9 satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. 10 11 6-18.3(4) Qualifications of Contractor's Personnel 12 All nozzle operators shall have had at least one year of experience in the application of 13 shotcrete. Each nozzle operator will be qualified, by the Engineer, to place shotcrete, after 14 successfully completing one test panel for each shooting position and surface type which will 15 be encountered. 16 17 Qualification will be based on a visual inspection of the shotcrete density, void structure, and 18 finished appearance along with a minimum 7-day compressive strength of 2,500 psi 19 determined from the average test results from two cores taken from each test panel. +� 20 21 The Contractor shall notify the Engineer not less than 2 days prior to the shooting of a 22 qualification panel. The mix design for the shotcrete shall be the same as that slated for the r 23 wall being shot. 24 25 Shotcrete shall be placed only by personnel qualified by the Engineer. 26 27 If shotcrete finish Alternative B or C is specified, evidence shall be provided that all shotcrete 28 crew members have completed at least three projects in the last five years where such 29 finishing, or sculpturing and texturing of shotcrete was performed. 30 31 6-18.3(5) Placing Wire Reinforcement 32 Reinforcement of the shotcrete shall be placed as shown in the Plans. The wire 33 reinforcement shall be securely fastened to the steel reinforcing bars so that it will be 1 to 1.5 34 inches from the face of the shotcrete at all locations, unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 35 Wire reinforcement shall be lapped 1.5 squares in all directions, unless otherwise shown in 36 the Plans. 37 38 6-18.3(6) Alignment Control Or 39 The Contractor shall install non-corroding alignment wires and thickness control pins to 40 establish thickness and plane surface. The Contractor shall install alignment wires at 41 corners and offsets not established by formwork. The Contractor shall ensure that the 42 alignment wires are tight, true to line, and placed to allow further tightening. The Contractor 43 shall remove the alignment wires after facing construction is complete. 44 45 6-18.3(7) Shotcrete Application 46 A clean, dry supply of compressed air sufficient for maintaining adequate nozzle velocity for 47 all parts for the work and for simultaneous operation of a blow pipe for cleaning away 48 rebound shall be maintained at all times. Thickness, method of support, air pressure, and 49 rate of placement of shotcrete shall be controlled to prevent sagging or sloughing of freshly- 50 applied shotcrete. 51 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 87 1 The shotcrete shall be applied from the lower part of the area upwards. Surfaces to be shot 2 shall be damp, but free of standing water. 3 4 The nozzles shall be held at an angle approximately perpendicular to the working face and 5 at a distance that will keep rebound at a minimum and compaction will be maximized. 6 Shotcrete shall emerge from the nozzle in a steady uninterrupted flow. If, for any reason, the 7 flow becomes intermittent, the nozzle shall be diverted from the work until a steady flow 8 resumes. 9 10 Surface defects shall be repaired as soon as possible after initial placement of the shotcrete. 11 All shotcrete which lacks uniformity; which exhibits segregation, honeycombing, or 12 lamination; or which contains any dry patches, slugs, voids, or sand pockets, shall be 13 removed and replaced with fresh shotcrete by the Contractor, to the satisfaction of the 14 Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. 15 16 Construction joints in the shotcrete shall be uniformly tapered over a minimum distance of aw 17 twice the thickness of the shotcrete layer. The surface of the joints shall be cleaned and 18 thoroughly wetted before adjacent shotcreting is performed. Shotcrete shall be placed in a 19 manner which provides a finish with uniform texture and color across the construction joint. go 20 21 The shotcrete shall be cured by applying a clear curing compound in accordance with 22 Section 9-23.2. The curing compound shall be applied immediately after final gunning. The 23 air in contact with shotcrete surfaces shall be maintained at temperatures above 50F for a 24 minimum of 7 days. Curing compounds shall not be used on any surfaces against which 25 additional shotcrete or other cementitious finishing materials are to be bonded unless 26 positive measures such as sandblasting, are taken to completely remove the curing 27 compounds prior to the application of such additional materials. 28 29 If field inspection or testing, by the Engineer, indicates that any shotcrete produced, fails to 30 meet the requirements, the Contractor shall immediately modify procedures, equipment, or 31 system, as necessary, and as approved by the Engineer to produce specification material. 32 All substandard shotcrete already placed shall be repaired by the Contractor, to the to 33 satisfaction of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Such repairs 34 may include removal and replacement of all affected materials. 35 to 36 6-18.3(8) Shotcrete Finishing 37 When the shotcrete facing is an interim coating to be covered by a subsequent shotcrete 38 coating or a cast-in-place concrete fascia later under the same contract, the Contractor shall 39 strike off the surface of the shotcrete facing with a roughened surface as specified in Section 40 6-02.3(12). The grooves of the roughened surface shall be either vertical or horizontal. 41 42 When the shocrete facing provides the finished exposed final surface, the shotcrete face 43 shall be finished using the alternative aesthetic treatment shown in the Plans. The 44 alternatives are as follows: 45 46 Alternative A 47 After the surface has taken its initial set (crumbling slightly when cut), the surface shall 48 be broom finished to secure a uniform surface texture. ON 49 50 Alternative B 51 Shotcrete shall be applied in a thickness a fraction beyond the alignment wires and •o 52 forms. The shotcrete shall stiffen to the point where the surface does not pull or crack w City of Renton Amendments August 2004 88 to 1 when screeded with a rod or trowel. Excess material shall be trimmed, sliced, or 2 scraped to true lines and grade. Alignment wires shall be removed and the surface 3 shall receive a steel trowel finish, leaving a smooth uniform texture and color. Once the 4 shotcrete has cured, pigmented sealer shall be applied to the shotcrete face. The 5 shotcrete surface shall be completed to within a tolerance of 1/2 inch of true line and 6 grade. do 7 8 Alternative C 9 Shotcrete shall be hand-sculptured, colored, and textured to simulate the relief, jointing, 10 and texture of the natural backdrop surrounding the facing. The ends and base of the 11 facing shall transition in appearance as appropriate to more nearly match the color and 12 texture of the adjoining roadway fill slopes. This may be achieved by broadcasting fine 13 and coarse aggregates, rocks, and other native materials into the final surface of the 14 shotcrete while it is still wet, allowing sufficient embedment into the shotcrete to become 15 a permanent part of the surface. 16 d" 17 6-18.4 Measurement 18 Shotcrete facing will be measured by the square foot surface area of the completed facing 19 measured to the neat lines of the facing as shown in the Plans. " 20 21 6-18.5 Payment 22 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid items w� 23 when they are included in the proposal: 24 25 "Shotcrete Facing", per square foot. 26 27 All costs in connection with constructing shotcrete facing as specified shall be included 28 in the unit contract price per square foot for "Shotcrete Facing" including all steel 29 reinforcing bars, premolded joint filler, polyethylene bond breaker strip, joint sealant, pvc 30 pipe for weep holes, exterior surface finish, and pigmented sealer (when specified). 31 32 SECTION 7-05, MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 33 August 2, 2004 34 7-05.5 Payment 35 The sentence following "Catch Basin Type 2_ In. Diam.", per each" is deleted. 36 37 The following is inserted after"Concrete Inlet", per each": 38 39 All costs associated with furnishing and installing gravel backfill for bedding manholes, 40 inlets and catch basins shall be included in the unit contract price for the item installed. 41 42 The following is inserted after"Precast Concrete Drywell", per each. 43 w. 44 "Combination Inlet", per each. 45 All costs associated with furnishing and installing gravel backfill for bedding manholes, 46 inlets, and catch basins shall be in the unit contract price for the item installed. 47 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 89 1 SECTION 7-12, VALVES FOR WATER MAINS 2 April 5, 2004 3 7-12.3 Construction Requirements 4 In the third paragraph the reference to Section 7-10 is revised to Section 7-09. 5 6 In the fourth paragraph the reference to Section 7-11 is revised to Section 7-09. 7 8 SECTION 7-14, HYDRANTS 9 April 5, 2004 10 7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants 11 In the third paragraph the reference to Section 7-11 is revised to Section 7-09. 12 13 7-14.3(6) Hydrant Extensions 14 The reference to Section 7-11 is revised to Section 7-09. ' 15 16 SECTION 7-15, SERVICE CONNECTIONS 17 April 5, 2004 18 7-15.3 Construction Requirements 19 In the second paragraph the reference to Section 7-10 is revised to Section 7-09. 20 21 SECTION 7-17, SANITARY SEWERS 22 April 5, 2004 " 23 7-17.3(2)6 Exfiltration Test 24 In the third paragraph, "Maximum leakage (in gallons per hour)" = 0.28 x �H x D x L 25 X16 100 . 26 7-17.3(2)C Infiltration Test 27 In the second paragraph, "Maximum leakage (in gallons per hour)" = 0.16 x �H x D x L 28 �2 100 . 29 30 7-17.3(2)E Low Pressure Air Test for Sanitary Sewers Constructed of Air- 31 Permeable Materials 32 In the seventh paragraph, the statement "If CT —1, then time = KT" is revised to "If CT : 1, 33 then time = KT." 34 35 In the seventh paragraph, the statement "If CT • 1.75, then time = KT/1.75" is revised to "If CT 36 > 1.75, then time = KT/1.75." 37 38 SECTION 8-01, EROSION CONTROL 39 August 2, 2004 40 8-01.3(1)6 Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead 41 This section is revised to read: 42 43 The Contractor shall identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions. The 44 ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the contract, a current Certificate of Training in City of Renton Amendments August 2004 90 1 Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course approved by WSDOT's 2 Statewide Erosion Control Coordinator. 3 �• 4 The ESC Lead shall implement the Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) 5 plan. Implementation shall include, but is not limited to: 6 7 1. Installing and maintaining all temporary erosion and sediment control Best 8 Management Practices (BMPs) included in the TESC plan to assure continued 9 performance of their intended function. Damaged or inadequate TESC BMPs 10 shall be corrected immediately. 11 12 2. Inspecting all on-site erosion and sediment control BMPs at least once every 13 five working days and each working day there is a runoff event. Inspections rr 14 shall occur within 24 hours of the runoff event. A TESC Inspection Report shall 15 be prepared for each inspection and shall be included in the TESC file. A copy 16 of each TESC Inspection Report shall be submitted to the Engineer no later 17 than the end of the next working day following the inspection. The report shall 18 include, but not be limited to: 19 20 a. When, where and how BMPs were installed, maintained, modified, 21 and removed; 22 b. Observations of BMP effectiveness and proper placement; 23 c. Recommendations for improving future BMP performance with 24 upgraded or replacement BMPs when inspections reveal TESC plan 25 inadequacies. 26 27 3. Updating and maintaining a TESC file on site that includes, but is not limited to: 28 29 a. TESC Inspection Reports. 30 b. Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) plan narrative. 31 c. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System construction permit 32 (Notice of Intent). 33 d. Other applicable permits. 34 35 Upon request, the file shall be provided to the Engineer for review. 36 37 SECTION 8-07, PRECAST TRAFFIC CURB AND BLOCK TRAFFIC CURB 38 August 2, 2004 39 8-07.1 Description 40 This section is revised to read: 41 " 42 This work shall consist of furnishing and installing precast traffic curb, block traffic curb, 43 sloped mountable curb, or dual faced sloped mountable curb of the design and type 44 specified in the plans in accordance with these Specifications and in conformity to the 45 Standard Plans and the locations indicated in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. 46 47 8-07.3(1) Installing Curbs 48 This section is supplemented with the following: 49 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 91 1 For-sloped mountable curb installed in curves, the units shall be either curved blocks 2 precast to the radii shown in the plans or tangent blocks.sawn to the dimensions shown 3 in the Standard Plans to conform to the specified radii. 4 5 8-07.3(2) Painting of Curbs 6 The first sentence is revised to read: 7 8 Concrete curbing shall be painted with two full coats of paint conforming to Section 9- 9 34.2, as shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. 10 11 8-07.4 Measurement 12 This section is supplemented with the following: 13 14 Sloped mountable curb will be measured by the linear foot along the front face of the 15 curb. Dual faced sloped mountable curb will be measured by the linear foot of tapered 16 block and nosing block installed. Measurement of both faces shall not be allowed. wr 17 18 8-07.5 Payment 19 This section is supplemented with the following: ern 20 21 "Precast Sloped Mountable Curb", per linear foot. 22 "Precast Dual Faced Sloped Mountable Curb", per linear foot. 23 24 SECTION 8-12, CHAIN LINK FENCE AND WIRE FENCE 25 August 2, 2004 , 26 8-12.3(1)A Posts 27 The seventh paragraph is revised to read: 28 29 Pullposts shall be spaced at 1,000-foot maximum intervals for Type 1, 3, and 6 fence, 30 and at 500-foot maximum intervals for Type 4 fence. 31 ` 32 SECTION 8-14, CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 33 August 2, 2004 34 8-14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete 35 The second sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 36 so 37 The detachable warning pattern shall have the truncated dome shape shown in the 38 Standard Plans and may be formed by either embossing the wet concrete, adding a 39 manufactured material before or after the concrete has cured, or installing masonry or lit 40 ceramic tiles. 41 42 8-14.3(5) Ramp Detectable Warning Retrofit 43 This section is supplemented with the following: 44 45 Where shown in the plans, the Contractor shall retrofit existing cement concrete to 46 sidewalk ramps by installing a detectable warning pattern having the truncated dome 47 shape shown in the Standard Plans. The warning pattern shall be the width of the ramp 48 and cover the bottom two feet of the ramp. The truncated dome pattern shall be 49 perpendicular to the long axis of the ramp. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 92 w 1 - 2 The Contractor shall use one of the detectable warning pattern products listed in the 3 Qualified Products List or submit another manufacturer's product for approval by the 4 Engineer. The warning pattern shall be capable of being bonded to an existing cement 5 concrete surface. The surface of the warning pattern, excluding the domes, shall not be 6 more than 3/8 inch above the surface of the concrete after installation. wr 7 8 8-14.4 Measurement 9 This section is supplemented with the following: 10 11 In a sidewalk ramp detectable warning retrofit, the warning pattern will be measured by 12 the square foot of truncated dome material installed on the existing ramp. 13 14 8-14.5 Payment 15 The following new bid item is inserted after "Cement Conc. Sidewalk Ramp Type _", per 16 each. 17 18 "Ramp Detectable Warning Retrofit", per square foot. 19 20 SECTION 8-15, RIPRAP 21 April 5, 2004 • 22 8-15.3(6) Quarry Spalls 23 The second sentence is revised to read: 24 25 After placement, the quarry spalls shall be compacted to be uniformly dense and 26 unyielding. 27 28 8-15.5 Payment 29 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 30 31 The unit contract price per ton or per cubic yard for the class or kind of riprap specified 32 above shall be full pay for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials required 33 to construct the riprap protection, except for excavation. 34 35 SECTION 8-17, IMPACT ATTENUATOR SYSTEMS 36 April 5, 2004 37 This section is revised to read: 38 39 8-17.1 Description + 40 This work shall consist of furnishing, constructing, repairing, and removing permanent 41 and temporary impact attenuator systems selected from the approved list shown in the 42 Plans. .r 43 44 8-17.2 Materials 45 Sand for inertial barrier systems shall not contain more than 5% water by weight. 46 Commercial grade urea shall be thoroughly mixed with the sand in an amount equal to 5 47 percent, by weight, of the sand. 48 •r �+ City of Renton Amendments August 2004 93 . VIII 1 Undamaged sand barrel impact attenuators that have been previously utilized may be 2 utilized in a temporary impact attenuator array only, if inspected and approved by the 3 Engineer prior to use. „ 4 5 8-17.3 Construction Requirements 6 The assembly and installation of all attenuator systems, except those utilizing sand 7 barrels, shall be supervised at all times by either a manufacturer's representative or an 8 installer who has been trained and certified by the manufacturer of the system. If the 9 supervision is provided by a trained installer, a copy of the installer certification shall be 10 provided to the Engineer prior to installation. 11 12 Assembly and installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's 13 recommendations. This work shall include the connection to a concrete barrier, bridge 14 abutment or a transition section identified in the Plans, construction of a steel reinforced 15 concrete pad or concrete backup, and anchorage to the pavement, if required by the 16 manufacturer's assembly and installation procedures. rw► 17 18 The Contractor shall have a complete set of replacement parts on the jobsite for each 19 type of temporary impact attenuator in use on the project and shall repair all damaged 20 impact attenuators immediately. 21 22 When the Engineer determines that a temporary impact attenuator is no longer needed, 23 then the Contractor shall remove that attenuator from the project. The removed 24 equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor. 25 26 8-17.4 Measurement " 27 Temporary and permanent impact attenuators will be measured per each for each 28 installation. 29 30 Resetting impact attenuators will be measured per each for each installation that is 31 adjusted or reset to a new location on the project. The Contracting Agency will not 32 measure resetting impact attenuators when it is for the benefit of the Contractor's ► 33 operations. 34 35 8-17.5 Payment 36 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid items 37 when they are included in the proposal: 38 39 "Temporary Impact Attenuator", per each. 40 The unit contract price for "Temporary Impact Attenuator" shall be full pay for all 41 work associated with the installation, maintenance, and the final removal of the wo 42 temporary impact attenuator. 43 44 "Permanent Impact Attenuator", per each. 45 The unit contract price for "Permanent Impact Attenuator" shall be full pay for all 46 work associated with furnishing, installing and all other costs involved with 47 installing the impact attenuator in accordance with the manufacturer's 48 recommendations. VO 49 50 "Resetting Impact Attenuator", per each. 51 The unit contract price for"Resetting Impact Attenuator" shall be full pay for all work go 52 associated with the removing, transporting, and resetting an impact attenuator. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 94 r � 1 2 If an impact attenuator is damaged, it will be repaired in accordance with Section 1- 3 07.13(4) under the bid item "Reimbursement For Third Party Damage". No 4 payment will be made for repair of impact attenuators damaged by the Contractor's 5 operations. 6 7 SECTION 8-18, MAILBOX SUPPORT 8 August 2, 2004 9 8-18.2 Materials 10 This section is revised to read: 11 12 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 13 14 Steel Posts 9-32.1 15 Bracket, Platform, and Anti-Twist Plate 9-32.2 16 Type 2 Mailbox Support 9-32.7 17 Timber Sign Posts 9-28.14(1) 18 Fasteners 9-32.5 r 19 Snow Guard 9-32.6 20 Concrete Base 9-32.8 21 Steel pipe 9-32.9 22 U-Channel Post 9-32.10 23 24 Mailboxes will be furnished by others. 25 26 8-18.3 Construction Requirements 27 This section is supplemented with the following: 28 29 8-18.3(1) Type 3 Mailbox Support 30 The concrete base shall be constructed using commercial concrete, with the pipe set to 31 the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. The base shall be crowned so as to shed 32 water. The concrete may be mixed on the jobsite as specified in Section 6-02.3(4)B. 33 34 The U-channel post may be driven in place provided the method of driving does not 35 damage the post. 36 37 With the Engineer's consent, a Type 3 Mailbox Support design, made of steel or other +�r 38 durable material, that meets the NCHRP 350 crash test criteria may be used in place of 39 the design shown in the Standard Plans. In which case, the manufacturer's 40 recommendations concerning installation shall be followed; however, the mailbox itself 41 shall be positioned on the roadway according to the dimensions shown in the Standard 42 Plans. 43 44 SECTION 8-19, REDIRECTIONAL LAND FORM 45 April 5, 2004 46 This section is deleted, and the section title is revised to VACANT. 47 +W+ City of Renton Amendments August 2004 95 �r . 111ii 1 SECTION 8-20,ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 2 April 5, 2004 r 3 8-20.3(5) Conduit 4 The third sentence in the seventeenth paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 Grout shall obtain a minimum of 4000 psi compressive strength at 7 days. 7 8 8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull boxes 9 This section is supplemented with the following: ' 10 11 Where conduit and junction boxes are placed in barrier, the Prime Contractor shall 12 coordinate the work of the Contractor constructing the barrier and the electrical 13 Contractor so that each junction box placed in the barrier is placed in correct alignment 14 with respect to the barrier, with the face of the box flush or uniformly chamfered within 1/2 15 inch of the barrier surface. If any point on the surface of the junction box placed in of 16 barrier is recessed more than 1/2 inch from the surface of the barrier, the Contractor 17 shall install a box extension meeting the Engineer's approval and grout around the 18 extension or remove and replace the entire section of barrier. 19 20 8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding 21 The first paragraph is revised to read: 22 23 All metallic appurtenances containing electrical conductors (luminaires, light standards, 24 cabinets, metallic conduit, non-metallic conduit, etc.) shall be made mechanically and 25 electrically secure to form a continuous systems which shall be effectively grounded. 26 Where metallic conduit systems are employed, the conduit system constitutes the 27 equipment grounding conductor. Where nonmetallic conduit is installed, the installation 28 shall include an equipment ground conductor, in addition to the conductors noted in the 29 contract. Bonding jumpers and equipment grounding conductors shall be installed in 30 accordance with Section 9-29.3. The equipment ground conductor between the 31 isolation switch and the sign lighter fixtures may be No. 14 AWG stranded copper to 32 conductor. Where parallel circuits are enclosed in a common conduit, the equipment 33 grounding conductor shall be sized by the rating of the largest overcurrent device 34 serving any circuit contained within the conduit. log 35 36 8-20.3(11) Testing 37 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 When the project includes a traffic signal system, the Contractor shall conduct tests 40 noted in Section 8-20.3(14)D. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a minimum of 41 five days advance written notice of the proposed traffic signal turn-on date and time. 42 The traffic signal turn-on procedure shall not begin until all required channelization, 43 pavement markings, illumination, signs, and sign lights are substantially complete and 44 operational unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide 45 traffic control to stop all traffic from entering the intersection. The Contracting Agency 46 electronics technician will program the controller and enter the timing data, then turn 47 the traffic signal system to its flash mode to verify proper flash indications. The 48 Contracting Agency electronics technician will then conduct functional tests to 49 demonstrate that each part of the traffic signal system functions as specified. The 50 Contractor shall conduct functional tests to demonstrate that each part of the 51 illumination system, or other electrical system, functions as specified. These r City of Renton Amendments August 2004 96 . �x 1 demonstration shall be conducted in the presence of a Contracting Agency electronic 2 technician, the Contracting Agency electrical inspector, and Regional Traffic Engineer or 3 his/her designee. The Contracting Agency electronics technician will then turn the traffic +■ 4 signal to stop-and-go operation for no less than one full cycle. Based on the results of 5 the turn-on, the Engineer will direct the Contracting Agency electronics technician to 6 either turn the traffic signal on to normal stop-and-go operation, to turn the signal to 7 flash mode for a period not to exceed five calendar days, or to turn the signal off and 8 require the Contractor to cover all signal displays and correct all deficiencies. 9 10 SECTION 8-22, PAVEMENT MARKING 11 August 2, 2004 12 8-22.3(2) Preparation of Roadway Surfaces 13 This section is revised to read: 14 15 For the application of paint the pavement surface temperature and ambient temperature 16 shall be 50° F and rising. New and existing HMA pavement shall be dry, clean and free 17 of contaminants such as surface oils. Portland cement concrete pavement shall have a 18 minimum compressive strength of 2500 psi and shall be dry, clean and free of 19 contaminants. Contaminants shall be removed by approved mechanical means. 20 21 For the application of plastic pavement marking material surface temperature and 22 ambient temperature shall be 50° F and rising. New and existing HMA pavement shall 23 be dry, clean, and free of contaminants such as surface oils and existing pavement 24 marking materials. Portland cement concrete pavement shall also be free of wr 25 contaminants including curing agents. Contaminants shall be removed by approved 26 mechanical means. 27 28 Pavement surfaces shall be prepared for plastic marking application in accordance with 29 the previous paragraph and the pavement marking material manufacturer's 30 recommendations. Manufacturers of Type D material also require a pavement cure 31 period prior to application. Typically, Type D material applied on hot mix asphalt 32 pavement requires a pavement cure period of 21 days. Typically, Type D material 33 applied on portland cement concrete pavement requires a pavement cure period of 28 34 days. These cure periods may be reduced if the manufacturer performs a successful 4W 35 bond test. 36 37 Existing pavement marking material shall be removed, measured, and paid for in 38 accordance with the provisions in this section of the Standard Specifications. 39 40 8-22.3(3) Marking Application wr 41 The first paragraph is revised to read: 42 43 Lane line and right edge line shall be white in color. Center line and left edge line shall 44 be yellow in color. All temporary pavement markings shall be retroreflective. Paint and 45 sprayed or extruded plastic material shall be applied with a top dressing of glass 46 breads. Two applications of paint will be required to complete all paint markings. The 47 time period between paint applications will vary depending on the type of pavement and 48 paint (low VOC waterborne, high VOC solvent, or low VOC solvent) as follows: 49 50 Pavement Type Paint Type Time Period 51 Bituminous Surface Treatment Low VOC Waterborne 4 hours min., 48 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 97 too 1. hours max. 2 Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement Low VOC Waterborne 4 hours min., 30 3 days max. 4 Cement Concrete Pavement Low VOC Waterborne 4 hours min., 30 5 days max. 6 Bituminous Surface Treatment High and Low VOC Solvent 40 min. min., 48 7 hrs. max. 8 Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement High and Low VOC Solvent 40 min. min., 30 9 days max. 10 Cement Concrete Pavement High and Low VOC Solvent 40 min. min., 30 11 days max. 12 13 The ninth and tenth paragraphs are revised to read: 14 15 Profiles are defined as that portion of the plastic line that is applied at a greater 16 thickness than the base line thickness. Profiles shall be applied using the extruded 17 method in the same application as the base line. See the Standard Plans for details. 18 19 Embossed plastic lines are defined as a plastic line applied with a transverse groove. 20 Embossed plastic lines may be applied with profiles. See the Standard Plans for details. 21 22 The last paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 When two or more spray applications are required to meet thickness requirements for 25 Type A and Type D materials, top dressing with glass beads is only allowed on the last 26 application. Any loose beads, dirt or other debris shall be swept or blown off the line 27 prior to application of each successive application. Successive applications shall be 28 applied squarely on top of the preceding application. 29 ' 30 8-22.4 Measurement 31 The first sentence of the seventh paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 Traffic arrows, traffic letters, access parking space symbols, HOV symbols, railroad 34 crossing symbols, drainage markings, bicycle lane symbols, aerial surveillance full, and 35 1/2 markers will be measured per each. 461 36 37 The ninth paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 Removal of traffic arrows, traffic letters, access parking space symbol, HOV lane 40 symbol, railroad crossing symbol, bicycle lane symbols, drainage markings, aerial 41 surveillance full and 1/2 markers will be measured per each. Removal of crosswalk 42 lines will be measured by the square foot of lines removed. 43 44 SECTION 9-02, BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 45 August 2, 2004 1W 46 9-02.1(3) Rapid-Curing (RC) Liquid Asphalt 47 The column headings MC-70, MC-250, MC-800, and MC-3000 are revised to RC-70, RC- 48 250, RC-800, and RC-3000 respectively. 49 50 The RC-250 requirement for"Residue of 680°F distillation % volumn by difference" is revised 51 from 67 to 65. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 98 r 1 . 2 9-02.1(4)A Performance Grade (PG) Asphalt Cement 3 This section including title is revised to read: rr� 4 5 9-02.1(4)A Performance Graded Asphalt Binder 6 PG58 PG64 PG70 PG76 Performance Grade -22 -28 -34 -22 1 -28 1 -34 -22 -28 -34 -22 -28 Original Binder Flash point temp, AASHTO T48 Minimum 230 +fir 0C Viscosity,AASHTO T316 Maximum 3 Pa-s, test 135 temp, OC Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G'/sins, minimum 58 64 70 76 1.00 kPa Test temp. 0 10 rad/s, o C Roiling Thin Film Oven Residue (AASHTO T240) Mass Change, Maximum, 1 00 percent w0' Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G"/sin6, minimum 58 64 70 76 2.20 kPa Test temp, ca 10 rad/s, o Pressure Aging Vessel Residue (AASHTO R28) PAV aging temperature, 100 wrr 0C Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G'sin6, maximum 5000 kPa Test temp. @ 22 19 16 25 22 19 28 25 22 31 28 10 rad/s, °C Creep stiffness, AASHTO T313 S, maximum 300 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 MPa, m-value, minimum 0.300 Test temp. ® 60 s, 0C 7 8 All Performance Grade asphalt binders not included in this chart shall be determined by 9 Table 1-Performance Graded Asphalt Binder Specification in AASHTO M320. 10 11 SECTION 9-03, AGGREGATES 12 August 2, 2004 13 9-03.12(4) Gravel Backfill for Drains 14 The percent Passing for Sieve size 3/8" square is revised from "10 - 40" to "0 - 40". 15 4" 16 9-03.14 Borrow 17 This section is supplemented with the following: 18 ••• City of Renton Amendments August 2004 99 aw ' Ili 1 9-03.14(1) Gravel Borrow 2 Ballast may be substituted for gravel borrow for embankment construction. 3 r� 4 9-03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Geosynthetic Retaining Wall 5 All backfill material used in the reinforced soil zone of the geosynthetic retaining wall 6 shall conform to requirements of Section 9-03.14(1) and shall be free draining, free from , 7 organic or otherwise deleterious material. The material shall be substantially free of 8 shale or other soft, poor durability particles, and shall not contain recycled materials, 9 such as glass, shredded tires, portland cement concrete rubble, or asphaltic concrete 10 rubble. The backfill material shall meet the following requirements: 11 12 Property Test Method Allowable Test Value 13 Los Angeles Wear, " ' 14 500 rev. AASHTO T 96 35 percent max. 15 Degradation WSDOT Test Method 113 15 min. 16 pH AASHTO T 289-91 17 18 '' 4.5 to 9 for permanent walls and 3 to 10 for temporary walls 19r 20 Wall backfill material satisfying these gradation, durability and chemical requirements 21 shall be classified as nonaggressive. 22 23 9-03.21(2) Recycled Hot Mix Asphalt 24 The Maximum Bitumen Content (Percent) for Gravel Borrow is revised from "0" to 1.2". 25 26 SECTION 9-04, JOINT AND CRACK SEALING MATERIALS 27 April 5, 2004 28 9-04.2(2) Two Component Poured Rubber Joint Sealer 29 The section title is revised to read: 30 31 9-04.2(2) Poured Rubber Joint Sealer 32 33 SECTION 9-05, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS ' 34 April 5, 2004 35 9-05.4(3) Protective Treatment r 36 Treatments 3, 4, and 6 are revised to read: 37 38 This treatment is no longer available. , ► 39 40 9-05.4(4) Asphalt Coatings and Paved Inverts 41 The second paragraph under item 2 is revised to read: ► 42 43 The paved invert for Treatment 2 shall consist of bituminous material applied in such a 44 manner that one or more smooth pavements will be formed in the invert filling the 45 corrugations for at least 40 percent of the circumference. The pavement shall have a 46 minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above the crest of the corrugations except where the 47 upper edges intercept the corrugation. The pavements shall be applied following the City of Renton Amendments August 2004 100 «. 1 coating with asphalt . Treatment 5 may be substituted for Treatment 2, at the option of 2 the Contractor. 3 4 9-05.10 Steel Storm Sewer Pipe 5 The first sentence is revised to read: 6 7 Steel storm sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-05.4 for steel 8 culvert pipe, except that protective coating shall be Treatment 1 or 5, and be 9 constructed of either helically corrugated lock seam or helically corrugated continuous 10 welded steel pipe. 11 12 9-05.11 Aluminum Storm Sewer Pipe 13 The first sentence is revised to read: 14 15 Aluminum storm sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-05.5 for 16 aluminum culvert pipe, except that the protective coating shall be Treatment 1 or 5, and 00 17 the pipe shall be constructed of helically corrugated lock seam aluminum pipe. 18 19 9-05.16 Grate Inlets and Drop Inlets aw 20 The first and second paragraphs are revised to read: 21 22 Steel in grates, angles, and anchors for grate inlets shall conform to ASTM A 36, except 23 structural tube shall conform to ASTM A 500, Grade B, and structural shapes may 24 conform to ASTM A 992. After fabrication, the steel shall be galvanized in accordance 25 with AASHTO M 111, or galvanized with a hot-sprayed (plasma flame applied) 6 mil 26 minimum thickness plasma coating. 27 28 Steel grating shall be fabricated by weld connections. Welds, welding procedures, and 29 welding materials shall conform with the AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, latest edition, Structural " 30 Welding Code. 31 32 SECTION 9-06, STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RELATED MATERIALS 33 January 5, 2004 34 9-06.16 Roadside Sign Structures 35 The third paragraph is revised to read: 36 37 Posts for multiple post sign structures shall conform to either ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 38 992. Posts conforming to either ASTM A 588 or ASTM A 572 Grade 50 may be used as 39 an acceptable alternate to the ASTM A 36 and ASTM A 992 posts. All steel not 40 otherwise specified shall conform to either ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 992. 41 42 9-06.18 Metal Railings 43 The first paragraph is revised to read: 44 45 Metal bridge railing shall conform to the type and material specifications set forth in the 46 Plans and Special Provisions. Steel used for metal railings, when galvanized after 47 fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M 111, shall have a controlled silicon content of 48 either 0.00 to 0.04 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. Mill test certificates verifying the 49 silicon content of the steel shall be submitted to both the galvanizer and the Engineer 50 prior to beginning galvanizing operations. 51 •.� City of Renton Amendments August 2004 101 1 SECTION 9-08, PAINTS 2 April 5, 2004 3 9-08.2 Paint Formulas — General 4 The following paint formulas and associate specifications are deleted: 5 6 Formula A-6-86 Zinc Dust Zinc Oxide Primer 7 Formula H-2-83-White Masonry Paint for Precast Curbs 8 Formula H-3-83 Yellow Masonry Paint for Precast Curbs 9 10 SECTION 9-09, TIMBER AND LUMBER 11 January 5, 2004 12 9-09.2 Grade Requirements 13 Under "Structures", the last sentence is revised to read: 14 15 Timber lagging for soldier pile walls shall be Douglas Fir-Larch, grade No. 2 or better or 16 Hem-Fir No. 1. 17 to 18 SECTION 9-10, PILING 19 April 5, 2004 v 20 9-10.5 Steel Piling 21 This section is revised to read: 22 23 The material for steel piling and pile splices shall conform to ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 992, 24 except the material for steel pipe piling and splices shall conform to the requirements of 25 ASTM A 252, Grade 2. Steel soldier piles, and associated steel bars and plates, shall of 26 conform to ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 992, except as otherwise noted in the Plans. All steel 27 piling may be accepted by the Engineer based on the Manufacturer's Certification of 28 Compliance. 29 30 SECTION 9-14, EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING 31 August 2, 2004 32 9-14.4(1) Straw 33 The first sentence is revised to read: 34 35 All straw material shall be in an air dried condition free of noxious weeds and other 36 materials detrimental to plant life. 37 40 38 9-14.4(8) Compost 39 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 40 to 41 Compost production and quality shall comply with the Chapter 173-305 Section 220 42 WAC. 43 44 Under the fifth paragraph, item 1 is revised to read: 45 46 1. Compost material shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO Test Method T87 47 and Section 7 of AASHTO T88. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 102 2 Compost Type 1 shall meet the following: 3 4 100% shall pass through a 2" sieve 5 90% to 100% shall pass through a 1" sieve. 6 70% to 100% shall pass through a 3/4" sieve. 1W 7 40%to 75% shall pass through a '/4" sieve. 8 Maximum particle length of 6 inches. 9 10 Compost Type 2 shall meet the following: 11 12 100% shall pass through a 3" sieve 13 90% to 100% shall pass through a 1" sieve. 14 70% to 100% shall pass through a 3/a" sieve. 15 40% to 60% shall pass through a '/4" sieve. 16 Maximum particle length of 6 inches. 17 18 In the seventh paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 19 .. 20 Approval of sources for composted products shall be based on the following submittals 21 by the Contractor: 22 23 This section is supplemented with the following: 24 25 Acceptance will be based upon a satisfactory Test Report from the State Materials Lab 26 indicating that the lot (or lots) of compost meets the specification requirements. 27 28 SECTION 9-15, IRRIGATION SYSTEM 29 January 5, 2004 . 30 9-15.2 Drip Tubing 31 The second sentence is revised to read: 32 33 Drip tubing shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.045 inch. 34 35 SECTION 9-16, FENCE AND GUARDRAIL 36 August 2, 2004 37 9-16.1 Chain Link Fence and Gates 38 All sub-sections under Section 9-16.1 are deleted and replaced with the following: 39 40 9-16.1(1) General 41 All material used in the construction of chain link fence and gates shall be new. Iron or 42 steel material shall be galvanized unless specified otherwise. Material upon which 43 serious abrasions of galvanizing occur shall not be acceptable. 44 45 9-16.1(1)A Post Material for Chain Link Fence 46 Except as noted otherwise, post material shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO 47 M 181, Type I (zinc-coated steel), Grade 1 or 2, and shall be understood to include all 48 round and roll-formed material (brace rails, top rails, line posts, brace posts, end posts, 49 corner posts and pull posts). 50 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 103 MW 1 Grade 1 post material shall conform to the weight per linear foot, minimum wall 2 thickness and detail requirements of Standard Plan L-2. Grade 1 post material that 3 exceeds the maximum wall thickness requirement of Standard Plan L-2 may be 4 accepted, provided it does not interfere with the proper construction of the fence. 5 6 Grade 2 post material shall meet the organic exterior coatings requirements of AASHTO 7 M 181 (Section 33) and the additional requirement that the interior coated surface shall 8 be capable of resisting 300 hours of exposure to salt fog with a maximum of 5% red rust 9 when tested in accordance with ASTM B 117. 10 11 • Round Post Material 12 Round post material shall be Grade 1 or 2. 13 14 Roll Form Material 15 Roll-formed post material shall be Grade 1. Roll-formed end, comer, and pull 16 posts shall have integral fastening loops to connect to the fabric for the full 17 length of each post. Top rails and brace rails shall be open rectangular 18 sections with internal flanges as shown in Standard Plan L-2. 19 20 9-16.1(1)B Chain Link Fence Fabric 21 Chain link fabric shall consist of 11 gage wire for Types 3, 4, and 6 fence, and 9 gage 22 wire for Type 1 fence. The fabric shall be zinc-coated steel wire conforming to AASHTO 23 M 181, Class C. ' 24 25 The wire shall be woven into approximately 2-inch diamond mesh. The width and top 26 and bottom finish of the fabric shall be as specified in AASHTO M 181. 27 28 9-16.1(1)C Tension Wire 29 Tension wire shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 181. Tension wire galvanizing 30 shall be Class 1. 31 32 9-16.1(1)D Fittings and Hardware cur 33 Except where indicated, fittings shall be malleable cast iron or pressed steel and shall 34 conform to the requirements of ASTM F626 or AASHTO M232, whichever is applicable. 35 Fittings for any particular fence shall be those furnished by the manufacturer of the 36 fence. 37 38 Tension truss rods shall be 3/8 inch round galvanized rods with drop forged turnbuckles 39 or other approved type of adjustment. Couplings for tubular sections shall be outside 40 sleeve type and shall be at least 6 inches long. 41 42 Eye bolts for attaching tension wire shall be 3/8 inch diameter and of sufficient length to 43 fasten to the type of post being used. 44 45 Tension bars shall be 3/16 inch by 3/a inch nominal and cross sectional area shall be 46 0.141 in +/- 5%. 47 48 Hog rings shall be 12 gage galvanized steel wire. Tie wire shall be 9 gage galvanized to 49 steel wire or 9 gage aluminum wire meeting the requirements of ASTM F626. 50 YI City of Renton Amendments August 2004 104 .. 1 9-16.1(E) Chain Link Gates 2 Gate frames shall be constructed of not less that 1'/z inch (I.D.) hot-dipped galvanized 3 pipe conforming to AASHTO M 181 Type I, Grade 1 or 2 as specified in Section 9- •. 4 16.1(1)A. The corners of the gate frame shall be fastened together and reinforced with 5 a malleable iron or pressed steel fitting designed for the purpose, or they may be 6 welded. Welding shall conform to the requirements of Section 6-03.3(25). All welds 7 shall be ground smooth and painted with an A-9-73 or A-11-99 primer meeting the 8 requirements of Section 9-08.2. The paint shall be applied in one or more coats to 9 provide a minimum dry film thickness of 3.5 mils. 10 11 Chain link fence fabric for filling the gate frame shall meet the requirements of Section 12 9-16.1(1)B for the fence type being furnished. 13 14 Cross trussing shall be 5/16 inch steel adjustable rods galvanized in accordance with 15 Section 9-16.1(1)D. 16 17 Each gate shall be furnished complete with necessary hinges, latch, and drop bar 18 locking device designed for the type of gate posts and gate used on the project. Gates 19 shall have positive type latching devices with provisions for padlocking. Hinges, latches, .w 20 and locking devices shall be galvanized in accordance with Section 9-16.1(1)D. 21 22 Gate frames constructed of steel sections, other than pipe, that are fabricated in such a 23 manner as to form a gate of equal or better rigidity may be used provided they are 24 approved by the Engineer. 25 26 9-16.1(1)F Concrete 27 All concrete for chain link fence shall be as specified in Section 6-02.3(2)B. 28 29 9-16.1(2) Approval ` 30 Approval of materials for chain link fence shall be by evaluation of independent test 31 results from a certified testing laboratory or by QPL. Independent test results for 32 evaluation shall be submitted to the State Materials Engineer in Tumwater WA. 33 34 9-16.2 Wire Fence and Gates 35 All sub-sections under Section 9-16.2 are deleted and replaced with the following: 36 37 9-16.2(1) General 38 All materials used in the construction of the wire fence shall be new. All iron or steel 39 material shall be galvanized. Material upon which serious abrasions of galvanizing 40 occur will not be acceptable. 41 42 9-16.2(1)A Steel Post Material 43 Round Post Material 44 Round post material shall conform to AASHTO M 181, Type I, Grade 1. ow 45 46 Angle Post Material (Channel, T, U, Y, or Other Approved Style) 47 All angle post material shall be hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with the 48 requirements of AASHTO M 111 grade 75. Galvanizing shall be 1.7 oz/ft2 of surface 49 area. Angle post used for end, corner, gate and pull post and brace shall have a 50 minimum weight of 3.1 lb/ft. 51 w. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 105 MW 1 Posts.shall be not less than 7 feet in length. A tolerance of -5% on the weight of 2 individual posts, braces or anchor plates will be permitted. One type of line post shall 3 be used throughout the project. Line posts shall be studded, slotted, or properly 4 adapted for attaching either wire or mesh in a manner that will not damage the 5 galvanizing of posts, wire or mesh during the fastening. Line posts shall have a 6 minimum weight of 1.33 lbs/ft and shall be provided with a tapered galvanized steel 7 anchor plate. The anchor plate shall be securely attached and have a surface area of 40 8 20 +/-2 in2, a minimum weight of 0.67 pounds and 1.7 oz/ft2 galvanizing. 9 10 9-16.2(1)B Wood Fence Posts and Braces wr 11 Douglas fir, Western red cedar, hemlock, or larch shall be used in the construction of 12 wood fence posts and braces. The material shall be of good quality and approved by the 13 Engineer before use. Peeler cores shall not be used for round posts. Wood fencing 14 materials shall have sufficient sapwood in the outer periphery to obtain the specified 15 penetration of preservative. Western red cedar will not require preservative treatment. 16 Fencing materials shall be cut to the correct length before pressure treatment. 17 18 Line posts shall be 3 inch minimum diameter round posts or nominal 3inch by 3inch 19 square sawed posts. If the posts are to be pointed for driving, they shall be pointed 20 before treatment. Line posts shall be at least 7 feet in length. 21 22 Pull posts and brace posts shall be 6inch diameter round posts or nominal 6inch by 23 6inch material not less than 7 feet in length. ► 24 25 End, gate, and corner posts, and posts at an intersecting fence shall be 6inch diameter 26 round posts or nominal 6inch by 6inch material not less than 7 feet 10 inches in length. 27 28 All sawed posts and timbers shall meet the requirements in the table under -Section 9- 29 09.2. 30 31 The preservatives used to pressuretreat wood fencing materials shall meet the 32 requirements of Section 9-09.3. 33 34 The retention and penetration of the preservative shall be as follows: 35 Minimum Retention in Pounds Per Cubic Foot Preservative Sawed Posts Round Posts Creosote 10.00 8.00 Pentachloro henol 0.50 0.40 ACA 0.40 0.40 ACZA 0.40 0.40 A Q 0.40 0.40 CCA 0.40 0.40 36 „ 37 Minimum Penetration 38 39 for material 5 or less - 0.40 inches penetration and 90% of sapwood 40 for material 5" or greater- 0.50 inches penetration and 90% of sapwood City of Renton Amendments August 2004 106 2 9-16.2(1)C Brace Wire 3 Brace wire shall be 9 gage wire galvanized to meet the requirements of AASHTO M +■ 4 279, Type Z, Class 1. 5 6 9-16.2(1)D Staples and Wire Clamps 7 The staples used to attach the wire fencing to wood posts shall be 9 gage wire, 1 1/2 8 inches long, galvanized to meet the requirements of AASHTO M 279, Type Z, Class 1. 9 10 The wire clamps used to attach the wire fencing to steel posts shall be 11 gage wire, 11 galvanized to meet the requirements of AASHTO M 279, Type Z, Class 1. 12 dw 13 9-16.2(1)E Barbed Wire 14 Barbed wire shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 280, Type Z and shall 15 consist of two strands of 12 '/2 gage wire, twisted with four point 14 gage barbs with 16 barbs spaced 5 inches apart (Design 12-4-5-14R). Galvanizing shall be Class 3. �' 17 18 9-16.2(1)F Wire Mesh 19 Wire mesh shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 279, Type Z and shall im 20 consist of eight horizontal wires with vertical stays spaced 6 inches apart. The top and 21 bottom wires shall be 10 gage, and the intermediate wires and vertical stays shall be 12 22 '/2 gage. The mesh shall have a total width of 32 inches (Design 832-6-12 '/2). 23 Galvanizing shall be Class 3. 24 25 The zinc coated wire as represented by the test specimens shall be capable of being „ 26 wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns/minute around a cylindrical 27 steel mandrel having a diameter the same as the specimen being tested, without 28 cracking or flaking the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by 29 rubbing with the bare fingers. 30 31 9-16.2(1)G Vertical Cinch Stays 32 Vertical cinch stays shall be 10 gage galvanized wire meeting the requirements of 33 AASHTO M 279, Type Z, Class 1. 34 35 9-16.2(1)H Miscellaneous Hardware 'r 36 Bolts, nuts, hinges, latches and other miscellaneous hardware shall be galvanized in 37 accordance with AASHTO M 232. 38 39 9-16.2(1)1 Wire Gates 40 Gate frames shall be constructed of galvanized pipe with a nominal diameter of not less 41 than 1 inch. The pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 181 Type I, 42 Grade 1. Wire gates shall be not less than 48 inches in height and shall be designed to 43 fit openings of the width called for in the Plans or as indicated by the bid items. Each 44 gate shall be provided with two upright braces of the same material as the frame, 45 spaced at 1/3 points in the gate. All gates shall be provided with adjustable 5/16 inch 46 diameter galvanized diagonal truss rods from corner to corner. Galvanizing shall be in 47 accordance with Section 9-16.2(1)H. 48 49 The gate frame shall be provided with wire mesh conforming to the requirements 50 specified in Section 9-16.2(1)F, except that it shall consist of 10 horizontal wires and 51 have a total width of 47 inches. �. 52 City of Renton . Amendments August 2004 107 1 Each gate shall be furnished complete with necessary galvanized'hinges and latch 2 designed for use with the type of gate posts used on the project. The hinges shall be so 3 designed as to be securely attached to the gate post and to enable the gate to be swing ek 4 back against the fence. Double gates shall be hinged in the same manner as single 5 gates and shall be provided with an approved galvanized drop bar locking device. 6 Galvanizing for hinges, latches, and locking devices shall be in accordance with Section 7 9-16.2(1)H. 8 9 9-16.2(1)J Concrete 10 All concrete for wire fence shall be as specified in Section 6-02.3(2)B. so 11 12 9-16.2(2) Approval 13 Approval of materials for wire fence shall be by evaluation of independent test results 14 from a certified testing laboratory or by QPL. Independent test results for evaluation 15 shall be submitted to the State Materials Engineer in Tumwater WA. 16 wi 17 9-16.3(1) Rail Element 18 The third paragraph is revised to read: 19 20 The 6-inch channel rails and splice plates shall conform to ASTM A 36, except that the 21 channel rails may conform to ASTM A 992. All fabrication shall be complete before 22 galvanizing. 23 24 9-16.3(2) Posts and Blocks 25 In the second paragraph, the treatment for Pentachlorophenol is revised from 060 lbs. pcf to 26 0.60 lbs. pcf. 27 28 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 29 30 Steel posts, blocks, and base plates, where used, shall conform to either ASTM A 36 or 31 ASTM A 992, and shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111. Welding 32 shall conform to Section 6-03.3(25). All fabrication shall be completed prior to at 33 galvanizing. 34 35 9-16.3(4) Hardware rrr 36 This section is revised to read: 37 38 Bolts, unless otherwise specified, shall comply with ASTM A 307 Grade A specifications. 39 High strength bolts shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 164. Nuts, unless 40 otherwise specified, shall comply with ASTM A 563 Grade A specifications. Washers, 41 unless otherwise specified, shall meet ASTM F 844 specifications. The Contractor shall 42 submit a manufacturer's certificate of compliance for high strength bolts, nuts, and 43 washers prior to installing any of the hardware. A307 Bolts will be accepted by field 44 verification and documentation that bolt heads are stamped 307A. 45 46 9-16.3(5) Anchors 47 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 The anchor plate, W200 x 27 and metal plates shall be fabricated of steel conforming to 50 the specifications of ASTM A 36, except that the W200 x 27 may conform to ASTM A 51 992. 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 108 1 SECTION 9-17, FLEXIBLE GUIDE POSTS 2 January 5, 2004 3 9-17.3 Field Tests 4 In the last paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 5 6 At least 70 percent of the guide posts must pass each criteria in the 55 miles per hour 7 series of impacts to be acceptable 8 • 9 SECTION 9-28, SIGNING MATERIALS AND FABRICATION 10 August 2, 2004 11 9-28.1 General 12 The third sentence in the first paragraph is deleted. 13 14 9-28.8 Sheet Aluminum Signs 15 The sheet thickness chart is revised to read: 16 17 Maximum Horizontal Dimension Sheet Aluminum Thickness 18 Overlay panels 0.050 inch 19 Up to 20 inches 0.063 inch 20 20 inches to 36 inches, inclusive 0.080 inch w 21 Over 36 inches (Permanent Signs) 0.125 inch 22 23 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: to 24 25 Before placing aluminum in contact with untreated steel, the steel surfaces shall be 26 protected by proper cleaning and painting with one coat of Zinc Primer A-9-73 or A-11- wr 27 99 and two coats of aluminum paint D-1-57. 28 29 9-28.10 Plywood Signs 10 30 This section is deleted. 31 32 9-28.11 Hardware 33 The entry for hardware item "Angle and "Z" Bar" in the table in this section is revised to read: 34 35 Angle and "Z" Bar ASTM B 221 6061-T6 Aluminum 36 ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 992 Steel 37 38 9-28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts 39 This section is revised to read: 40 41 Truss chords, struts, and diagonals, end posts, and end post struts and diagonals for 42 sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures shall conform to either ASTM A 36 43 or ASTM A 53 Grade B Type E or S. The nominal pipe diameter and the pipe wall 44 thickness shall be as shown in the Plans or Standard Plans. All other structural steel for 45 sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures shall conform to either ASTM A 36 46 or ASTM A 992. Truss member connection hardware shall conform to Section 9- 47 06.5(3). 48 aw City of Renton Amendments August 2004 109 1 Pipe members for bridge mounted sign brackets shall conform to ASTM A 53 Grade B 2 Type E or S, and shall be Schedule 40 unless otherwise specified. All other structural 3 steel for bridge mounted sign brackets shall conform to either ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 4 992. U bolts, and associated nuts and washers, shall be stainless steel conforming to 5 Section 9-28.11, and shall be fabricated hot. 6 7 Anchor rods for sign bridge and cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to 8 ASTM F 1554 Grade 105, including Supplemental Requirements S2, S3, and S5. Nuts 9 and washers for sign bridge and cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to 10 AASHTO M 291 Grade DH and AASHTO M 293, respectively. ' 11 12 Steel sign structures and posts shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with 13 AASHTO M 111, unless noted otherwise in the Plans. All bolts, nuts, and washers shall 14 be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M 232. Unless otherwise 15 specified in the Plans or Special Provisions, metal surfaces shall not be painted. 16 W 17 Except as otherwise noted, steel used for sign structures and posts shall have a 18 controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.04 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. If the 19 Plans or Special Provisions specify painting of the galvanized steel surfaces, then the 20 controlled silicon content requirement does not apply for those steel members. Mill test 21 certificates verifying the silicon content of the steel shall be submitted to both the 22 galvanizer and the Engineer prior to beginning galvanizing operations. 23 24 Minor fabricating and modifications necessary for galvanizing will be allowed if not 25 detrimental to the end product as determined by the Engineer. If such modifications are 26 contemplated, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for approval, six copies of 27 the proposed modifications, prior to fabrication. 28 29 SECTION 9-29, ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL 110 30 August 2, 2004 31 9-29.3 Conductors, Cable 4110 32 Under the second paragraph, item 5 is revised to read: 33 34 5. Pole and bracket cable shall be a two-conductor cable rated for 600 volts. The 35 individual conductors shall be one red and one black 19-strand No. 10 AWG 36 copper, assembled parallel. The conductor insulation shall be 45 mil polyvinyl 37 chloride or a 600 volt rated cross-linked polyethylene. The Jacketing shall be 38 polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride not less than 45 mils thick. If luminaires with 39 remote ballasts are specified in the contract, this same cable shall be used 40 between luminaire and ballast for both timber and ornamental pole construction. If 41 the luminaire requires fixture wire temperatures greater than 75°C, the outer jacket 42 shall be stripped for that portion of the cable inside the luminaire. The single 43 conductors shall then be sheathed with braided fiberglass sleeving of the 44 temperature rating recommended by the luminaire manufacturer. 45 46 9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards 47 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 48 49 Fabrication of light and signal standards shall conform to the applicable requirements of 50 Section 6-03.3(14). 51 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 110 s 1 9-29.6(1) Light and Signal Standards 2 This section including title is revised to read: 3 �. 4 9-29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards 5 Steel plates and shapes for light and signal standards shall conform to ASTM A 36, 6 except that structural shapes may conform to ASTM A 992. Shafts for light and signal .r 7 standards, except Type PPB signal standards, shall conform to ASTM A 572 Grade 50. 8 Shafts and caps for Type PPB signal standards, slipfitters for type PS I, FB, and RM 9 signal standards, and all pipes shall conform to ASTM A 53 Grade B. Base plates for 10 light standards shall conform to ASTM A 572, Grade 50, except as otherwise noted in 11 the Standard plans for fixed base light standards. Base plates for signal standards shall 12 conform to ASTM A 36. Connecting bolts shall conform to AASHTO M 164. Fasteners 13 for handhole covers, bands on lighting brackets, and connector attachment brackets 14 shall conform to ASTM F 593. 15 16 Light and signal standards shall be hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with AASHTO 17 M 111 and AASHTO M 232. 18 19 Steel used for light and signal standards shall have a controlled silicon content of either +� 20 0.00 to 0.04 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. Mill test certificates verifying the silicon 21 content of the steel shall be submitted to both the galvanizer and the Engineer prior to 22 beginning galvanizing operations. 23 24 9-29.10 Luminaires 25 Under the first paragraph, the third sentence in item D is revised to read: 26 27 All internal luminaire assemblies shall be assembled on or fabricated from either 28 stainless steel or galvanized steel. 29 �. 30 9-29.13 Traffic Signal Controllers 31 This section is supplemented with the following: 32 33 All Traffic Signal Control Equipment Shall be Tested As Follows. 34 35 The supplier shall: 36 37 1. Seven days prior to shipping, arrange appointment for controller cabinet 38 assembly, and testing at the WSDOT Materials Laboratory or the facility .r 39 designated in the Special Provisions. 40 41 2. Assembly shall be defined as but not limited to tightening all screws, nuts 42 and bolts, verifying that all wiring is clear of moving parts and properly 43 secured, installing all pluggables, connecting all cables, Verify that all 44 contract required documents are present, proper documentation is 45 provided, and all equipment required by the contract is installed. 46 47 3. The assembly shall be done at the designated WSDOT facility in the 48 presence of WSDOT personnel. 49 50 4. The supplier shall demonstrate that all of the functions required by this 51 specification and the contract Plans and Special Provisions perform as 52 intended. Demonstration shall include but not be limited to energizing the .. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 111 wr - IIICt 1 cabinet and verifying that all 8 phases, 4 pedestrian movements, 4 2 overlaps (as required by the contract provisions) operate per Washington 3 State Standard Specifications Section 9-29.13. The supplier shall place 4 the controller in minimum recall with interval timing set at convenient value 5 for testing purposes. Upon a satisfactory demonstration the controller 6 assembly will then be accepted by WSDOT for testing. 7 8 5. If the assembly, and acceptance for testing is not complete within 5 9 working days of delivery, the Project Engineer may authorize the return of 10 the assembly to the supplier, with collect freight charges to the supplier. 11 12 6. The contractor will be notified when the testing is complete, and where the 13 assembly is to be picked-up for delivery to the project. 14 15 7. The supplier has 5 working days to repair or replace any components that 16 fail during the testing process at no cost to the contracting agency. A , 17 failure shall be defined as a component that no longer functions as 18 intended under the conditions required or does not meet the requirements 19 of the Contract Specifications and is at the soul discretion of WSDOT. 20 21 8. Any part or component of the controller assembly, including the cabinet 22 that is rejected shall not be submitted for use by WSDOT or any City or 23 County in the State of Washington. 24 25 9-29.13(6) Radio Interference Suppressers 26 In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 27 28 Interference suppressers shall be of a design which will minimize interference in both 29 broadcast and aircraft frequencies, and shall provide a minimum attenuation of 50 10 30 decibels over a frequency range of 200 kilohertz to 75 megahertz when used in 31 connection with normal installations 32 33 9-29.13(7) Traffic-Actuated Controllers 34 In the first paragraph, item 3 is revised to read: 35 „ 36 3. A minimum of four overlaps. 37 38 9-29.13(7)8 Auxiliary Equipment for NEMA Controllers 39 Under the first paragraph, item 2 is supplemented with the following: 40 41 The controller cabinet shall have all cabinet wiring installed for eight vehicle phases, 42 four pedestrian phases, four emergency pre-empts, four overlaps (OLA, B, C, D). to 43 44 Under the first paragraph, item 7 is revised to read: 45 46 7. A "Display Panel" when noted in the contract. The display panel shall depict a 47 generic eight-phase operation. The panel shall be mounted on the inside of the 48 front cabinet door and the mounting shall be of a design that allows positioning of 46 49 the panel in four orientations 90 degrees from each other. The mounting shall be 50 removable without use of any tools. Incandescent red, yellow, green, walk and don't 51 walk indicator lights shall be provided for each phase. The indicator lights shall be o 52 connected to the associated field terminals. The connecting cable shall be long City of.Renton Amendments August 2004 112 to 1 enough to allow for any mounting orientation. No diodes will be allowed in the 2 display panel. A means of disconnecting all wiring entering the panel shall be 3 provided. Switches shall be provided on the panel with labels and functions as 4 follows: 5 6 a. Display On — Signal indicator lamps will display the operation of the 7 intersection. 8 9 b. Test—All indicator lamps shall be energized. 10 11 c. Display Off— all signal indicator lamps shall be de-energized. 12 13 A "Detector Panel", as specified in Standard Specification Section 9-29.12(7)D, 14 shall be installed. The panel shall be mounted on the inside of the front cabinet 15 door. The detector panel shall be constructed as a single unit. Detector switches 16 with separate operate, test, and off positions shall be provided for each field ow 17 detector input circuit. A high intensity light emitting diode (LED) shall be provided 18 for each switch. The lamp shall energize upon vehicle, pedestrian or test switch 19 actuation. The test switch shall provide a spring loaded momentary contact that will r 20 place a call into the controller. When in the OFF position, respective detector 21 circuits will be disconnected. In the operate position, each respective detector 22 circuit shall operate normally. Switches shall be provided on the panel with labels 23 and functions as follows: 24 25 a. Display On — Detector indicator lights shall operate consistent with their 26 respective switches. 27 28 b. Display Off—detector indicator lights shall be de-energized. 29 30 A means of disconnecting all wiring entering the panel shall be provided. The 31 disconnect shall include a means to jumper detection calls when the display panel 32 is disconnected. All switches on the panel shall be marked with its associated plan 33 detector number. All markers shall be permanent. 34 35 9-29.13(7)D NEMA Controller Cabinets 36 This section is revised to read: 37 38 Each traffic-actuated NEMA controller shall be housed in a weatherproof cabinet 39 conforming to the following requirements: 40 41 1. Construction shall be of 0.073-inch minimum thickness series 300 stainless 42 steel or 0.125 minimum thickness 5052 H32 ASTM 8209 alloy aluminum. The 43 stainless steel shall be annealed or one-quarter-hardness complying with 44 ASTM A666 stainless steel sheet. Cabinets may be finished inside with an 45 approved finish coat of exterior white enamel. If no other coating is specified 46 in the contract provisions the exterior of all cabinets shall be bare metal. All 47 controller cabinets shall be furnished with front and rear doors. 48 49 2. The cabinet shall contain shelving, brackets, racks, etc., to support the 50 controller and auxiliary equipment. All equipment shall set squarely on shelves 51 or be mounted in racks and shall be removable without turning, tilting, or 52 rotating or relocating one device to remove another. A 24 slot rack or racks `"' City of Renton Amendments August 2004 113 WM 1 shall be installed. The rack(s) shall be wired for 2 channel loop detectors and 2 as follows. Slots .1 & 2 phase 1 loop detectors. Slots 3, 4, & 5 phase 2 loop 3 detectors. Slots 6 & 7 phase 3 loop detectors. Slots 8, 9, & 10 phase 4 loop 4 detectors. Slots 11 & 12 phase 5 loop deterctors. Slots 13, 14, & 15 phase 6 5 loop detectors. Slots 16 & 17 phase 7 loop detectors. Slots 18, 19 & 20 phase 6 8 loop detectors. Slot 21 upper phase 1 loop detector. Slot 21 lower phase 5 7 detector. Slot 22 wired for a 2 channel discriminator channels A, C. Slot 23 8 wired for a 2 channel discriminator, channels B, D. Slot 24 wired for a 4 9 channel discriminator, wired for channel A, B, C, D. All loop detector slots shall 10 be wired for presence/ pulse detection/ extension. If an external power supply 11 is required in order for the entire racks(s) to be powered it shall be installed. 12 All rack(s) slots shall be labeled with engraved identification strips. 13 14 3. Additional detection utilizing the "D" connector shall be installed in accordance 15 with the contract. The cabinet shall be of adequate size to properly house the 16 controller and all required appurtenances and auxiliary equipment in an upright 17 position with a clearance of at least 3 inches from the vent fan and filter to 18 allow for proper air flow. In no case shall more than 70 percent of the cabinet 19 volume be used. There shall be at least a 2-inch clearance between shelf 20 mounted equipment and the cabinet wall or equipment mounted on the cabinet 21 wall. 22 23 4. The cabinet shall have an air intake vent on the lower half of the front door, " 24 with a 12 inch by 16 inch by 1 inch removable throw away filter, secured in 25 place with a spring-loaded framework. 26 27 5. The cabinet door(s) shall be provided with: 28 29 a. Spring loaded construction core locks capable of accepting a Best so 30 type CX series six segment (core installed by others) shall be 31 installed in each door with the exception of the police panel door. 32 Cabinet doors shall each have a three point latch system. 33 34 b. A police panel assembly shall be installed in the front door and shall 35 have a stainless steel hinge pin and a police panel lock. Two police 36 keys with shafts a minimum of 1 3/4 inches long shall be provided 37 with each cabinet. 38 39 c. All doors and police panel door shall have one piece closed cell, 40 neoprene gaskets. 41 42 d. A two position doorstop assembly. Front and rear interior light control 10 43 switches. 44 45 9-29.13(7)E Type 170E, 170E-HC-11, 2070, 2070 Lite, ATC Controller Cabinets 0 46 This section is revised to read: 47 48 The above controllers shall be housed in a Models 332, Double 332, 336, 336S, 303 at 49 ITS/ATC cabinets, or as specified in the contract. Each door shall be furnished with a 50 construction core lock conforming to 9-29.13 (7)D 5a, b and c above. A police panel with 51 door, stainless steel hinge pin and lock shall be provided. Two police keys with shafts a 52 minimum of 1 3/4" long shall be provided with each cabinet. Each of these cabinets No City of Renton Amendments August 2004 114 1 shall be furnished with auxiliary equipment described in 9-29.13(7)C. Type 334 cabinets 2 for traffic data station controller furnished shall meet current Caltrans 170E 3 specifications, as stated in Standard Specifications 9-29.13(7) and as follows. Camera ,.. 4 control and DMS local control cabinets shall contain the equipment shown in the Plans. 5 The cabinet shall have the same external physical dimensions and appearance of 6 Model 334 cabinets. ,. 7 8 1. The cabinet shall be fabricated of stainless steel or sheet aluminum in 9 accordance with Section 9-29.13(7)D, Item number 1. Painted steel, painted or 10 anodized aluminum is not allowed. '� 11 12 2. Cabinet doors shall have a three-point latch and two-position stop assembly 13 with spring loaded construction core lock capable of accepting a Best lock 14 company type, with 6-pin CX series core. The Contractor shall supply 15 construction cores. Upon contract completion, the Contractor shall deliver two 16 master keys to the Engineer. 17 18 3. Field wire terminals shall be labeled in accordance with the Field Wiring Chart. 19 r. 20 4. A shatterproof fluorescent interior cabinet lights with self-starting ballast shall 21 be furnished, one fixture mounted on the rear rack near the top and the second 22 mounted at the top of the front rack. Door switches shall automatically turn on 23 both lights when either door is opened. 24 25 5. One controller unit shelf, which attaches to the front rails of the EIA rack, shall r 26 be provided in lieu of the two controller unit support angles. The shelf shall be 27 fabricated from aluminum and shall be installed such that it does not interfere 28 with access to any terminal block. The shelf shall contain a rollout flip-top 29 drawer for storage of wiring diagrams and manuals. 30 31 A disposable paper filter element of at least 180 square inches shall be provided in lieu 32 of a metal filter. 33 34 All traffic data and ramp meter cabinets shall include the following accessories: 35 36 1. Each cabinet shall be equipped with a fully operable controller equipped as 37 specified in the Contract Provisions. 38 39 2. Two input files, except on Type 303 and 336 cabinet shall be supplied, each 40 using 133 millimeters of rack height. 41 42 3. Power Distribution Assembly shall be PDA #3 as detailed in the January 1989 43 CALTRANS 170 specification, with all current amendments. 44 45 The PDA#3 shall contain three Model 200 Load Switches. 46 47 A transient voltage protection device shall be provided, which plugs into the 48 controller unit receptacle and in turn accepts the controller plug and meets the +� 49 electrical requirements of Section 9-29.13(7)B(3) item e. 50 51 A second transfer relay, Model 430, shall be mounted on the rear of the PDA . 52 #3 and wired as shown in the Plans. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 115 mr 1 2 4. Police Panel shall contain only one DPDT toggle switch. The switch shall be 3 labeled POLICE CONTROL, ON-OFF. 4 5 5. Display Panel 6 7 A. General 8 Each cabinet shall be furnished with a display panel. The panel shall be 9 mounted, showing and providing detection for inputs and specified 10 controller outputs, at the top of the front rack above the controller unit. The 11 display panel shall be fabricated from brushed aluminum and constructed 12 according to the detail in the Plans. 13 14 B. Text 15 All text on the display panel shall be black in color and silk screened 16 directly to the panel except the Phenolic detector and cabinet nameplates. g; 17 A nameplate for each loop shall be engraved with a 1/4 inch nominal text 18 according to the ITS Field Wiring Charts. The nameplates shall be 19 permanently affixed to the display panel. r�r 20 21 C. LEDs 22 The LEDs for the display panel shall meet the following specifications: 23 24 Case size T 1-3/4 25 Viewing angle 500 minimum 26 Brightness 8 Milli candelas 27 28 LEDs with RED, YELLOW or GREEN as part of their labels shall be red, 29 yellow or green in color. All other LEDs shall be red. All LEDs shall have 40 30 tinted diffused lenses. 31 32 D. Detector Display Control Switch 33 Each display panel shall be equipped with one detector display control 34 switch on the panel with labels and functions as follows: 35 36 ON 37 Detector display LEDs shall operate consistent with their separate 38 switches. 39 40 OFF 41 All detector indicator LEDs shall be de-energized. Detector calls shall 42 continue to reach the controller. 10 43 44 TEST 45 All detector indicator LEDs shall illuminate and no calls shall be so 46 placed to the controller. 47 48 E. Advance Warning Sign Control Switch A 49 Each display panel shall be equipped with one advance warning sign 50 control switch on the panel with labels and functions as follows: 51 52 AUTOMATIC City of Renton Amendments August 2004 116 1 Sign Relay shall energize upon ground true call from controller. 2 3 SIGN OFF +rr 4 Sign Relay shall de-energize. 5 6 SIGN ON 7 Sign Relay shall energize. 8 9 F. Sign Relay 10 The sign relay shall be plugged into a socket installed on the rear of the 11 display panel. The relay shall be wired as shown in the Plans. The relay 12 coil shall draw (or sink) 50 milliamperes ± 10% from the 170E controller 13 and have a DPDT contact rating not less than 10 amperes. A 1 N4004 14 diode shall be placed across the relay coil to suppress voltage spikes. The 15 anode terminal shall be connected to terminal #7 of the relay as labeled in 16 the Plans. The relay shall energize when the METERING indicator LED is 17 lit. 18 19 G. Detector Input Indicators «. 20 One display LED and one spring-loaded two-position SPST toggle switch 21 shall be provided for each of the. 40 detection inputs. These LEDs and 22 switches shall function as follows: 23 24 TEST 25 When the switch is in the test position, a call shall be placed to the 26 controller and energize the associated LED. The switch shall 27 automatically return to the run position when it is released. 28 29 RUN 30 In the run position the LEDs shall illuminate for the duration of each 31 call to the controller. 32 �r► 33 , H. Controller Output Indicators 34 The display panel shall contain a series of output indicator LEDs mounted 35 below the detection indicators. The layout shall be according to the detail ,., 36 in the Plans. These LEDs shall illuminate upon a ground true output from 37 the controller via the C5 connector. 38 39 The output indicator LEDs shall have resistors in series to drop the voltage 40 from 24 volts DC to their rated voltage and limit current below their rated 41 current. The anode connection of each LED to +24 VDC shall be wired 42 through the resistor. 43 44 I. Connectors 45 Connection to the display panel shall be made by three connectors, one 46 pin (labeled P2) and one socket (labeled P1) and one labeled C5. The P1 47 and P2 connectors shall be 50-pin cannon D series, or equivalent 50 pin • 48 connectors and shall be compatible such that the two connectors can be 49 connected directly to one another to bypass the input detection. Wiring for 50 the P1, P2 and C5 connectors shall be as shown in the Plans. 51 -■► City of Renton Amendments August 2004 117 1 The Contractor shall install wire connectors P1, P2, C1 P, C2, C4, C5 and 2 C6 according to the pin assignments shown in the Plans. 3 4 6. Model 204 Flasher Unit 5 Each Model 334 ramp meter cabinet shall be supplied with one Model 204 sign 6 flasher unit mounted on the right rear side panel. The flasher shall be powered 7 from T1-2. The outputs from the flasher shall be wired to T1-5 and T1-6. 8 9 7. Fiber Optic Patch Panel 10 The Contractor shall provide and install a rack-mounted fiber optic patch panel 11 as identified in the Plans. 12 13 Cabinet Wiring 14 1 Terminal blocks T131 through T139 shall be installed on the Input Panel. 15 Layout and position assignment of the terminal blocks shall be as noted in 16 the Plans. 17 18 Terminals for field wiring in traffic data and/or ramp metering controller 19 cabinet shall be labeled, numbered and connected in accordance with the 20 following: 21 22 Terminal Terminal and Connection 23 Block Pos. Wire Numbers Identification 24 TBS 501-502 AC Power, Neutral 25 T1-2 641 Sign on 26 T1-4 643 Sign off + 27 T1-5 644 Flasher Output NC 28 T1-6 645 Flasher Output NO 29 T4-1 631 Lane 3 - Red 30 T4-2 632 Lane 3 - Yellow 31 T4-3 633 Lane 3 - Green 32 T4-4 621 Lane 2 - Red 33 T4-5 622 Lane 2 - Yellow 34 T4-6 623 Lane 2 - Green 35 T4-7 611 Lane 1 - Red 36 T4-8 612 Lane 1 - Yellow 37 T4-9 613 Lane 1 - Green 38 39 Loop lead-in cables shall be labeled and connected to cabinet terminals 40 according to the ITS Field Wiring Chart. This chart will be provided by the 41 Engineer within 20 days of the Contractor's request. 42 43 9-29.16(2)A Optical Units 44 Under the first paragraph, number 4 (warranty) is deleted. 45 46 9-29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons 47 The third paragraph is deleted 48 49 9-29.21 Flashing Beacon 50 This section is revised to read: 51 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 .118 w• 1 Flashing beacons shall be installed as detailed in the Plans, as specified in the Special 2 Provisions, and as described below: 3 4 Controllers for flashing beacons shall be as specified in Section 9-29.15. 5 6 Beacons shall consist of single section, 8-inch or 12-inch traffic signal heads, three 7 or four-way adjustable, meeting all of the applicable requirements of Section 9- 8 29.16. Displays (red or yellow) may be either LED type or incandescent. 12 inch 9 yellow displays shall be dimmed 50% after dark. 10 11 Mounting brackets, mountings, and installation shall meet all applicable 12 requirements of Section 9-29.17. 13 14 Lenses shall be either red or amber, glass or polycarbonate as noted in the Plans 15 or as determined by the Engineer. 16 17 9-29.24 Service Cabinets 18 Under the first paragraph, item F is revised to read: 19 �.. 20 F. The minimum size of control circuit conductors used in service cabinets shall be 21 No. 14 AWG stranded copper. 22 1W 23 All electrical contactors shall have the loadside terminals toward the front (door 24 side) of the service cabinet. 25 26 Under the first paragraph, the fourth sentence of item I is revised to read: 27 28 No electrical devices shall be connected to the dead front panel. 29 30 9-29.25 Amplifier, Transformer, and Terminal Cabinets 31 Under the first paragraph, the fourth sentence of item 3 is revised to read: 32 r' 33 The Contractor shall supply construction cores with two master keys. The keys shall be 34 delivered to the Engineer. 35 ow 36 SECTION 9-30, WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS 37 August 2, 2004 No 38 9-30.6(1) Saddles 39 The first sentence is revised to read: 40 41 Saddles shall be ductile iron, bronze, brass, or stainless steel. 42 43 9-30.6(2) Corporation Stops ," 44 The first sentence is revised to read: 45 46 Corporation stops shall be made of bronze or brass alloy. 47 00 48 9-30.6(4) Service Fittings 49 The first sentence is revised to read: 50 51 Fittings used for service connections shall be made of bronze or brass alloy. �. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 119 am 1 2 SECTION 9-32, MAILBOX SUPPORT 3 August 2, 2004 0 4 9-32.2 Bracket, Platform and Anti-Twist Plate 5 This section is revised to read: 6 7 The bracket, platform, and anti-twist plate shall be 16 gage sheet steel, conforming to 8 ASTM A 36. 9 10 9-32.4 Wood Posts 11 This section is revised to read: 12 13 Wood posts shall meet the requirements of Section 9-28.14(1) or western red cedar. 14 15 Section 9-32 is supplemented with the following: + 16 17 9-32.8 Concrete Base 18 The concrete in the concrete base shall meet or exceed the requirements of Section 6- 0 19 02.3(2)B. 20 21 9-32.9 Steel pipe err 22 The requirements for commercially available, Schedule 40, galvanized steel pipe, 23 elbows, and couplings shall be met for all parts not intended to be bent or welded. 24 Welded and bent parts shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO 25 M 111. 26 27 9-32.10 U-Channel Post 40 28 U-channel posts shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 29, weigh a minimum of 3 29 pounds per linear foot, and shall be galvanized according to AASHTO M 111. 30 31 SECTION 9-33, CONSTRUCTION GEOTEXTILE 32 April 5, 2004 33 This section including title is revised to read: 34 35 SECTION 9-33, CONSTRUCTION GEOSYNTHETIC 36 April 5, 2004 37 9-33.1 Geosynthetic Material Requirements 38 The term geosynthetic shall be considered to be inclusive of geotextiles, geogrids, and ' 39 prefabricated drainage mats. 40 41 Geotextiles, including geotextiles attached to prefabricated drainage core to form a 42 prefabricated drainage mat, shall consist only of long chain polymeric fibers or yarns 43 formed into a stable network such that the fibers or yarns retain their position relative to 44 each other during handling, placement, and design service life. At least 95 percent by 4 45 weight of the material shall be polyolefins or polyesters. The material shall be free from 46 defects or tears. The geotextile shall also be free of any treatment or coating which 47 might adversely alter its hydraulic or physical properties after installation. 48 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 120 OW 1 Geogrids shall consist of a regular network of integrally connected polymer tensile 2 elements with an aperture geometry sufficient to permit mechanical interlock with the 3 surrounding backfill. The long chain polymers in the geogrid tensile elements, not • 4 including coatings, shall consist of at least 95 percent by mass of the material of 5 polyolefins or polyesters. The material shall be free of defects, cuts, and tears. 6 ,. 7 Prefabricated drainage core shall consist of a three dimensional polymeric material with 8 a structure that permits flow along the core laterally, and which provides support to the 9 geotextiles attached to it. 10 11 The geosynthetic shall conform to the properties as indicated in Tables 1 through 8 in 12 Section 9-33.2, and additional tables as required in the Special Provisions for each use 13 specified in the Plans. Specifically, the geosynthetic uses included in this section and 14 their associated tables of properties are as follows: 15 16 Applicable 17 Geotextile Application Property Tables 18 Underground Drainage, Low Survivability, 19 Classes A, B, and C Tables 1 and 2 20 21 Underground Drainage, Moderate Survivability, 22 Classes A, B, and C Tables 1 and 2 23 24 Separation Table 3 25 26 Soil Stabilization Table 3 27 28 Permanent Erosion Control, Moderate Survivability, 29 Classes A, B, and C Tables 4 and 5 30 31 Permanent Erosion Control, High Survivability 32 Classes A, B, and C Tables 4 and 5 33 34 Ditch Lining Table 4 35 +r 36 Temporary Silt Fence Table 6 37 38 Permanent Geosynthetic Retaining Wall Tables 7 and 9 39 40 Temporary Geosynthetic Retaining Wall Tables 7 and 10 41 42 Prefabricated Drainage Mat Table 8 43 44 Tables 9 and 10 will be included in the Special Provisions. 45 46 Geogrid and geotextile reinforcement in geosynthetic retaining walls shall conform to the 47 properties specified in Table 9 for permanent walls, and Table 10 for temporary walls. 48 `■' 49 For geosynthetic retaining walls that use geogrid reinforcement, the geotextile material 50 placed at the wall face to retain the backfill material as shown in the Plans shall conform 51 to the properties for Construction Geotextile for Underground Drainage, Moderate •• 52 Survivability, Class A. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 121 w. 1 . 2 Thread used for sewing geotextiles shall consist of high strength polypropylene, 3 polyester, or polyamide. Nylon threads will not be allowed. The thread used to sew 4 permanent erosion control geotextiles, and to sew geotextile seams in exposed faces of 5 temporary or permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, shall also be resistant to 6 ultraviolet radiation. The thread shall be of contrasting color to that of the geotextile 7 itself. 8 9 9-33.2 Geosynthetic Properties 10 11 9-33.2(1) Geotextile Properties 12 Table 1: Geotextile for underground drainage strength properties for survivability. 13 14 Geotextile Property Requirements' 15 Low Moderate 16 Survivability Survivability 17 Geotextile Property Test Method 2 Woven/Nonwoven Woven/Nonwovan 18 Grab Tensile Strength, ASTM D4632 180 lbs./115 lbs. min. 250 lbs./160 lbs. min. 19 min. in machine and 20 x-machine direction 21 22 Grab Failure Strain, in ASTM D4632 <50%/>50% <50 1/o/>50% 23 machine and x-machine 24 direction 25 26 Seam Breaking Strength ASTM D46323 160 lbs./100 lbs. min. 220 lbs./140 lbs. min. 27 28 Puncture Resistance ASTM D4833 67 lbs./40 lbs. min. 80 lbs./50 lbs. min. 29 30 Tear Strength, min. in ASTM D4533 67 lbs/40 lbs. min. 80 lbs./50 lbs. min. 31 machine and x-machine 32 direction 1e 33 34 Ultraviolet (UV) ASTM D4355 50% strength 50% strength 35 Rediation stability retained min., retained min., 36 after 500 hrs. in after 500 hrs. in 37 weatherometer weatherometer 38 39 Table 2: Geotextile for underground drainage filtration properties. 40 41 Geotextile Property Requirements' 42 Geotextile Property Test Method 2 Class A Class B Class C 43 AOS ASTM D4751 .43 mm max. .25 mm max. .18 mm max. 44 (#40 sieve) (#60 sieve) (#80 sieve) 45 46 Water Permittivity ASTM D4491 .5 sec' min. .4 sec' min. .3 sec' min. 47 48 Table 3: Geotextile for separation or soil stabilization. 49 50 Geotextile Property Requirements' 51 Separation Soil Stabilization Sri 52 Geotextile Property Test Method 2 Woven/Nonwoven Woven/Nonwovan City of Renton Amendments August 2004 122 vi 1 AOS ASTM D4751 .60 mm max. .43 mm max. 2 (#30 sieve) (#40 sieve) 3 ..■ 4 Water Permittivity ASTM D4491 .02 sec-' min. 10 sec' min. 5 6 Grab Tensile Strength, ASTM D4632 250 lbs./160 lbs. min. 315 lbs./200 lbs. min. 7 min. in machine and 8 x-machine direction 9 10 Grab Failure Strain, in ASTM D4632 <50%/>50% <50 1/o/>50% 11 machine and x-machine 12 direction 13 14 Seam Breaking Strength ASTM D46322 220 lbs./140 lbs. min. 270 lbs./180 lbs. min. 15 16 Puncture Resistance ASTM D4833 80 lbs./50 lbs. min. 112 lbs./79 lbs. min. 17 18 Tear Strength, min. in ASTM D4533 80 lbs/50 lbs. min. 112 lbs./79 lbs. min. 19 machine and x-machine r 20 direction 21 22 Ultraviolet (UV) ASTM D4355 50% strength 50% strength 23 Rediation stability retained min., retained min., 24 after 500 hrs. in after 500 hrs. in 25 weatherometer weatherometer 26 27 Table 4: Geotextile for permanent erosion control and ditch lining. 28 29 Geotextile Property Requirements' e,r 30 Permanent Erosion Control Ditch Lining 31 Moderate High 32 Servicability Servicability 33 Geotextile Property Test Method' Woven/Nonwoven Woven/Nonwovan Woven/Nonwovan 34 AOS ASTM D4751 See Table 5 See Table 5 .60 mm max(#30 sieve) 35 36 Water Permittivity ASTM D4491 See Table 5 See Table 5 .02 sec'min. 37 38 Grab Tensile Strength, ASTM D4632 250 lbs./160 lbs.min. 315 lbs./200 lbs.min. 250 lbs./160 lbs. min. wr 39 min.in machine and 40 x-machine direction 41 42 Grab Failure Strain,in ASTM D4632 15%-50%/>50% 15%-50%/>50% <50%/>50% r 43 machine and x-machine 44 direction 45 46 Seam Breaking Strength ASTM D4632' 220 lbs./140 lbs.min. 270 lbs./180 lbs.min. 220 lbs./140 lbs. min. 47 VW 48 Burst Strength ASTM D3785 400 pse/190 psi min. 500 psi/320 psi min. 49 50 Puncture Resistance ASTM D4833 80 lbs./50 lbs.min. 112 lbs./79 lbs.min. 80 lbs./50 lbs.min. 51 +W 52 Tear Strength,min.in ASTM D4533 80 lbs/50 lbs.min. 112 lbs./79 lbs.min. 80 lbs./50 lbs.min. 53 machine and x-machine 54 direction 55 56 Ultraviolet(UV) ASTM D4355 70%strength 70%strength 70%strength 57 Rediation stability retained min., retained min., retained min., 58 after 500 hrs. in after 500 hrs.in after 500 hrs.in 59 weatherometer weatherometer weatherometer ow 60 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 123 1 Table 5: Filtration properties for geotextile for permanent erosion control. 2 3 Geotextile Property Requirements' 4 Geotextile Property Test Method 2 Class A Class B Class C 5 AOS ASTM D4751 .43 mm max. .25 mm max. .22 mm max. 6 (#40 sieve) (#60 sieve) (#70 sieve) 7 8 Water Permittivity ASTM D4491 .7 sec' min. .4 sec' min. .2 sec' min. 9 10 Table 6: Geotextile for temporary silt fence. 11 12 Geotextile Property Requirements' 13 Supported qtr 14 Between 15 Unsupported Posts with Wire or 16 Geotextile Property Test Method 2 Between Posts Polymeric Mesh 17 AOS ASTM D4751 .60 mm max. for slit .60 mm max. for slit 18 film wovens film wovens 19 (#30 sieve) (#30 sieve) 20 .30 mm max. for all .30 mm max. for all 21 other geotextile other geotextile 22 types (#50 sieve) types (#50 sieve) 23 .15 mm min. .15 mm min. 24 (#100 sieve) (#100 sieve) 25 26 Water Permittivity ASTM D4491 .02 sec' min. .02 sec' min. 27 28 Grab Tensile Strength, ASTM D4632 180 lbs. min. in 100 lbs. min. 29 min. in machine and machine direction, +rr 30 x-machine direction 100 lbs. min. in 31 x-machine direction 32 33 Grab Failure Strain, in ASTM D4632 30% max. at 180 lbs. 34 machine and x-machine or more 35 direction 36 37 Ultraviolet (UV) ASTM D4355 70% strength 70% strength 38 Rediation stability retained min., retained min., 39 after 500 hrs. in after 500 hrs. in 40 weatherometer weatherometer 41 42 'All geotextile properties in Tables 1 through 6 are minimum average roll values (i.e., the 43 test result for any sampled roll in a lot shall meet or exceed the values shown in the 44 table). 45 46 2The test procedures used are essentially in conformance with the most recently 47 approved ASTM geotextile test procedures, except for geotextile sampling and 48 specimen conditioning, which are in accordance with WSDOT Test Methods 914 and 49 915, respectively. Copies of these test methods are available at the State Materials 50 Laboratory in Tumwater. 51 52 3With seam located in the center of 8-inch long specimen oriented parallel to grip faces. IN City of Renton Amendments. August 2004 124 *� 1 2 9-33.2(2) Geosynthetic Properties For Retaining Walls and Reinforced 3 Slopes + 4 All geotextile properties provided in Table 7 are minimum average roll values. The 5 average test results for any sampled roll in a lot shall meet or exceed the values shown 6 in the table. The test procedures specified in the Table are in conformance with the 7 most recently approved ASTM geotextile test procedures, except for geotextile sampling 8 and specimen conditioning, which are in accordance with WSDOT Test Methods 914 9 and 915, respectively. ,r 10 11 Table 7: Minimum properties required for geotextile reinforcement used in geosynthetic 12 reinforced slopes and retaining walls. 13 ` Geotextile Property Requirements Geotextile Property Test Method Woven/Nonwoven Water Permittivity ASTM D4491 .02 sec.-1 min. AW AOS ASTM D4751 .84 mm max. (No. 20 Sieve) W Grab Tensile Strength, min. in ASTM D4632 200 Ibs/120 lbs min. machine and x-machine direction 1. Grab Failure Strain, ASTM D4632 < 50%/> 50% in machine and x-machine direction Seam Breaking Strengthl ASTM D4632 160 Ibs/100 lbs min. Puncture Resistance ASTM D4833 63 lbs/50 lbs min. Tear Strength, min. ASTM D4533 63 lbs/50 lbs min. +�•+ in machine and x-machine direction ow Ultraviolet (UV) Radiation ASTM D4355 70% (for polypropylene Stability and polyethyelene) and 50% (for polyester) Strength Retained min., after 500 Hr. in weatherometer 14 Ow 15 1 Applies only to seams perpendicular to the wall face. 16 17 The ultraviolet (UV) radiation stability, ASTM D4355, shall be a minimum of 70% No 18 strength retained after 500 hours in the weatherometer for polypropylene and 19 polyethylene geogrids and geotextiles, and 50% strength retained after 500 hours in the 20 weatherometer for polyester geogrids and geotextiles. o+ 21 w City of Renton Amendments August 2004 125 No 1 9-33.2(3) Prefabricated Drainage Mat 2 Prefabricated drainage mat shall have a single or double dimpled polymeric core with a 3 geotextile attached and shall meet the following requirements: 4 5 Table 8: Minimum properties required for prefabricated drainage mats. 6 7 Property Test Method Prefabricated Drainage 8 Material/Geotextile 9 Property Requirements 10 11 Width 12 inches min. 12 Thickness ASTM D 5199 0.4 inches min. 13 14 Compressive Strength at 15 Yield ASTM D 1621 100 psi min. 16 17 In Plan Flow Rate ASTM D 4716 18 Gradient = 0.1, 19 Pressure = 5.5 psi 5.0 gal. /min./ft. 20 21 Gradient = 1.0, 22 Pressure = 14.5 psi 15.0 gal. /min./ft. 23 24 Geotextile -AOS ASTM D 4751 #60 US Sieve max. 25 26 Geotextile - Permittivity ASTM D 4491 > 0.4 SEC 27 28 Geotextile - Grab Strength ASTM D 4632 Nonwoven - 110 lb. min. 29 30 Prefabricated drainage mats will be accepted based on the manufacturer's certificate of 31 compliance that the material furnished conforms to these specifications. The Contractor 32 shall submit the manufacturer's certificate of compliance to the Engineer in accordance 33 with Section 1-06.3. 34 35 9-33.3 Aggregate Cushion of Permanent Erosion Control Geotextile NMI 36 Aggregate cushion for permanent erosion control geotextile, Class A shall meet the 37 requirements of Section 9-03.9(2). Aggregate cushion for permanent erosion control 38 geotextile, Class B or C shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.9(3) and 9-03.9(2). 39 40 9-33.4 Geosynthetic Approval and Acceptance 41 42 9-33.4(1) Source Approval 43 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the following information regarding each 44 geosynthetic proposed for use: 45 46 Manufacturer's name and current address, 47 Full product name, 48 Geotextile structure, including fiber/yarn type, 49 Geosynthetic polymer type(s) (for temporary and permanent geosynthetic retaining 50 walls), and 51 Proposed geotextile use(s). 52 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 126 am 1 If the geosynthetic source has not been previously evaluated, or is not listed in the 2 current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL), a sample of each proposed geosynthetic 3 shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation. After go 4 the sample and required information for each geosynthetic type have arrived at the 5 State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater, a maximum of 14 calendar days will be 6 required for this testing. Source approval will be based on conformance to the ON 7 applicable values from Tables 1 through 8 in Section 9-33.2 and additional tables as 8 specified in the Special Provisions. Source approval shall not be the basis of 9 acceptance of specific lots of material unless the lot sampled can be clearly identified Im 10 and the number of samples tested and approved meet the requirements of WSDOT Test 11 Method 914. 12 13 Geogrid and geotextile products that are qualified for use in permanent geosynthetic 14 retaining walls and reinforced slopes (Classes 1, 2, or both) are listed in the current 15 WSDOT QPL. 16 17 For geogrid and geotextile products proposed for use in permanent geosynthetic 18 retaining walls or reinforced slopes that are not listed in the current QPL, the Contractor 19 shall submit test information and the calculations used in the determination of Ta, .�. 20 performed in accordance with WSDOT Standard Practice T925 to the State Materials 21 Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation. The Contracting Agency will require up to 30 22 calendar days after receipt of the information to complete the evaluation. 23 24 9-33.4(3) Acceptance Samples 25 Samples will be randomly taken by the Engineer at the job site to confirm that the 26 geosynthetic meets the property values specified. 27 28 Approval will be based on testing of samples from each lot. A "lot" shall be defined for 29 the purposes of this specification as all geosynthetic rolls within the consignment (i.e., 30 all rolls sent the project site) that were produced by the same manufacturer during a 31 continuous period of production at the same manufacturing plant and have the same 32 product name. After the samples have arrived at the State Materials Laboratory in 33 Tumwater, a maximum of 14 calendar days will be required for this testing. 34 35 If the results of the testing show that a geosynthetic lot, as defined, does not meet the irr 36 properties required for the specified use as indicated in Tables 1 through 8 in Section 9- 37 33.2, and additional tables as specified in the Special Provisions, the roll or rolls which 38 were sampled will be rejected. Geogrids and geotextiles for temporary geosynthetic 39 retaining walls shall meet the requirements of Table 7, and Table 10 in the Special 40 Provisions. Geogrids and geotextiles for permanent geosynthetic retaining wall shall 41 meet the requirements of Table 7, and Table 9 in the Special Provisions, and both 42 geotextile and geogrid acceptance testing shall meet the required ultimate tensile �. 43 strength T.„ as provided in the current QPL for the selected product(s). If the selected 44 product(s) are not listed in the current QPL, the result of the testing for T.„ shall be 45 greater than or equal to T.„ as determined from the product data submitted and " 46 approved by the State Materials Laboratory during source approval. 47 48 Two additional rolls for each roll tested which failed from the lot previously tested will 49 then be selected at random by the Engineer for sampling and retesting. If the retesting 50 shows that any of the additional rolls tested do not meet the required properties, the 51 entire lot will be rejected. If the test results from all the rolls retested meet the required •• 52 properties, the entire lot minus the roll(s) that failed will be accepted. All geosynthetic 1W City of Renton Amendments August 2004 127 1 that has defects, deterioration, or damage, as determined by the Engineer, will also be 2 rejected. All rejected geosynthetic shall be replaced at no additional expense to the 3 Contracting Agency. 4 5 9-33.4(4) Acceptance by Certificate of Compliance 6 When the quantities of geosynthetic proposed for use in each geosynthetic application 7 are less than or equal to the following amounts, acceptance shall be by Manufacturer's 0 8 Certificate of Compliance: 9 10 Application Geotextile Quantity 11 Underground Drainage 600 sq. yards 12 Soil Stabilization and Separation 1,800 sq. yards 13 Permanent Erosion Control 1,200 sq. yards 14 Temporary Silt Fence All quantities 15 Temp. or Perm. Geosynthetic Retaining Wall Not required 16 Prefabricated Drainage Mat All quantities 17 18 The Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance shall include the following information 19 about each geosynthetic roll to be used: 20 21 Manufacturer's name and current address, 22 Full product name, 23 Geosynthetic structure, including fiber/yarn type, 24 Polymer type (for all temporary and permanent geosynthetic retaining walls only), 25 Geosynthetic roll number, 26 Proposed geosynthetic use(s), and 27 Certified test results. 28 29 9-33.4(5) Approval of Seams 30 If the geotextile seams are to be sewn in the field, the Contractor shall provide a section of 31 sewn seam which can be sampled by the Engineer before the geotextile is installed. 32 33 The seam sewn for sampling shall be sewn using the same equipment and procedures as 34 will be used to sew the production seams. If production seams will be sewn in both the 35 machine and cross-machine directions, the Contractor must provide sewn seams for , 36 sampling which are oriented in both the machine and cross-machine directions. The seams 37 sewn for sampling must be at least 2 yards in length in each geotextile direction. If the 38 seams are sewn in the factory, the Engineer will obtain samples of the factory seam at 39 random from any of the rolls to be used. The seam assembly description shall be submitted 40 by the Contractor to the Engineer and will be included with the seam sample obtained for 41 testing. This description shall include the seam type, stitch type, sewing thread type(s), and 42 stitch density. 43 44 SECTION 9-34, PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL 45 August 2, 2004 46 9-34.5 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape 47 This section is supplemented with the following: + 48 49 Pavement marking masking tape shall conform to ASTM D 4592 Type 1 (removable), 50 except that material shall be black, non-retroreflective and non-glaring. 51 err City of Renton Amendments August 2004 128 1 SECTION 9-35, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL MATERIALS 2 August 2, 2004 3 Temporary traffic control materials in this section consist of various traffic communication, 4 channelization and protection items described in Section 1-10 and listed below: 5 6 Stop/Slow Paddles 7 Construction Signs 8 Wood Sign Posts �. 9 Sequential Arrow Signs 10 Portable Changeable Message Signs 11 Barricades 12 Traffic Safety Drums 13 Barrier Drums 14 Traffic Cones 15 Tubular Markers 16 Warning Lights and Flashers 17 Truck-Mounted Attenuator 18 19 The basis for acceptance of temporary traffic control devices and materials shall be visual 20 inspection by the Engineer's representative. No sampling or testing will be done except that 21 deemed necessary to support the visual inspection. Requests for Approval of Material and 22 Qualified Products List submittals are not required. Certification for crashworthiness 23 according to NCHRP 350 will be required as described in Section 1-10.2(3). 24 25 "MUTCD," as used in this section, shall refer to the current edition of the Manual on Uniform 26 Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. In the event of conflicts between the 27 MUTCD and the contract provisions, then the provisions shall govern. 28 29 9-35.1 Stop/Slow Paddles 30 Paddles shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, except that the minimum width 31 shall be 24 inches. V. 32 33 9-35.2 Construction Signs 34 Construction signs shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and shall meet the to 35 requirements of NCHRP Report 350 for Category 2 devices. Except as noted below, any 36 sign/sign stand combination that satisfies these requirements will be acceptable. 37 am 38 Where aluminum sheeting is used to fabricate signs, it shall have a minimum thickness of 39 0.080 inches and a maximum thickness of 0.125 inches. 40 ow 41 All orange background signs shall be fabricated with Type X reflective sheeting. All post- 42 mounted signs with Type X sheeting shall use a nylon washer between the twist fasteners 43 (screw heads, bolts or nuts) and the reflective sheeting. 44 45 Soft, fabric, roll-up signs will not be acceptable. Any fabric sign which otherwise meets the 46 requirements of this section and was purchased prior to July 1, 2004, may be utilized until 47 December 31, 2007. If a fabric sign is used, it shall have been fabricated with Type VI 48 reflective sheeting. 49 50 9-35.3 Wood Sign Posts 51 Use the charts below to determine post size for construction signs. "" City of Renton Amendments August 2004 129 aw 1 2 One Post Installation 3 4 Post Size Min. Sign Sq. Ft. Max. Sign Sq. Ft. 5 4x4 - 16.0 6 4x6 17.0 20.0 7 6x6 21.0 25.0 8 6x8 26.0 31.0 9 10 Two Post Installation 11 12 (For signs 5 feet or greater in width) 13 14 Post Size Min. Sign Sq. Ft. Max. Sign Sq. Ft. 15 4x4 - 16.0 16 4x6 17.0 36.0 17 6x6 37.0 46.0 18 6x8 47.0 75.0 " 19 20 *The Engineer shall determine post size for signs greater than 75 square feet. 21 22 Sign posts shall conform to the grades and usage listed below. Grades shall be 23 determined by the current standards of the West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau 24 (WCLIB) or the Western Wood Products Association (WWPA). 25 26 4 x 4 Construction grade (Light Framing, 27 Section 122-b WCLIB) or (Section 28 40.11 WWPA) 29 4 x 6 No. 1 and better, grade (Structural 30 Joists and Planks, Section 123-b 31 WCLIB) or(Section 62.11 WWPA) 32 6 x 6, 6 x8, 8 x 10 No. 1 and better, grade (Posts and 33 Timbers, Section 131-b WCLIB) or 34 (Section 80.11 WWPA) 35 6 x 10, 6 x 12 No. 1 and better, grade (Beams and 36 Stringers, Section 130-b WCLIB) or 37 (Section 70.11 WWPA) 38 39 9-35.4 Sequential Arrow Signs "a 40 Sequential Arrow Signs shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD supplemented with the 41 following: 42 43 Sequential arrow signs furnished for this project shall be Type C. 44 The color of the light emitted shall be yellow. 45 The dimming feature shall be automatic, reacting to changes in light without a ► 46 requirement for manual adjustment. 47 48 9-35.5 Portable Changeable Message Signs Ali 49 Portable Changeable Message Signs (PCMS) shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD 50 and the following: 51 is 52 The PCMS shall employ one of the following technologies: 46 City of Renton Amendments August 2004 130 2 1. Fiber optic/shutter 3 2. Light emitting diode 4 3. Light emitting diode/shutter 5 4. Flip disk 6 w.r 7 Regardless of the technology, the PCMS shall meet the following general requirements: 8 9 Be light emitting and must not rely solely on reflected light. The emitted light shall 10 be generated using fiber optic or LED technology. 11 12 • Have a display consisting of individually controlled pixels no larger than 2 1/2 inch d 13 by 2 1/2 inch. If the display is composed of individual character modules, the space 14 between modules must be minimized so alphanumeric characters of any size 15 specified below can be displayed at any location within the matrix. 16 17 When activated, the pixels shall display a yellow or orange image. When not 18 activated, the pixels shall display a flat black image that matches the background of 19 the sign face. •" 20 21 Be capable of displaying alphanumeric characters that are a minimum of 18 inches 22 in height. The width of alphanumeric characters shall be appropriate for the font. Ow 23 The PCMS shall be capable of displaying three lines of eight characters per line 24 with a minimum of one pixel separation between each line. 25 Or 26 0 The PCMS message, using 18-inch characters, shall be legible by a person with 27 20/20 corrected vision from a distance of not less than 800 feet centered on an axis 28 perpendicular to the sign face. as 29 30 0 The sign display shall be covered by a stable, impact resistant polycarbonate face. 31 The sign face shall be non-glare from all angles and shall not degrade due to aw 32 exposure to ultraviolet light. 33 34 Be capable of simultaneously activating all pixels for the purpose of pixel 35 diagnostics. Any sign that employs flip disk or shutter technology shall be 36 programmable to activate the disks/shutters once a day to clean the electrical 37 components. This feature shall not occur when the sign is displaying an active 38 message. 39 40 • The light source shall be energized only when the sign is displaying an active 41 message. 42 43 The PCMS panels and related equipment shall be permanently mounted on a trailer with all 44 controls and power generating equipment. wr 45 46 The PCMS shall be operated by a controller that provides the following functions: 47 48 1. Select any preprogrammed message by entering a code. 49 2. Sequence the display of at least five messages. 50 3. Blank the sign. 51 4. Program a new message, which may include animated arrows and chevrons. 52 5. Mirror the message currently being displayed or programmed. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 131 1 2 9-35.6 Barricades 3 Barricades shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD supplemented by the further 4 requirements of Standard Plan H-2. 5 6 9-35.7 Traffic Safety Drums 7 Traffic safety drums shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and the following: 8 9 The drums shall have the following additional physical characteristics: 10 11 Material Fabricated from low-density polyethylene that meets the 12 requirements of ASTM D 4976 and is UV stabilized. 13 14 Overall Width 18-inch minimum in the direction(s)of traffic flow. 15 16 Shape Rectangular, hexagonal, circular, or flat-sided semi-circular. +r 17 18 Color The base color of the drum shall be fade resistant safety 19 orange. 20 21 The traffic safety drums shall be designed to accommodate at least one portable light unit. 22 The method of attachment shall ensure that the light does not separate from the drum upon 23 impact. 24 25 Drums and light units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 as 26 described in Section 1-10.2(3). 27 28 When recommended by the manufacturer, drums shall be treated to ensure proper adhesion 29 of the reflective sheeting. 30 31 9-35.8 Barrier Drums 32 Barrier drums shall be small traffic safety drums, manufactured specifically for traffic control wr 33 purposes to straddle a concrete barrier and shall be fabricated from low-density polyethylene 34 that meets the requirements of ASTM D 4976 and is UV stabilized. 35 36 The barrier drums shall meet the following general specifications: 37 38 Total height 22 in., ± 1 in. 39 Cross-section hollow oval 40 10 in. X 14 in., ± 1 in. 41 Formed support legs length 13 in., ± 1 in. 42 Space between legs 6 '/4 in. min. 43 (taper to fit conc. barrier) 44 Weight 33 lb. ±4 lb. 45 with legs filled with sand. 46 Color Fade resistant safety orange. 47 48 Barrier drums shall have three 4-inch reflective white stripes, (one complete and two partial). 49 Stripes shall be fabricated from Type III or Type IV reflective sheeting. 50 51 When recommended by the manufacturer, barrier drums shall be treated to ensure proper 52 adhesion of the reflective sheeting. City of Renton Amendments August 2004 132 �w 1 - 2 9-35.9 Traffic Cones 3 Cones shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, except that the minimum height �. 4 shall be 28 inches. 5 6 9-35.10 Tubular Markers w. 7 Tubular markers shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, except that the minimum 8 height shall be 28 inches. 9 10 Pavement-mounted tubular markers shall consist of a surface-mounted assembly which 11 uses a separate base with a detachable tubular marker held in place by means of a locking 12 device. 13 14 9-35.11 Warning Lights and Flashers 15 Warning lights and flashers shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD. 16 17 9-35.12 Truck-Mounted Attenuator 18 The Truck-Mounted Attenuator (TMA) shall be selected from the approved units listed on the 19 Qualified Products List. The TMA shall be mounted on a vehicle with a minimum weight of Ow 20 15,000 pounds and a maximum weight in accordance with the manufacturer's 21 recommendations. Ballast used to obtain the minimum weight requirement, or any other 22 object that is placed on the vehicle shall be securely anchored such that it will be retained on 23 the vehicle during an impact. The Contractor shall provide certification that the unit complies 24 with NCHRP 230 or 350 requirements. Units fabricated after 1998 must comply with 25 NCHRP 350 requirements. 26 27 The TMA shall have an adjustable height so that it can be placed at the correct elevation 28 during usage and to a safe height for transporting. If needed, the Contractor shall install 29 additional lights to provide fully visible brake lights at all times. 30 31 The TMA unit shall have a chevron pattern on the rear of the unit. The standard chevron a. 32 pattern shall consist of 4-inch yellow stripes, alternating non-reflective black and reflective 33 yellow sheeting, slanted at 45 degrees in an inverted N" with the N" at the center of the unit. 34 war 9W No w. aw City of Renton Amendments August 2004 133 APPENDIX A—WAGE RATES CITY OF RENTON i L L 6 APPENDIX A HOURLY MINIMUM WAGE RATES r L r L L 4 Monster Road Bridge Repair L a+r State of Washington DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Prevailing Wage Section-Telephone(360)902-5335 PO Box 44540,Olympia,WA 98504-4540 �. Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects,workers'wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements is provided on the Benefit Code Key. KING COUNTY arr Effective 03-03-04 (See Benefit Code Key) Over rw PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $31.86 1N 5D r BOILERMAKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33.32 1 BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $38.37 1M 5A CABINET MAKERS(IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL $16.67 1 CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER $38.06 1M 5D BRIDGE,DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS $37.90 1M 5D CARPENTER $37.90 1M 5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL $38.00 1M 5D DRYWALL APPLICATOR $38.74 1M 5D FLOOR FINISHER $38.03 1M 5D FLOOR LAYER $38.03 1M 5D FLOOR SANDER $38.03 1M 5D MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS $38.90 1M 5D PILEDRIVERS,DRIVING,PULLING,PLACING COLLARS AND WELDING $38.10 1M 5D +rr SAWFILER $38.03 1M 5D SHINGLER $38.03 1M 5D STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $38.03 1M 5D STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS $38.03 1M 5D wr CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $38.94 1M 5D DIVERS&TENDERS DIVER $79.57 1M 5D 8A DIVER TENDER $40.67 1M 5D DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER $38.37 1B 5D 8L ASSISTANT MATE(DECKHAND) $37.91 1B 5D 8L BOATMEN $38.37 1B 5D 8L ' ENGINEER WELDER $38.42 1B 5D 8L LEVERMAN,HYDRAULIC $39.85 1B 5D 8L MAINTENANCE $37.91 1B 5D 8L MATES $38.37 1B 5D 8L OILER $38.02 1B 5D 8L DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $38.59 11 5B ELECTRICIANS-INSIDE Ww CABLE SPLICER $48.51 1D 6H CABLE SPLICER(TUNNEL) $52.31 1D 6H CERTIFIED WELDER $46.79 1D 6H CERTIFIED WELDER(TUNNEL) $50.41 1D 6H aw CONSTRUCTION STOCK PERSON $24.33 1D 6H JOURNEY LEVEL $45.06 1D 6H JOURNEY LEVEL(TUNNEL) $48.51 1D 6H ELECTRICIANS-POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION err CABLE SPLICER $48.96 4A 5A CERTIFIED LINE WELDER $44.65 4A 5A GROUNDPERSON $32.13 4A 5A HEAD GROUNDPERSON $33.93 4A 5A ow Pagel KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-04 (See Benefit Code Key) Over 4W PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $44.65 4A 5A JACKHAMMER OPERATOR $33.93 4A 5A JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON $44.65 4A 5A LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $37.87 4A 5A POLE SPRAYER $44.65 4A 5A POWDERPERSON $33.93 4A 5A ELECTRONIC&TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $12.07 1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC $49.28 4A 6Q MECHANIC IN CHARGE $54.18 4A 6Q FENCE ERECTORS FENCE ERECTOR $18.71 1 FENCE LABORER $12.77 1 FLAGGERS JOURNEY LEVEL $27.18 IN 5D GLAZIERS +rr JOURNEY LEVEL $38.96 2E 5G HEAT&FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC $39.93 1F 5E HOD CARRIERS&MASON TENDERS y JOURNEY LEVEL $32.34 IN 5D INLAND BOATMEN CAPTAIN $33.50 1K 5B COOK $28.96 1K 5B DECKHAND $28.16 1K 5B ENGINEER/DECKHAND $30.61 1K 5B MATE,LAUNCH OPERATOR $32.05 1K 5B INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $37.90 1M 5D +� IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $41.02 1B 5A LABORERS ASPHALT RAKER $32.34 IN 5D BALLAST REGULATOR MACHINE $31.86 IN 5D BATCH WEIGHMAN $27.18 IN 5D BRUSH CUTTER $31.86 IN 5D BRUSH HOG FEEDER $31.86 IN 5D BURNERS $31.86 IN 5D CARPENTER TENDER $31.86 IN 5D CASSION WORKER $32.70 IN 5D CEMENT DUMPER/PAVING $32.34 IN 5D %V CEMENT FINISHER TENDER $31.86 IN 5D CHANGE-HOUSE MAN OR DRY SHACKMAN $31.86 IN 5D CHIPPING GUN(OVER 30 LBS) $32.34 IN 5D CHIPPING GUN(UNDER 30 LBS) $31.86 IN 5D CHOKER SETTER $31.86 IN 5D CHUCKTENDER $31.86 1N 5D CLEAN-UP LABORER $31.86 IN 5D CONCRETE DUMPER/CHUTE OPERATOR $32.34 IN 5D CONCRETE FORM STRIPPER $31.86 IN 5D CONCRETE SAW OPERATOR $32.34 1N 5D CRUSHER FEEDER $27.18 IN 5D CURING LABORER $31.86 IN 5D DEMOLITION,WRECKING&MOVING(INCLUDING CHARRED $31.86 IN 5D DITCH DIGGER $31.86 IN 5D DIVER $32.70 IN 5D DRILL OPERATOR(HYDRAULIC, DIAMOND) $32.34 IN 5D Page 2 aw ter KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-04 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code dw DRILL OPERATOR,AIRTRAC $32.70 IN 5D DUMPMAN $31.86 IN 5D GABION BASKET BUILDER $31.86 IN 5D GENERAL LABORER $31.86 IN 5D do GRADE CHECKER&TRANSIT PERSON $32.34 IN 5D GRINDERS $31.86 IN 5D GROUT MACHINE TENDER $31.86 IN 5D GUARDRAIL ERECTOR $31.86 IN 5D dw HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL A $32.70 IN 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL B $32.34 IN 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL C $31.86 IN 5D HIGH SCALER $32.70 IN 5D 1► HOD CARRIER/MORTARMAN $32.34 IN 5D JACKHAMMER $32.34 IN 5D LASER BEAM OPERATOR $32.34 IN 5D MANHOLE BUILDER-MUDMAN $32.34 IN 5D MATERIAL YARDMAN $31.86 IN 5D r MINER $32.70 IN 5D NOZZLEMAN,CONCRETE PUMP,GREEN CUTTER WHEN USING HIGH $32.34 IN 5D PRESSURE AIR&WATER ON CONCRETE&ROCK,SANDBLAST, GUNITE,SHOTCRETE,WATER BLASTER PAVEMENT BREAKER $32.34 IN 5D PILOT CAR $27.18 IN 5D PIPE POT TENDER $32.34 IN 5D PIPE RELINER(NOT INSERT TYPE) $32.34 IN 5D PIPELAYER&CAULKER $32.34 IN 5D PIPELAYER&CAULKER(LEAD) $32.70 IN 5D PIPEWRAPPER $32.34 IN 5D POT TENDER $31.86 IN 5D ow POWDERMAN $32.70 IN 5D POWDERMAN HELPER $31.86 IN 5D POWERJACKS $32.34 IN 5D RAILROAD SPIKE PULLER(POWER) $32.34 IN 5D as RE-TIMBERMAN $32.70 IN 50 RIPRAP MAN $31.86 IN 5D RODDER $32.34 IN 5D SCAFFOLD ERECTOR $31.86 IN 5D so SCALE PERSON $31.86 IN 5D SIGNALMAN $31.86 IN 5D SLOPER(OVER 20") $32.34 IN 5D SLOPER SPRAYMAN $31.86 1 N 5D 4w SPREADER(CLARY POWER OR SIMILAR TYPES) $32.34 1N 5D SPREADER(CONCRETE) $32.34 IN 5D STAKE HOPPER $31.86 IN 5D STOCKPILER $31.86 IN 5D +t* TAMPER&SIMILAR ELECTRIC,AIR&GAS $32.34 IN 5D TAMPER(MULTIPLE&SELF PROPELLED) $32.34 IN 5D TOOLROOM MAN(AT JOB SITE) $31.86 IN 5D TOPPER-TAILER $31.86 IN 5D go TRACK LABORER $31.86 IN 5D TRACK LINER(POWER) $32.34 IN 5D TRUCK SPOTTER $31.86 IN 5D TUGGER OPERATOR $32.34 IN 5D 40 VIBRATING SCREED(AIR,GAS,OR ELECTRIC) $31.86 IN 5D VIBRATOR $32.34 IN 5D VINYL SEAMER $31.86 IN 5D WELDER $31.86 IN 5D Im Page 3 so vp KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-04 (See Benefit Code Key) Over at PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code aw WELL-POINT LABORER $32.34 IN 5D LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS $11.07 1 LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS $10.63 1 am LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $8.42 1 LATHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $38.74 1M 5D PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $30.77 2B 5A 40 PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL $39.33 1R 5A PLUMBERS&PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $48.71 1G 5A Aip POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS $36.19 IT 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR,SHOVEL (3 YD&UNDER) $38.73 IT 5D 8L BACKHOE,EXCAVATOR,SHOVEL (OVER 3 YD&UNDER 6 YD) $39.19 IT 5D 8L ad BACKHOE,EXCAVATOR,SHOVEL(6 YD AND OVER WITH $39.70 IT 5D 8L BACKHOES, (75 HP&UNDER) $38.36 IT 5D 8L BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) $38.73 IT 5D 8L BARRIER MACHINE(ZIPPER) $38.73 IT 5D 8L BATCH PLANT OPERATOR,CONCRETE $38.73 IT 5D 8L BELT LOADERS(ELEVATING TYPE) $38.36 IT 5D 8L BOBCAT $36.19 IT 5D 8L BROOMS $36.19 IT 5D 8L BUMP CUTTER $38.73 IT 5D 8L CABLEWAYS $39.19 IT 5D 8L CHIPPER $38.73 IT 5D 8L COMPRESSORS $36.19 IT 5D 8L Im CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE-LASER SCREED $36.19 IT 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMPS $38.36 IT 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMP-TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT $38.73 IT 5D 8L CONVEYORS $38.36 IT 5D 8L CRANES, THRU 19 TONS,WITH ATTACHMENTS $38.36 IT 5D 8L go CRANES, 20-44 TONS,WITH ATTACHMENTS $38.73 IT 5D 8L CRANES, 45 TONS-99 TONS, UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM(INCLUDING $39.19 IT 5D 8L JIB WITH ATACHMENTS) CRANES, 100 TONS-199 TONS,OR 150 FT OF BOOM(INCLUDING JIB $39.70 IT 5D 8L to WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES,200 TONS TO 300 TONS,OR 250 FT OF BOOM(INCLUDING JIB $40.21 IT 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES,A-FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $36.19 IT 5D 8L yN CRANES,A-FRAME,OVER 10 TON $38.36 IT 5D 8L CRANES,OVER 300 TONS,OR 300'OF BOOM INCLUDING JIB WITH $40.73 IT 5D 8L ATTACHMENTS CRANES,OVERHEAD,BRIDGE TYPE(20-44 TONS) $38.73 IT 5D 8L CRANES,OVERHEAD,BRIDGE TYPE(45-99 TONS) $39.19 IT 5D 8L CRANES,OVERHEAD,BRIDGE TYPE(100 TONS&OVER) $39.70 IT 5D 8L CRANES,TOWER CRANE UP TO 175'IN HEIGHT,BASE TO BOOM $39.70 IT 5D 8L CRANES,TOWER CRANE OVER 175'IN HEIGHT,BASE TO BOOM $40.21 IT 5D 8L +rr CRUSHERS $38.73 IT 5D 8L DECK ENGINEER/DECK WINCHES(POWER) $38.73 IT 5D 8L DERRICK,BUILDING $39.19 IT 5D 8L DOZERS, D-9&UNDER $38.36 IT 5D 8L rir DRILL OILERS-AUGER TYPE,TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT $38.36 1T 5D 8L DRILLING MACHINE $38.73 IT 5D 8L ELEVATOR AND MANLIFT,PERMANENT AND SHAFT-TYPE $36.19 IT 5D 8L EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER(OILER) $38.36 IT 5D 8L .., Page 4 KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-04 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code FINISHING MACHINE/BIDWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR EQUIP $38.73 IT 5D 8L FORK LIFTS,(3000 LBS AND OVER) $38.36 IT 5D 8L FORK LIFTS,(UNDER 3000 LBS) $36.19 IT 5D 8L GRADE ENGINEER $38.36 IT 5D 8L GRADECH ECKER AND STAKEMAN $36.19 IT 5D 8L GUARDRAIL PUNCH $38.73 IT 5D 8L HOISTS,OUTSIDE(ELEVATORS AND MANLIFTS),AIR TUGGERS $38.36 IT 5D 8L HORIZONTAL/DIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR $38.36 IT 5D 8L HORIZONTAL/DIRECTIONAL DRILL OPERATOR $38.73 IT 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS/BOOM TRUCKS(10 TON&UNDER) $36.19 IT 5D 81. HYDRALIFTS/BOOM TRUCKS(OVER 10 TON) $38.36 IT 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD(6 YD UP TO 8 YD) $39.19 IT 5D 8L LOADERS,OVERHEAD(8 YD&OVER) $39.70 IT 5D 8L LOADERS,OVERHEAD(UNDER 6 YD),PLANT FEED $38.73 IT 5D 8L LOCOMOTIVES,ALL $38.73 IT 5D 8L MECHANICS,ALL $39.19 IT 5D 8L MIXERS,ASPHALT PLANT $38.73 IT 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER(FINISHING) $38.73 IT 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER(NON-FINISHING) $38.36 IT 5D 8L MUCKING MACHINE,MOLE,TUNNEL DRILL AND/OR SHIELD $39.19 IT 5D 8L OIL DISTRIBUTORS,BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING $36.19 IT 5D 8L tj OPERATOR PAVEMENT BREAKER $36.19 IT 5D 8L PILEDRIVER(OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT) $38.73 IT 5D 8L PLANT OILER(ASPHALT,CRUSHER) $38.36 IT 5D 8L POSTHOLE DIGGER,MECHANICAL $36.19 IT 5D 8L POWER PLANT $36.19 IT 5D 8L PUMPS,WATER $36.19 IT 5D 8L QUAD 9,D-10,AND HD-41 $39.19 IT 5D 8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED EARTH MOVING $39.19 IT 5D 8L EQUIP RIGGER AND BELLMAN $36.19 IT 5D 8L ROLLAGON $39.19 1T 5D 8L ROLLER,OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX $36.19 IT 5D 8L ROLLERS,PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS $38.36 IT 5D 8L ROTO-MILL,ROTO-GRINDER $38.73 IT 5D 8L SAWS,CONCRETE $38.36 IT 5D 8L SCRAPERS-SELF PROPELLED,HARD TAIL END DUMP,ARTICULATING $38.73 IT 5D 8L OFF-ROAD EQUIPMENT(UNDER 45 YD) SCRAPERS-SELF PROPELLED,HARD TAIL END DUMP,ARTICULATING $39.19 IT 5D 8L OFF-ROAD EQUIPMENT(45 YD AND OVER) SCRAPERS,CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL $38.36 IT 5D 8L SCREED MAN $38.73 IT 5D 8L SHOTCRETE GUNITE $36.19 IT 5D 8L SLIPFORM PAVERS $39.19 IT 5D 8L SPREADER,TOPSIDE OPERATOR-BLAW KNOX $38.73 IT 5D 8L am SUBGRADE TRIMMER $38.73 IT 5D 8L TOWER BUCKET ELEVATORS $38.36 IT 5D 8L TRACTORS,(75 HP&UNDER) $38.36 IT 5D 8L TRACTORS,(OVER 75 HP) $38.73 IT 5D 8L aw TRANSFER MATERIAL SERVICE MACHINE $38.73 IT 5D 8L TRANSPORTERS,ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $39.19 IT 5D 8L TRENCHING MACHINES $38.36 IT 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER(UNDER 100 TON) $38.36 IT 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILERIDRIVER(100 TON&OVER) $38.73 IT 5D 8L TRUCK MOUNT PORTABLE CONVEYER $38.73 IT 50 8L WHEEL TRACTORS,FARMALL TYPE $36.19 IT 5D 8L YO YO PAY DOZER $38.73 IT 50 8L '"� Page 5 KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-04 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE $32.01 4A 5A SPRAY PERSON $30.29 4A 5A TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $30.71 4A 5A r TREE TRIMMER $28.43 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER GROUNDPERSON $20.89 4A 5A REFRIGERATION&AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC $46.46 1G 5A ROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL $34.53 1R 5A USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS $37.53 1R 5A SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL(FIELD OR SHOP) $45.43 11 6L SIGN MAKER $16.84 1 SIGN MAKER $15.61 1 SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $31.52 113 5A SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS JOURNEY LEVEL $12.44 1 5S SPRINKLER FITTERS(FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $46.19 1B 5C SURVEYORS CHAIN PERSON $9.35 1 INSTRUMENT PERSON $11.40 1 PARTY CHIEF $13.40 1 TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION-OUTSIDE CABLE SPLICER $27.84 2B 5A HOLE DIGGER/GROUND PERSON $15.69 2B 5A INSTALLER(REPAIRER) $26.70 213 5A JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON $25.91 26 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER 1 $27.84 213 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER II $27.28 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR(HEAVY) $27.84 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR(LIGHT) $25.91 2B 5A TELEVISION GROUND PERSON $14.89 2B 5A TELEVISION LINEPERSON/INSTALLER $19.81 213 5A TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN $23.43 26 5A TELEVISION TECHNICIAN $21.11 213 5A fir TREE TRIMMER $25.91 213 5A TERRAZZO WORKERS&TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $35.63 1H 5A TILE,MARBLE&TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER $29.46 1H 5A TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $30.40 1K 5A TRUCK DRIVERS ASPHALT MIX(TO 16 YARDS) $35.91 IT 5D 8L ASPHALT MIX(OVER 16 YARDS) $36.49 1T 5D 8L DUMP TRUCK $35.91 IT 5D 8L DUMP TRUCK&TRAILER $36.49 IT 5D 8L OTHERTRUCKS $36.49 IT 5D 8L uwr TRANSIT MIXER $23.45 1 WELL DRILLERS&IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER $17.71 1 OILER $12.97 1 arir WELL DRILLER $17.68 1 "` Page 6 vp BENEFIT CODE KEY- EFFECTIVE 03-03-04 OVERTIME CODES wo OVERTIME CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON THE HOURLY RATE ACTUALLY PAID TO THE WORKER. ON PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS, THE HOURLY RATE MUST BE NOT LESS THAN THE PREVAILING RATE OF WAGE MINUS THE HOURLY RATE OF THE COST OF FRINGE BENEFITS ACTUALLY PROVIDED FOR THE WORKER. L ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY(40)HOURS PER WEEK SHALT. BE PAID AT ONE err AND ONE-HALF TIMES TLIE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS,SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOG;RLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOU RLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D. THE FIRST EIGHT(8)HOURS ON SATURDAYS OF A FIVE-EIGHT HOUR WORK WEEK AND THE FIRST EIGHT(8) r HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH CALENDAR DAY,EXCLUDING SUNDAY,IN A FOUR-TEN HOUR SCHEDULE,SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8) HOURS PER DAY ON SATURDAY;ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS IN A FIFTH CALENDAR WEEKDAY OF A FOUR-TEN HOUR SCHEDULE;ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN(10)HOIiRS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY,AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE `w THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF 10 PER DAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. THE FIRST EIGHT(8)HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF +wr► WAGE.ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS AND SATURDAY,AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT(8)HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF �r WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS ON SATURDAY,AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS(EXCEPT LABOR DAY)SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G. THE FIRST TEN(10)HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND THE FIRST TEN(10)HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH CALENDAR WEEKDAY IN A FOUR-TEN HOUR SCHEDULE,SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN(10)HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY,AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS(EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS OR EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF 4w WAGE. I. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. WORK PERFORMED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AND DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. WORK PERFORMED go ON A HOLIDAY SHALL BE PAID ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THEIR HOURLY RATE FOR ACTUAL HOURS WORKED PLUS EIGHT(8)HOURS OF STRAIGHT TIME FOR THE HOLIDAY. J. THE FIRST EIGHT(8)HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE EIOI.RLY RATE OF to WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS ON SATURDAY,AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY in RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. L. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS,SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS(EXCEPT THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. wr M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS(EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENf WEATHER CONDITIONS)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE TIIF HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. wr N. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS(EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ws low BENEFIT CODE KEY-EFFECTIVE 03-03-04 -2- P. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS(EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS)AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID A'I DOUBLE THE v HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. Q. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS(EXCEPT CHRISTMAS DAY)SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. R. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 1. T. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS,EXCEPT MAKE-UP DAYS,SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED AFTER 6:OOPM SATURDAY TO 6:OOAM MONDAY AND ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. U. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS(EXCEPT LABOR DAY)SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. W. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS(EXCEPT MAKE-UP DAYS)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES ,ow THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY(40)HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. THE FIRST SIX(6)HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF SIX(6)HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. vp D. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. THE FIRST EIGHT(8)HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT STRAIGHT TIME IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE ,w PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS OR HOLIDAYS(EXCEPT LABOR DAY)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS OR ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE so PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT(8)HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT THE STRAIGHT HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. gr G. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE INCLUDING HOLIDAY PAY. ar H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN �n ADDITION TO THE IIOLIDAY PAY. 1. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND HOLIDAYS(EXCEPT LABOR DAY)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE �y PAID AT TWO TIMES TfIE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. INCLUDING THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LNPAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE 'v IIOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. us ,w BENEFIT CODE KEY-EFFECTIVE 03-03-04 -3- M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS,SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOI BLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. vw O. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 4. A. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY(40)HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS,SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 4w HOLIDAY CODES to 5. A. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(7). B. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,FRIDAY l` AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS'DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). D. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). yr E. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS'DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY.AND CHRISTMAS DAY(9). mw G. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(7). H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY.THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS(6). I. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(6). +�+ N. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS'DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,VETERANS' DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(9). O. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY, ,w THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(6). P. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(9). wr Q_ PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY(6). R. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,ONE-HALF DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY.(7 1/2). S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS' DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(7). r T. PAID HOLIDAYS: SEVEN(7)PAID HOLIDAYS. V. PAID HOLIDAYS: SIX(6)PAID HOLIDAYS. W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NINE(9)PAID HOLIDAYS. X. HOLIDAYS: AFTER 520 HOURS-NEW YEAR'S DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY, AFTER 2080 ,w FLOURS-NEW YEAR'S DAY,WASHINGTON'S BIR'T'HDAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,CHRISTMAS DAY AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY(8). Y. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY FOLLOWING THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISI'NNIAS DAY(8). wr .r .rr BENEFIT CODE KEY-EFFECTIVE 03-03-04 -4- Z. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY.VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). +rr 6. A. PAID HOLIDAYS:NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS'DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). B. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S EVE DAY,NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,CHRISTMAS EVE DAY,CHRISTMAS DAY.(9) C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS'DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY.LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(9). w D. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS'DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,CHRISTMAS DAY.THE DAY BEFORE OR THE DAY AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY(9). 6. H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MARTIN LUTHER KING JR.DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). I. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(7). L. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY.(8) Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY. VETERAN'S DAY THANKSGIVING DAY,THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. UNPAID HOLIDAY: PRESIDENTS'DAY. irr S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY.THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,CHRISTMAS EVE DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). T. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS' DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR ' DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(9). U. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY.THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY,CHRISTMAS DAY(9). V. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY.THANKSGIVING DAY,DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,CHRISTMAS EVE DAY,CHRISTMAS DAY, EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY, AND ONE DAY OF THE EMPLOYEE'S CHOICE(10). W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS DAY.MEMORIAL DAY, wr INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY.CHRISTMAS DAY,DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY(10). X. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,DAY BEFORE OR AFTER NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,CHRISTMAS DAY,DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY,EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY(11). NOTE.CODES 8. A. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE-HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS,THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50'TO 100'-S1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER l00'TO 175'-S2.25 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 175'TO 250'-S5.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 175 FEET OVER 250'-DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE,PROVIDED IT IS NO LESS THAN THE SCALE LISTED FOR 250 FEET �r C. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE-HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS,THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50'TO 100'-S 1.00 PER.FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100'TO 150'-S 1.50 PER FOOT FOR EACI I FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 150'TO 200'-$2.00 PER FOOT FOR EACI I FOOT OVER 150 FEET rr " BENEFIT CODE KEY-EFFECTIVE 03-03-04 -5- OVER 200'-DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE +wr D. WORKERS WORKING WITH SUPPLIED AIR ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL SL00 PER HOUR. L. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS-LEVEL A:S0.75, LEVEL B:$0.50, AND LEVEL C:$0.25. w M. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS:LEVELS A&B:51.00, LEVELS C&D:$0.50. ym N. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS-LEVEL A:$1.00, LEVEL B:$0.75,LEVEL C:$0.50, AND LEVEL D:50.25. wo w ow ww w low +w rrr w w vo wr w +wr r APPENDIX B—PERMITS CITY OF RENTON F APPENDIX B PERMITS Monster Road Bridge Repair HYDRAULIC PROJECT APPROVAL State of Washington +■► y � RCW 77.55.100-appeal pursuant to Chapter 34.05 RCW Department of Fish and Wildlife Region 4 Office Maw 16018 Mill Creek Boulevard EDON Mill Creek,Washington 98012 RECEIVED ED .� DATE OF ISSUE: June-21.2004 JUN Z 3 2004 LOG NUMBER: ST-G1550-01 "M Transportation Systems Div. PERMITTEE AUTHORIZED AGENT OR CONTRACTOR wo City of Renton Public Works Not Applicable ATTENTION: Jason Fritzler r 1055 South Grady Way, 5'floor Renton, Washington 98055 425-430-7243 +ar PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Modify Permanent Fixed Fresh Water*Suspended above Water Concrete Water Crossing Structure Bridge in-water Pier(Bridge Seismic Retrofit) 400 PROJECT LOCATION: Monster Road Bridge over Black River,Renton Washington 47.47476 North Latitude, 122.24807 West Longitude 60 # WRIA WATER BODY TRIBUTARY TO 1/4 SEC. SEC. TOWNSHIP RANGE COUNTY 1 09.0004 Black River Duwamish River 13 23 North 04 East King err PROVISIONS �w. 1. TIMING LIMITATIONS: The project may begin immediately and shall be completed by September 15,2008, provided that work within the ordinary high water line shall occur only between June 16 and September 15. 2. Work shall be accomplished per plans and specifications entitled,"MONSTER ROAD BRIDGE REPAIR",dated April 19,2004, submitted to the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife(WDFW),except as modified by this Hydraulic Project Approval. These plans reflect design criteria per Chapter 220-110 WAC. These plans-reflect wr mitigation procedures to significantly reduce or eliminate impacts to fish resources. A copy of these plans shall be available on site during construction. 3. If at any time, as a result of project activities, fish are observed in distress,a fish kill occurs,or water quality 1W problems develop(including equipment leaks or spills),operations shall cease and WDFW at 425-649-7042 and Washington Department of Ecology at(425)649-7000 shall be contacted immediately. Work shall not resume until further approval is given by WDFW. 4. Containment of waste materials shall occur to prevent their entry into state waters. *" 5. All waste material such as construction debris, silt, excess dirt or overburden resulting from this project shall be deposited above the limits of flood water in an approved upland disposal site. AW 6. Alteration or disturbance of the bank and bank vegetation shall be limited to that necessary to construct the project. Within seven calender days of project completion,all disturbed areas shall be protected from erosion using vegetation or other means. Prior to December 31 of the year of project completion,the previously vegetated disturbed areas ,. shall be revegetated with native or other woody species approved by WDFW. Vegetative cuttings shall be planted at a maximum interval of three feet(on center)and maintained as necessary for three years to ensure 80 percent or greater survival. Page I of 3 HYDRAULIC PROJECT APPROVAL State of Washington `w RCW 77.55.100-appeal pursuant to Chapter 34.05 RCW Department of Fish and Wildlife Region 4 Office =ad 16018 Mill Creek Boulevard low KDM Mill Creek,Washington 98012 DATE OF ISSUE: June 21. 2004 LOG NUMBER: ST-G1550-01 O. 7. Extreme care shall be taken to ensure that no petroleum products, hydraulic fluid, fresh cement, sediments, sediment- +• laden water, chemicals,or any other toxic or deleterious materials are allowed to enter or leach into the river. SEPA: Exempt, no other non-exempt permits �r APPLICATION ACCEPTED: June 21, 2004 ENFORCEMENT OFFICER: Livezey 116 [P3] ar Larry Fisher (425)649-7042 for Director Area Habitat Biologist 0 WDFW «r► aw GENERAL PROVISIONS This Hydraulic Project Approval(HPA)pertains only to the provisions of the Fisheries Code(RCW 77.55 -formerly RCW 75.20). Additional authorization from other public agencies may be necessary for this project. r This HPA shall be available on the job site at all times and all its provisions followed by the permittee and operator(s) performing the work. This HPA does not authorize trespass. all The person(s)to whom this HPA is issued may be held liable for any loss or damage to fish life or fish habitat which results from failure to comply with the provisions of this HPA. 4r Failure to comply with the provisions of this Hydraulic Project Approval could result in a civil penalty of up to one hundred dollars per day or a gross misdemeanor charge,possibly punishable by fine and/or imprisonment. No All HPAs issued pursuant to RCW 77.55.100 or 77.55.200 are subject to additional restrictions,conditions or revocation if the Department of Fish and Wildlife determines that new biological or physical information indicates the need for such action. The permittee has the right pursuant to Chapter 34.04 RCW to appeal such decisions. All HPAs issued pursuant to RCW 77.55.110 may be modified by the Department of Fish and Wildlife due to changed conditions after consultation with the permittee: PROVIDED HOWEVER,that such modifications shall be subject to appeal to the Hydraulic Appeals Board established in RCW 77.55.170. APPEALS-GENERAL INFORMATION IF YOU WISH TO APPEAL A DENIAL OF OR CONDITIONS PROVIDED IN A HYDRAULIC PROJECT APPROVAL, THERE ARE INFORMAL AND FORMAL APPEAL PROCESSES AVAILABLE. .r A. INFORMAL APPEALS(WAC 220-110-340)OF DEPARTMENT ACTIONS TAKEN PURSUANT TO RCW 77.55.100, 77.55.110, 77.55.140, 77.55.190,77.55.200,and 77.55.290: A person who is aggrieved or adversely affected by the following Department actions may request an informal review of: Page 2 of 3 HYDRAULIC PROJECT APPROVAL State of Washington '++ moo/ RCW 77.55.100-appeal pursuant to Chapter 34.05 RCW Rep rt 4 Offs eFish and Wildlife ya r 16018 Mill Creek Boulevard wain Mill Creek,Washington 98012 "W DATE OF ISSUE• June 21.2004 LOG NUMBER: ST-G1550-01 4M (A) The denial or issuance of a HPA,or the conditions or provisions made part of a HPA;or (B) An order imposing civil penalties. aw It is recommended that an aggrieved party contact the Area Habitat Biologist and discuss the concerns. Most problems are resolved at this level,but if not,you may elevate your concerns to his/her supervisor. A request for an INFORMAL REVIEW shall be in WRITING to the Department of Fish and Wildlife,600 Capitol Way North, Olympia, Washington 98501-1091 and shall be RECEIVED by the Department within 30-days of the denial or issuance of a HPA or receipt of ow an order imposing civil penalties. The 30-day time requirement may be stayed by the Department if negotiations are occurring between the aggrieved party and the Area Habitat Biologist and/or his/her supervisor. The Habitat Protection Services Division Manager or his/her designee shall conduct a review and recommend a decision to the Director or its 10 designee. If you are not satisi ied with the results of this informal appeal,a formal appeal may be filed. B. FORMAL APPEALS(WAC 220-110-350)OF DEPARTMENT ACTIONS TAKEN PURSUANT TO RCW 77.55.100 r OR 77.55.140: A person who is aggrieved or adversely affected by the following Department actions may request an formal review of: (A) The denial or issuance of a HPA,or the conditions or provisions made part of a HPA; o (B) An order imposing civil penalties;or (C) Any other"agency action" for which an adjudicative proceeding is required under the Administrative Procedure Act,Chapter 34.05 RCW. A request for a FORMAL APPEAL shall be in WRITING to the Department of Fish and Wildlife,600 Capitol Way North,Olympia, Washington 98501-1091,shall be plainly labeled as"REQUEST FOR FORMAL APPEAL" and shall be RECEIVED DURING OFFICE HOURS by the Department within 30-days of the Department action that is being challenged. The time period for requesting a formal appeal is suspended during consideration of a timely informal 1W appeal. If there has been an informal appeal,the deadline for requesting a formal appeal shall be within 30-days of the date of the Department's written decision in response to the informal appeal. 40 C. FORMAL APPEALS OF DEPARTMENT ACTIONS TAKEN PURSUANT TO RCW 77.55.110,77.55.200, 77.55.230, or 77.55.290: A person who is aggrieved or adversely affected by the denial or issuance of a HPA,or the conditions or provisions made part of a HPA may request a formal appeal. The request for FORMAL APPEAL shall be in WRITING to the Hydraulic Appeals Board per WAC 259-04 at Environmental Hearings Office,4224 Sixth Avenue SE, Building Two-Rowe Six, Lacey, Washington 98504;telephone 360/459-6327. �r. D. FORMAL APPEALS OF DEPARTMENT ACTIONS TAKEN PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 393, LAWS OF 2003: A person who is aggrieved or adversely affected by the denial or issuance of a HPA,or the conditions or provisions made part of a HPA may request a formal appeal. The FORMAL APPEAL shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 393. The request for FORMAL APPEAL shall be in WRITING to the Environmental and Land Use Hearings Board. E. FAILURE TO APPEAL WITHIN THE REQUIRED TIME PERIODS RESULTS IN FORFEITURE OF ALL APPEAL RIGHTS. IF THERE IS NO TIMELY REQUEST FOR AN APPEAL,THE DEPARTMENT ACTION SHALL BE FINAL AND UNAPPEALABLE. Page 3 of 3 � h' c E1 i.!(IN 15 low CITY OF RENTON Yst s Div. CERTIFICATE OF EXEMPTION FROM SHORELINE SUBSTANTIAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT *W June 11, 2004 EXEMPTION FILE NO.: LUA-04-064, SME PROJECT NAME: Monster Road Bridge Repair APPLICANT: City of Renton OWNER: City of Renton .r PROJECT MANAGER: Jason Fritzler PROPOSAL: The Monster Road Bridge is experiencing unusual UW cracks in the prestressed concrete girders beneath the bridge deck. To remedy this problem, the City is proposing to place longitudinal restrainers at the top and bottom flange of each girder. The restrainers will attach to the girders themselves, extend through the pier caps and be tightened to a desired tension. Additionally, a shelf (corbel) will be placed at the bottom of each girder in the vicinity of the cracks to act as a fail-safe device. Once all of the bracing is in place, an epoxy grout will be injected into each of the cracks to prevent weathering of the steel within the concrete. PROJECT LOCATION: Monster Road Bridge at Black River LEGAL DESCRIPTION: Monster Road Right-of-Way SEC-TW N-R: N/A '• WATER BODY/WETLAND: Black River • An exemption from a Shoreline Management Substantial Development Permit is hereby granted on the proposed project described on the attached form for the following reason(s): ow SHLEXEMP master doc.dot XX Normal maintenance of repair of existing structures or developments, including damage by accident, fire or elements. 1. "Normal maintenance" includes those usual acts to prevent a decline, lapse, "` or cessation from a lawfully established condition. 2. "Normal repair" means to restore a development to a state comparable to its *W original condition, including but not limited to its size, shape, configuration, location and external appearance, within a reasonable period after decay or partial destruction, except where repair causes substantial adverse effects to the shoreline resource or environment. 3. Replacement of a structure or development may be authorized as repair where such replacement is the common method of repair for the type of structure or development and the replacement structure or development is comparable to the original structure or development including, but not limited to, its size, shape, configuration, location and external appearance and the o, replacement does not cause substantial adverse effects to shoreline resources or environment. The proposed development is consistent or inconsistent with (check one): CONSISTENT INCONSISTENT ow XX Policies of the Shoreline Management Act. N/A The guidelines of the Department of VW Ecology where no Master Program has been finally approved or adapted by the Department. qW XX The Master Program. w Neil Watts, Director w. Development Services Division Attachments: Vicinity Map ... cc: Applicant File SHLEXEMP master doc.dot i APPENDIX C—STANDARD PLANS CITY OP RENTON �r r, r +`r m; APPENDIX C STANDARD PLANS Monster Road Bridge Repair FF CITY OF RENTON TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS—TRAFFIC OPERATIONS TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN aw CONSTRUCTION COMPANY: APPL. DATE: ADDRESS: PERMIT #: low PHONE #: ( ) CONSTRUCTION SUPERINTENDENT: MOB./CEL. #: ( ) 14w PROJECT NAME: FAX #: ( ) PROJECT LOCATION: N/E/S/W OF: WORK TIME: APPROVED BY: 0110 WORK DATE: APPROVAL DATE: 1W NOTES: 1) WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD). 2) CALL 911 (USING A LOCAL PHONE) OR 253-852-2121 (USING A CELL PHONE). FIRE, AND POLICE DEPARTMENTS BEFORE ANY CLOSURE WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY. r 3) CALL METRO TRANSIT CONTROL CENTER AT (206) 684-2732 AT LEAST TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS BEFORE ANY STREET OR LANE CLOSURE AND 30 MINUTES BEFORE THE ACTUAL CLOSURE. 4) THIS PLAN MUST BE SUBMITTED AT LEAST THREE (3) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO WORK. ow 5) APPROVED TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN MUST BE AT THE WORK SITE DURING WORK HOURS. 6) ANY VEHICLE AND/OR EQUIPMENT TO BE USED FOR WORK WITHIN THE CITY RIGHT OF WAY MUST DISPLAY A COMPANY LOGO (ANY LEGALLY ACCEPTABLE SIGN SHOWING A COMPANY NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER) AT A CONSPICUOUS PLACE ON THE VEHICLE OR EQUIPMENT. ow COMMENTS: �.. SKETCH —NORTH- . w w wr aw I have been informed of my responsibilities for traffic control and OFFICE COPY T- a ree to comply with all traffic regulations of the City of Renton. CONTRACTOR +r. 9 P Y 9 Y INSPECTOR K. KITTRICK/ SIGNATURE: DATE: POLICE FLOYD ELDRIDGE FIRE JIM GRAY/STA. #11 C:\TRAFFIC 0PERAn0NS\TCP\CTRLPLN3 ` QY z w � c IC Y o w N r^,,., •C `M O d a �x� o i>S z 10 C P N L h ca C0 +dY N r b C n� i U -g W b 2"D _- dc ^^Z J a N o C O C v r Y qA O M F C-tm O b o m V pr („L o A. Z C V d L L b O O V 4 < a 't t da b >bb p C N V = H Y O M E >G N �_ 0 N ~ �° C E Q aL a F E FYI 4- 0 ��N d M- f•O� p. .=r . o f •- 0 0 0 C N _ a w d O d C o O r dL IA 0 at 4L �dtY.�-C r d N m O } _ N O O O p a s O E cps' O d f d dL O+- 0 40 at 40 40 O �3 O�a�7 3C o v 7Ne L La. 4-QONt aN d N OZ V 40 C M sea 3 C 6 O d v N ir1Y + O r L O 0 L C >�• $ u C 40 LL �-dt M 7 Td Cz �O �„� O 10 CMO m0 O_V 0 00 r1 C 0 00 low o W_ 4... N.•_.DdV .N+f r N.._F • p� O .p \t 0 N W0 D 41~IL CL U. N t�•. IL O .'r.. 10 Co N Y s Ar ` it • h 4. X 10- o .n o F wo ` < J � O •S S = _ b 'OO�� i n ` n r r 0 u r' .n .n .n .n C a .4 .n r av O a N 0 L o h C {O B .V.. T v O f M 0 1 N *-. C;. M L. Y M 1 V �JC` opT 0 Vdr JJ.r p •w) O L. f�C� 0 O 2 TN K < v10 12 - V r O �Q $ OL v o ovm� m Y n 1 D '0 x _ wrr 'r O� o _ u- ,r O 6� w C f pp r u t Y low Y . a o .p v 05 . v zu ° c Y o >,v .O '-'V l C t 3 7 gz or a< o ° N 0u v.`o ria E, '04, > r r O L - O C O P - N d N W u O P � V S �„ o � - 3 O• nr o • T _ +�r r Z v o Q d N J M L w � 41 O CIO C '^ ew �E1 L 4 x p V►- 00 yOj 1„ ~C O .••.lO 2 N g C/IO Q H 20 >- Z 1�0 04- 410 0 IA it o -K a a d 4L ® Z V44 ° (- v0 T Q < N on M N ti� O Co r� N +CO r~-o Ac v a c a @ (L Q O - 4 TP O CO h V V LL Q N —LL O C0L A O L 4-4'-4' FL < V C ON of C` 00 Vm C CL O _ ab OL 0 O 0- t ♦-O qqE -v LX 3 �L �OC- ° T 3 O O�- S.w ¢ > >OC 00 a a d g 4-Jc 1w 4-V� 0 � � ` on ~ N O W� D} - A r w .- 1 _ Ow t ° a x W x J Cl M Q ~ W vp € 'c :p N M Cpo Im s Y 2 r O W g N p vm 8-s I I da t V I �/ X o r Ow C \ I O 40 n --MN L 29 0 v 0 . o T I d a O c %-0 '^ 0 0 T O T 3 i * PL V Q Cv O 4- p C L . O •-C L r Z N O Q C u O N w m O O ° � U ° 40 , , a 'n 10 s v �' O � � r � O Q W �J u n W T J rr•, Z N V c O N L C Q' > N N V W n v U c: a -a .0 o0 o>n Y cc m OU W•- d- u LLW .Z.Z ~ i QL-tT aN 00 O v •U0 �" d J W V O >,as L _ u a O ` 0 013 0C LN V - NL4- Wd n N �r 110 4A O C P N N u 0 -C V z ►- �-- r•- CO 44 t- CP 3 O +v `tat =z G 0— L 040 O c W LOt =U Ww L O 3 -•- W CL(3% O U_ Z : S 4-4- - �c L T C + > An 4n o r r a u COL -N av++ o a V W- o O N 4n O C L•C E7 N - zvNO z OIL L O 00 N O v N- NG•- an M N o- . %,> PT+ v +v 077E ®`" () �� W Q F+ 1010 C L O - L C M N d r > Wb U C O =0 V > Vic 0 O 1..•1 a ° by O YL W -O b��11 d Z EL 0 LON 'o -L L ad i Q O^ NL dN U O- O. O u NU ++ EEO C P -TO r LL L. 0 i L p L E b O .4-1->+ N a/y Ir Y0-• -+ C 0 O L E Y N N o Oray� I.i.. j Ln a0 g° >°eo C ;�v win 0c z p� .► ~ bN CC aoC 0 • CVV f-319 0-4 ° V7 L4 E- VV •0� Ot O N O-M•P--am P vW 4L Cb CPb- vV C L7C aw 7 V >O > >CCO ° Oil, or P o�b L LC-O tV g�b N v� 0 9 10 OIL. C a o 0-9 T� V Tt Y 3q !.--d -!"! «a o 0��wb tL•C 0 O O 1kw N 41- 4+ tU 0 3 K H N F ' °�• Z++L F- LAS !�l ~ • 6 � p \ .o u r m lot, o °o o" X in In N mw 0 IOC W � o m V c low v1 in o o °goy b CL .0 an -w on 5 V N N N N N r M N t 9L o 4A 1 0 0 m b O p _ d V O }, h v T _ C Q NT3 N t N o O L ++--f- W- ` uc„v o w o O` 0 0 0---mom +°d 0 0 vd L a a:10 N 0>jo &,-LAS or > >ix OD . b!O O O 6� in 10 0 0 >v v vi 0 0 o L slrr Oyd�Oy ,lib C N 2�y u T 0 u3t •�o o err � L �O 110� > v . w� 00 a •_ o c C v ilb' S S OJ C o O 0 a £! +� c o 0 v ad n t n o 3 u+ WOO* - - T /a U o A u L p n rn+ !� u r c v Wr r J v ` � vv � rL ° Y low O- e W Z #-` � C m •o qq� Q �o r { V Z z > 400 0 •-q-C MZ ~ zz C CL bY4- �` O O OOV ZN ZO N tH <W °= S I..L V V =V Ow W o Q aw LOO tJW S t0 M ®� 0 M O Z O «9 to 916 z a -V V N h N LL. r mtF �'L- z aw 4W- in O Z � • o O pp.W 7 - 1 - 1 ` � • • F M � K i = HO M M M *W Q ` 1 1 x O O� O an O - Va N M y x a �0 an on N = G o a N 0 us pp J S 2 2 S J •n O •e• O 7SJa/ C7 4 „ in O O V VA O A T N S Y i I Z O. 10 N t «+ = O N N A • vo „ i 1n If In N J } N N h N • .°. X d• O_' „ N N o i 1 o � a ow 2 V CL 40 -N 4 M h •O A C +*4- i Wca0 = m - g v low c o o--4- s ov c - N x 1 1 K �W C �K DD _ O Ok J O _ S -W o { •E = Y / - m J O o - O CV t C �p OC N CO oo CO E pq 0 1 n t �d D} a Vt h M1 L I I I I v N t CO V L p � p t -- N -C 0 °V %- O Od. C V O n C� o '"L °o oY n o o — oa o +o w o r o L 41 v' 03 �; ,�� I L CL O� C)< LL F M N V NO O_O V P O° U° ? 'F V p� V N 3 my I Eo `v M ao v V NN OV t L V L c < O V ° N I , a, m oo - d C o z « Co o C oc C 0 0 OF ON t u pL N a N — _ tow • Z : 0 03 10 N u -r Ly/ y�j •i N N O V Sj W ZJr < t '„ ° ^ N V V M 4A O NW Hz w Z A tfllr N C 4 7 v f O p l — m S O x •n O i —° 3 �-' 4 v v • o o n Mort w L 4 C x .N. a Q < aJ ai 2 0 41 O L > LL OW e--a u rN O z Zx IZ Q Q u d o N o Cl N W O t U H e = IN O � e- i- C C 4 L O a« Z O LL- (j "— e C — mac +~- e v 1— O v 4 — Irlr c- o u z v ° 41 4 ti a c 0 CL ac ONE r 5.0 C � U + ~ Lai CL LL v F W u Z 8 C' CD ` V O _L 41 V r 3. womm M7 rrN J O' ° a ? a z� Z \\� Y N WL c O e0U1N ` ° �.°xiw �s �° tZi '•' F 0 n Y 4 r 1 Z Y1 O n t 4 (V 4 C r N 04 N to 4 0 gel 0 0� O Y� 4- Od d' >f.< ca b o a C 40 ow 7 b •�S 8 1 -,Z 1 X X X O 4 ; 1W/ C L • � L • L H — N Z - 4 ♦ • ® • W V O low • ♦ vl p- W a ♦ °W- o� Ylb ♦ J.-. C 4 Q 7 O U_ = O U UJ ow Z V 93 Q 4 O N O O •.J O _ Cq 3 4 C Cl n 4 O ' C) Q > O O Q V C J L O O 3 "W f�Ye U v-0C W f V C� r n O L C > vni Y W u >�UOE .n O Oy E UC1- Vl M M 2O „c c901� 4-00 CM zo >- ~Vii F c 4u O ON C3 .4 �� o u Q E a N O O p Im C O C CL -O r p 0 OL E N L L x -C 07-C < U Q O• T .i 1- a— -L N < t M w0C_N•- O ,n° ° - L - o° 9 U of i -T 7 W E O W K 0 O' ()%10' @9� U N F j O L p C a e Q >O L U U. w N 0 O C 0® .40 C O 0 � ~ aa4L: V O Lj_-0Y E aa0 m C O O t 0>•n aa* V U N N LL = < Q vl O V O•f r a Vl n V y 0 OY1 7- m L p Z =i VI of OEY0,4-14 00 N o OL Y-E>t 4 N O O a cod IM0410 0 OL 4n w r L 4-4n =0 0 N -'�W a10 N m f N o W !- p 2 •••• N 0 O P N N . m r O o V Lf` 6 00 L W N b oic W n 0 40 O 1 h v V 0 d a O 3 m o v ..n n .r T n i ya c > N•U +1 C 0 L O ZO - L K '✓a- • n O Oa .Nr•+ = O N O+0 J� 4 tl N 0 O .� N `a >L CL La I I O O Zn• p Q M N W a N N M L C O O U N ~ W rn I<V 4 f O N S d N N N N O O r I I w = QM < ° m M C �r s o o F-I O M N W 7 p + N p VC� - O- Z o _ LUO l.Lr • j4+O p�V O N I I7— — C. cl +`+0 _ aD O to L ° o . I I a M x 00 Q►- O 0 0 0 Aw J o o o ; I a o a, L w v- m = _ _ = c a a a a a 0 c.7 0 V, Ln o 0 L X Z t° N f M 0 W O O .-. {n \ \ \ 3 O N a U N N V1 V1 I O OJ W .n M f Q_ N L _ 2 41 S U N In N Q N 0 _ N Z y N 7 U d N U O a t N N co N l N m > N ' X Z OT a 0 L-N N W T O O t LOC in T N — - C C Q N a o ON 7 - C O 3U C C_mL NL O O o t N r 1 O _ LX 7 L L N C•- U c I I N C _o 3 C mw O aN X L p.n V a+ II O O w D a a r O O 0 "0 fi 3 "W Net CITY OF RENTON low DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING, BUILDING & PUBLIC WORKS R114 R114 ROAD CLOSED ROAD CLOSED TO TO THRU TRAFFIC THRU TRAFFIC Aff Iff off off'AV A E ff-Iff AV AlK 1 1:%'W M6-%6 +. IF TYPE 111-1 TYPE III-1A TYPE III-1B R114 R114 'Aw ROAD CLOSED ROAD CLOSED TO TO THRU TRAFFIC THRU TRAFFIC w� DETOUR MMIL,Mj DETOUR M4-10(R) u M4.10(L) TYPE III-2 TYPE III-2A TYPE III-213 R11-2 R11-2 R11-2 "" ROAD ROAD ROAD CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED vw DETOUR DETOUR NEW M4 to(R) M4-10(L) w TYPE 111-3 TYPE ill-3A TYPE III-B r DETOUR DETOUR DETOUR M4-9(L) M4-9(R) M4-9(T) ROAD END CLOSED DETOUR �r R11-2 M4-8a APPROVED BY: TYPE I 11, R11-2, R11-4, M4-10 (R)/(L), M4-9 (R)/(L) DATE: 06/22/00 SHEET: 1.0 low C:\Traffic Operations\TCP\TYPE—Ill.dwg APPENDIX D—PLANS CITY OF RENTON �r APPENDIX D PLANS { Monster Road Bridge Repair �n Ln 4 Q�`�V �J� w � S W H H N 2 Z w N W Q '< a AVE 3 OAKESDALE L ;� N tl N \ g ~Z m x u tt L Y O Z W s z u W .� \ �z z M F- W W Q } wN a O W 0 3nl8a S3a7V9N01 Z < yJ w cn as L1. 0 N83H1a0N N019Nl1ans N Pte\ a. yo MS as a31SNOW _ Py \ L 6 Do / adoa N a n I � n3��vn 1S31\ LLJ Z � m 0 \\1� cm P O Mina R�P� 0P a3n16 HSIW`1 Mfla 2 (D o 0 0 u • • U • Q O O ao O o f a ~ o a � x, u O O W N J w a O a } z w} v '> z 4-0 ¢ z a w U N W z j Z Z Z V wO < = a W w � L a o W N O N O Z V z0 Z Z_O U=iZV a_ W ¢ ON raow ¢r <a pZQLW 3OQ0 Yw} OS tY � r- W U r O 322<m uzww �..0 ou YO <4uz Q O U P u>-,- w z w u 0 O o ■ xwo or as ao m�c� xa U z<$p m a Sao ¢N� ovtna oao zawr Qi� w3pun U�--wp �- ON �m wr mu-¢ a U W w U O U U~=fW-W Z x ¢w°zz zaWW<< Waz �ozW� °i-' xh-¢O ^{/�zrO 00m ZaOa z0 Or to Q�-V O to ZQ zttz Z-D u �a � v) I O r a� J zr NZ� oaW XZ`_� U aw Uxi2oa in<¢0Z LQ.�¢w a�zooZ 0m zrrV w¢JZ2 0 .ate ¢liaz pNW=W JUw -oo"O>. Up z o r 0 Z o�N o } K ON 0U-te a xO m o Z ?'oo w° 3w Wwo a> o ¢ orap m x - w<o o---<a- �w o�Q¢ ¢��s�� �Wa a- z,z i~ ZW�W XWo>-m JOJ JaOap1 N'. woowmz NOWD som,2 xi-x xW¢OmO 00 JOOIY Ozop� zEaV (n--�V-� uz w a yam Uz�w�¢ �wm w wz W Z wmwf- OJO O wO wZ O Fw-_wQ xW}Oa UWU� UZwZWJ ZFw- z <"o Nmaoa a�¢WJ aoa mz x �N J aa' 5, zo �N�z Q DD>.JW }� x ti x Z J X X J af 0 JrQ-cr O(�O¢ ZQZU ZUOO¢m O W W W J�WO xw7z� OWOZ Ozaax7 aO 2 x Z a3ow ax¢1- umuw U-wujou wr N N N WU' N Ni � 0 N< O r r ww Z Y Y J J r U ¢ z as U a �a o 0 W mm Z O�l1 w Z W r r W O O+ + O C7 00 �'+ +�}p�ZZZ ¢¢ 5y�l w oZrO-'aa dfc, aJJ mm <Q a o az��ISS) L,)- aaa in n aw Nm Q L,�9 U7 W J a Q v�0 z z z o o Q N N N a p N U7 m a ova ¢Qr-r 0000 oo Q w W O p r-N o o n-p p.-. Q r z K�_(Y o O O r O Q a a J J J J J J p W H r Q Q OJpOQU1V C7 rOr rO,Z ZZ r rHr r F ra-r�m W W a zJ Ui OOO+'i33 In Vl wWwWwW¢w pto }moccoo w Co�r ww�rr w Z�NU7^Q7O� J�� I wwww-w<p��wpN�oo r zOmOZOO ~ 0^Nh��JJJ� J� �Ja JJ J ��� VrW..w.W J... w OO .... w w w w w_w, r ~ x 1- 5,02-Q¢ ON ¢ ¢¢300 QooOOOO�M�IY r¢-p ¢r V0 w w r-f-.ZS df,a<00 a'W W O W W (n UI!n Q O O ql wKOmm�� Jrrr C7U(�JJFN oO2 I I OC�C�(7000z aSmmY o W W W W Q o m a N IN N,z..z.rz. Q��7 v Z N r7 0 0 o p w o o V Z Z Z l�l�a o.a 2 z z m a m m a a m p Z z z Z Z Z 4 u-w J�J J J �� aaaOOxxx �O..wwww,ww �aaQa¢¢owQap ¢tYK� x N �JJJaar rraooa w aaaaaaz as awa¢¢ 0c�rc�c� o f aaaaa n nv mml paaaaaaa c� nv n nwv way nammmm z A a x p w O U O z Z z r W H- .-N r1 V o IO h W w .-N M Q ill�n p 01 O=N M?In lfl�0001 N N N N N N w o o M7 N1 N7 N'I D f-co W W W W W (n v) W x cc N »+w O ° N O 8 ` 9_9 0 'dd5 9 0Wa 3"Y 4 �£-,6£ , U O ZaS� O Q a- ;1;,+ N W a�OU ir •,1 z m S m �alnw� Lj v 0 3 3 ❑ 0m n�°�4 iL i U e m N a W W w oZOmo W Z '++•{,V ,;ICS Vl O tv F" W m 2 W m '1 UNOam n' LLJ w wo (A J '• a U o a _ cr Z IVI li, ~� W J Ow Y N m \ W f U Q a m a Y 1 i z O z 3 Q LL (n O m vj z ' c N f''i I ' "';Y .:.'V,.1 Z Q m Z O T O Z w i d'i i m -o LL = w r, ❑ IL,o v, u p ILLJ !I III t`•1 `i! 1'I `{� 11!. �iY 3 F- a J Q W ? z U) rn i11 T Q W Q U O Y Z I a ,, il; i 1 t,Y I, till U w p 9 x0 o O U" -+ I 1:�+, 1 i,l 1 ;IIi �+i V 4p I t 4'li m W a W V a w .2 i.. I 4,' i, ''+ ,i I t1 ` I )i' it U O C` W Ow cr a �'ii +11 V 3 W a z a a p ? m 11_,•' j�-` L �r I 'I tit h' ( 1 11t 1'II ~ m 0z a N N ~ I " 1 it Ilih W a p p II .:'q If ,i 1 '�h.;;.�, I{ Iii I,4 I I t I I t ; 'J J< 3. 0O w O Nt. ', { I, I'... IVi. Ili lit I 1t - 4' W SX t<W 07 a 1 W i W ((/Cw I il.i M'I t t'V 4�+ tVi 7{ i ' I i I Z Jn a NW S p O p Q \� 11L ii;' � ' i V'i� t d•Il, 4 i 4t r t - 1 �1,1 a� a W (n(/) o W W W y a _ ,(1 2 N W N Z V u W m 0 z V U i'i'i 1' i jt M llj 11 I O �m W �a C) U J z w- �2 w J ,J Z a a. �l'i l lei UO J a O~' Q 0 J � � O '4 1i �� 4111 U 4t1 1 1 U' ll� (= W z m X Vl V (11. I ,.� I i 1, ,1,` 1� �i�l, lit j t1 iV z l�W a= c9 wm V) w a Q Q i n\' , i i i ii FT' 'd 1i li it 1 00 �r w O w ! I, I 1 "�i t+l i�•!' 41.1 , V+1 ,I I� a z O 7 a n J W H ~ m LLJ m N J W it J Li U Vt a a i' I I I �,i •1(...,. , ( , i i1 "11 1' ` tii 1 w W w Z O o ~ o w I { I , I , 1fi '•,.,�I , 'V4�,,� U ,_i '�I 3 O J O F-J 2 p LL m 2 I'1 ! I , ! I , ' , .ii, I, i ' i� W W a S W V Z i W (` m Fw Q ¢ OU m w ! ! 111 ! Io, r UO J N VV cr j i f l i I I I I i I n, ' V y iVl .{I I LL J Q a O J a ° it W H S W o- m J :11 J m II 11 I !I III ! 1j W U Z to 2 a zw U I I if l .1 i' "4T \ m 0� _j II i i I; i O L'i¢ 2 r=vi W✓� W_J J ~ U m o Q' r I! li II II ,I ti IIt'I ! i{ . II Z 3� 3LL Oa w (m �� u + as o `111 1 II Ill II II II II ' i Ilf I O W� W p Jp J W = ❑ r � Z Iil;l!, I 4I 1 I Il m 1 1 V a N F-- zz I z z W O I,I` it Vt LL ui a O O a y 1 11 I II 11 I J W(./ WO ¢ w 2 z a d II::,, J• Ii II I 11 3~ 3::F- �ZpZ oa z zm N m IY 4 7 O o LL I I II I U g Z v o� ' I II ( I, U W W W a VI LL W I4I1; II 1 I I II II I z r=-z rw W wo x Z m J ! 1 I II II I W J(� a W W z0 !'I I 1 li! 7h•,''• I I O O� O W dF a Z O (III i If I I 11 I I I 11 I w to W Vt W W m a V, J W Z s CL.^. 1 I lit it 'I r•;; II I II I I 3 wLX w= NS -' a 4 2V) •00 I ^J l„ I I i t I I I U w m J Z 1 X ! III i ...!Z z� N N II I III 11 II �I I`` 11 If I OK O� ¢Q FW-�c J J O WT- O I I �(1 ;J(, I,I I Z V)w L, a z F-m I 11 I I I •7 h i" J t I Q O Cn 1-i,. a W m I N I ii III I I !II J n c6 ai - a O I 111 u I li a �, p m 0 11� I ryiil I Ii I I it II I I, II 1 ° O !� UI�I x711 11 0 aF ;I III l'I II I I I m I v i JII _Z Iii� i iii I III Ili NI`i li I I ill I II I I NII I�I. Q W m !I I 11 II I I 011 IJ Y of ¢ W z w I- m IIi ::' II li I I N1I1 T. U!., Il I a r ..O J N S N y- III II II I I (l OII -a aw N a Z 00 Lu(r J~. a YO U Ln I ! Ii ;,JL. Ii II I II W S WOwar=- ¢¢ 2m ¢- M I1�1 I IIi III 'Ih-:� II I i 11 I{ I 0 m~-ao ¢ SJ Cr W o I!p; I J I II J ¢ JLLJUW~ (n r¢ 02 aw CA II ! fl III II 4h:;;4J II 1 I Wfn::)Ww ¢z 2S WF- ¢a �i !IIIi it II III w IO=r?¢ m- ❑N ¢Z m¢ a 2 0 (n W(n 0 X 0 V) W V1 U•-• .0 III! II I III o mwza az N= > III I I II ` 1 O owo W DF- ¢f ^m cr ZJ cr I'_ C) m¢ W U II II 1 I I I JI m ^JZ(yJw 2 JZ 2 W,- N � ,/ III ! I W4 UQO=N F-W ¢W LL aw C4 fll , , _ 1 WZ ¢2Zr^ F- OJ rx �Cy+\ IIII -,t , Z/ilLt .9 I '�� 5 9II 111 I W� a oNWO� Wa Wo =N �¢ Q 1111 ' i ! 11 i I'I II I O zUfS,-Z N^ o I'_O -•o 6u Ili I ' III II it I I I I I �Y cr or- r om ¢ m U \ II' It ; I , II ! ! III ! ! II ii I II it Ww m CL=LL(YS a> >¢ oU w J �� J i 1 ' II ! ! 11 i ! II II ( I III II Z❑ LL O mw❑>� JJ m° 0 cr c x z os(nw a¢ aF- w^ (- ! z oO'S W °2 ¢o C=.ia ¢¢ �IHY I I ( •-j.i� III i If. i 11 ,I I I I I .`. i O Z W O m Y z m F-C7 Z JI''-., L 1••.,j , N ¢>V)O¢ (0 0 ¢ ¢Z '' �. ' ' ' - : I F- m 0 W F- n Z O O V1 Z^ Z F l m! , I �I I, I� a: ( II u (A 0.W 0w w¢ -•¢¢ NN Oz a o¢ m^J w^ w �¢2tw- ¢m N=a rx w 'IIII 7; if , I; ihr`'�,..,TM, �iV'�l. ill! W I-rJ ¢ z0 a W ¢ JII , I JII; ) u o¢ J caw wW J > 2 7i tII, „ J t fit ' f , ; I�: I d ¢= i= _F o¢r= io oF- I R 2 0 �� Ill 'I1 cn c�0(1) In LL u=i=z �0 w w Q , I i , n , 1`�'•,.�+ '••!I( o (.7 a W (D O a F-O W ..C� Q 3 W N11 ; Ill ' ril K Z cr m W m ¢ a F-U m N Z O, , I I '+ti, , ¢ ,-..O ma N Z Ja Ja I o , I ❑ F- C) U =m 2 2 OLL aJ W Z ii,I �I, I ;:7!I f ?I ; II ;1i; !�i I� z (n .zJ �m o .o m N Q ilii� k I I i ; I,1 i ; '�I ;l I' IF �'J, \ a ^U1 J N^ ^S ry `t a Hip", I ' O.1 ' ; ' Ill iJ I' I` 1; ,I') r XuuQ0 a (D(A m0 Ww N I vlll ! , N W^:CC a c(n O^ II !l; ; irll �0NC) 00 vvm 2(n a- �!� Q� Ln IIII U;17 4011 ;I I; 1 Ilp 1� =zzcni ''w ¢"- zw �w f � �I 1 •-);' f?I; J ; 1i I a �-c�^z a F> x x c a x W m P a 1;fill i UI 11;�J I u~i LLIZW° oo u~iu~)w rr~ >J w ii, 1, I? i , 9 ❑ F_W LL aa0 W,- wJ (> ;^ z Jam z0 ,-a w¢ ') ,II 0 aNwU 0E- o W w S2 1 ' I I .(9.1 I. ,- Zu WOF- U w 2 EO ON i 111 '?I II f1 I (.7 a^F- O N N(n F- a 2 a �U11 i T 1 7 ll W( m J zwo o^ caw I' ( 2 (.9aoaJ aF- a2F- F- ZN ,l. 1 If ..�,�1 Ili? O acrZmJ =^ >N . a .. 1:0 II a0aC9S Na a3Z \O ON )' ?? I" , •t it JII "1 j °^Nz(n U)(L 0 -• •-•J W 1. J JI )) l ?� ° oa°OZU(n au ww° w °wo ?' 1 ll �t 11 1 1?. I 1; '1 I�?b i, I; ,-¢¢m0 in mW0 J J2 '1 ' III II 1'j Ii M II I 1 I 17- ,' I, U 1-UI�W¢ J> J(nV 202 QO ,P ll •I ) Z O¢Nzm W a J Q F-W ✓A !'yM..? o zXCW(~i) t--= 2°w¢ Ww° (n_j / I I I i� 1 �1 1 J,1 !ll I 111. r O W 7?mC� U)J NWO OJ ^mt- '�il ill Ijj �I1111� ? > II U YV)VIp0 U¢ V)OU >_j WOa ,I ,l f 1 U a 0z^ z2 0aa o¢ m ❑ 1? p+J, av F W<1 (n 0¢¢ cr C) wz 1 m Zm V) u mgr a J=W Z O w^F-0 W m 0 z 0 J h x N mNW¢¢ W D ZZu Jhw- 2 O 1I Jr W❑ JWCrmN LL as Qa (n •u \ J'Ill m W J N a F W W S Z J W omw W X 0^2 00 waX (S II f '' J O O>W W a LL)a2 J(0~ mVl JON i?;.; • a OS Wm W 00> OW OW g , �1 m wl-mF-2 mam F-0 m m V) r 00 XU- �-Ct o u ow = z (n F- u¢uc� z Z mzo aw mw¢ CI YU r_0- U �¢ 02NZ F-h=- 201=- 0 m7 WNZ,-zm N U¢^ Z Umu a "••..`4 „'I a 0x YW;: 0 .,m Z..f OW Zaa a S �H Wo/-(••,.-,LL W a Q uF- a-LL N ir VI..Jz J VIW ¢ Q❑ Q Z J z F-Z^°"-'^ _J CL JI-F- W U J Z J O X O X Z O W J 7 J O W 2 0 J Q a wg_£y u aU Wzw o¢ aU ¢z0 rJ aof ddS 9 N M a N (D r—=-SS-ddd Mr',s\•ww4aw,s'uw�,i,o-ro\.mtV, n,+.•,u, III UNION" ■�� a. 22 jr O-J 00 L_-3:4 0 :2 41 m LU CO LLI LJ Li Li CL mOin Lu LLJ to xx ir DZ 04 In Ln CL EL qz 0 z In FL ir Li -d fill 0 L) LWI 1115 m In tn CL r—=-SS-ddd _ =~ Y � D N rn o z LJ N rzx . ............. ^ x . Li L-I� I m° 2 - I I O U � 1- I111111 �cn LY li,:.,`. I I x z Q z LLJ 1 1 1 1 1 1 I O w "T a Q w I 111 I = O m i `p I `v I 1 1 1 I I Z m I I x cc w ' I iv I I`YIII III+I ¢pl ro - I I \ W U N x x I I I I I 9 J ao I I m M Q cn II 1 II II LL ,o o `a 1+ 11 111+: \o \ _ III � � � O m J � Z +- Z 1 I Q x p\j III III g 1 1 Q 0 � m W J II II 1 1 +- W a I }�I I I t l l`}�I d �' I I J LLJ L�.I < U I a I III III I I I Ld O W j I III I III I 111 \ = CE W z� I L LI==u I m' _ � ~ W Z N wo ; �— oC L.. ( x1 I N r Lu U r-w z w `' r LO :..•: .___.__.....Abr... ._...._ Fo a "8 00 1=d wU Z8 J 1- _. I wz mw t�plllp 1: 11•1111111p'I , w cE t,'4� J I ' Nom^ Y' CD m �7T I ilr 1 ca�� o p I I 1 r , 1 1 I 11i W ¢w Ilt I I r I = ¢y III j ! I� II ;i III I 11. I it ANC) `_ Y � g �-� II II, Il I I Q� z �a mF I1 i I Illllll�j III III I• pllp,l� c� O L1J M w I I 1' I I '1 1 1 I tl' lV I% M vao 11 ��, I1 ILJI cnO� I I j I LET J II II + �1t 1 Roo I I I I i I I III III I I I � L .r N •N I .._._ . ~. II lit Z CL .......... 1_... _.._......_... ._ �. I I N \ U n 3 LLJ Ix Oal I I m^ III a O ONN I I I I I I ? O J I I " L...... t t._._....1._.._.- �.�... Own ill 1 ( I I SO r._._._y_....._.�_. i IIII U N II II M L 1 �Or I v Uz -....� II' W > I I I "9-,z w2z 1rl` p a W Wit I ' cn Z I, II 11 II LLJ O I I LI oo:I Z I I I�`i 1Il O w SfQ O 0 1 I v m Q III , till I III _ 1 I I It 1 IIII 1111 2 w^ d J o Q IIII IIII oil 4i Cw I II 1 IIII III cy Q C,v % i I t 1 •�•7„I 1 rr II II �o Z a III 1 II N �\ IIII of . II II I ¢N g 0, ''rl x Z o- 0 F- 'I'` Im 1 I ' nl I Ill 1 111 1 111 I I / � III � IIIII ' IIII I I I1 ' 1 111 .. � IIII 1111 /�.. III IIII �/ � ';r..... IIII IIII •..,,`, 1 11 I I III I p^ `••i.......,,,i I -+ III I e ! 1 1 I III )i `x J I x J I1 1 •I _ I III i . n a2 I IIII 1111 ( IIII / v 2° I I l i I I I I / II IG i III / tt J O.i Ipl Irll I ; , I j j '...•..l.l I I ; �' III; �Ip i � "'.,,,_.•........... 1 1 I ao i I I 1��.1'.. L I GIs �V w Z �i�IT Q Q S. ii%l��uyyu P a o I I i I I I I j i,( Cw I I vl Z j II i 0 * II II j i 11 f ¢aV~i j Ijl i I I w w Q o ca < a III III } w I I I I I I J J x F I I I I m�1 Q N S II I II U Q x V) .111.... I I I I I 1 III o¢�1w _._ III z d I cn - -- Ir O � �W�"wW 0 rn J I Ij x II I _ O w r aola 11 II ~ O �¢w� ¢Y ZO I, ae V1 O.� rn v iS- o 111 II ij j 11 I o I II I 11 _z w On��N ww w Cr 11 i 'i III IY N 111 II ?N0C70Z¢ f0 Q0 ,1L�1 I ili ° _jowatoom �W wo w ,l� �j I II J 1 1 II v <`x —E020 ¢� jN NN I. IyIIA �j j ; I iI j �I j `t f? w I Illlll I I �Nw'0 Z�w O ow n I• I F- I♦ W I ¢0J -Wx 0U. JV) NN I• I •I it III QnNOw SO Z II II ij II N N¢g ul wy WO L' N I 11 I 00 �L, p� m cn0 CY_ O=� JI li Ij , . II I m c� L' J II I Oc70 .w Z� Q� N� 1L �o II = w ���o 0 V) jl I ,j l �� j OInN F11 I NF-0 V) m 0U t9¢O j I I+ ,!1 Ilfll ' ! m�0 it It I ! zN¢r�w�� wa w z�� j j �' I. I j ¢� 11 1 it I,IIII +ii J�aC9+=-w0 A0 =0 -6 II I 1, - c�to o vr O�--�-__._ 1 .1 Z� a 0 � yxj Z _._.._...�-1...; i i Z .- N M Y. .:._. J wOz I I I i I U-SS-ddd WYS\�+�w4wusWOn�+o-ro\WOL\� �mm�y, IYMOMr wumm ww � ummum loom" Ili irr W r "MEN" MIS "Now" rnn/ Lj Lj Ld CL cc uj LA ow cr- cc 00 IN ID N cc ID w Of uj cr Lo u- C14 L) Lj j LM of ix LL, Lu co Ico 11 z o Ix LLI LLI Ico 0 C5 co 0 CL Ln Go co xw fn 0 00 0 2 CO Lj _ =�^ 1� Immum ammom N� ftm� amomw own" ONNOW "Nomw Now" mummo Now" MEN" "No" "Nomw "mmw amomw ammom Y � l0 Q N h Aoll Om J _ III Z W w o m z U Q ON~ I. Nm W o i 4] I o ui CL _ W�-f- II I 0: a. m 111 ~ 3 w� vaia cc Cn LU N w O iti IIII g m m �O cn W LU \ III D. O N (nL Z I :I 0 �Y n.0_VI D N I IIII Q o Z4 I I 0 �U ztO� w Y z C5° m N I I cc Ha W "5 N I J W IX W°z m N m m `�a °d °x m ir N w m N �` .,Z Q IY \J ui IIII W 3 WO Y KZ w F- O LUDO N OX m U �W N I I z 0� III cn w O WO v Z cn W CL IIII ZC, J m w O W Q)D J IIII I I ¢O U J w 301- w I � [n U) IIII Q iii �«• Ili ma a w OX z N U Z w IIII L O IIII j7 mp �: Z¢ 4 Qq c_ v� III 1-W w O N m O IIII rn z Qo O I I (� O IIII VI O OUP m Z mo IIII zo z J� m I = I D J Q I IIII i� �W oJ� HIM x°, IIII z N w Wo 16 O III 1 O 9 W _j Wa 0: J > V lJlcr Y (V IIII �• WH C7 Om N I `~^ w ' p 7 III I I-- O m °O I p v, W S� C7 II IIII Z N M 3 I Q > Z I ' I to III 4w I W I I I 0-n_ w r- N a III o Z W U I I I I m O m III 1 0 m z E cn IIII mO ® IIII Q W ¢ F IIII v N m III -W. 1 N �- N IIII J ~ W m: t t III W I I I ! I Ljj 0 N IIIII `- I IIII a i�� — F 1-i- f z � a In w I Q o IIIII i IIII 1 a L.. I I IIII O III I W c-Y---- ------------ -----� L� o IIII I r2' N I W ; III w — x° J M N W "m I(1I a z /Q ° Z p z C� //O�� Z 'I,° NN U '`0 ° N W W 0 w IIII I. Nm I z �� w m 111 la wU a -a wm z z Ln `a0 IIII i.° ~ 00 j ! N mO Q z Ln 'f� - --- - } III I 0z o I I II II II II I ! o o mx ~ O W a t IIIII _......_.__._ ._ z I O J r Wr] II II II IIIII I dO Q a I I I - ¢ ° m w m� ,....IID1�-- IIII o N om O w U J I I J m a c� IIII I I I I ._J , z Q W o ° 021 ()1-- —IIII — — N W - - - UZ^ x Za IIIII 1�----------- p� t~n I , � Zj ¢ _ 4___....._ ° IWI Jul l ® O ; FIn w > o N X pJ O I I I I N I uj �I ZN 1 I I I I I I ! mW - 3 W ..._?V o._ _ _ 1 ° ( o r Z m o > N J Z 2 Q I Of �W Z �. N In 1n ZQ Z 0 Q ..... �.I N co ! I CO P - ¢Z Q Z vmZ °� O g ` IQJo oz3N m 1 N%Nm ! j 2¢Q ¢w° m F-(A mN (n J I i ! V) Z tr U ~"Z 2J� mN m v . ... d o 3 'UOZ Om N >° ® I I I z�c� za mw r c _ �wJ I...� a p i NM Q>2 mZ 3o QY L�Q Ul ! > f ~Ln Li (� Q -yes-- 'T O '- I W W w J W Z W X m L. 2 m �.i?z as 1- w3o zW F ° ® J O „4 O a ` m W O w 1= t r z cv ri w it �, O Q .Z/1 01 m�Q I ¢¢ z It cr N. J v MWZ l Z Z ! , ¢ I C{ �, `N M o as _ 00 Z cl 10 • 0 n N cN b ry co n\In OR Ou I..i Z II 0 X Lu `..j� /� i.� W)w Q I — -—-—-—-—-— —-----— — — — ---- i. _ z 0 W 711•1• C) _. 4 t 4 S r=-SS-ddd • M/',K\Nw'W�/]IWJSWOY]�LIO-IOUOOL\•l �Y,YN]YJ 11111111mom Now" won" 1111110�111111111 WOMM11111111 "now sommo 00001111111 .. n 0 \ �O o a LT Ir w cp N i� Q w v v , "b w CL M M s Z a0 w (_F- 6.� c^� 'ol Y 1x v U c U Q. x CC F-Q CN 1-6 im w 11 :� U ° M Q �F- i "%" " `c0 In 0 W CC m F" /. 1 riI Z It 0d ` C7 CO Cc " U w Z IM i C7 w • Z/t I �„ Q } I N v % IN W OD LLJ Y(W \.. N Z10 x QOw+� M +- wp0,t SmwQ&+ S Q I m a aa� At W ` 7 N w ix J p v O = N = X � \ F M m0 ! `ao m Z cow g N N Q�K Z Yk U Z a J _ N O s O a0 n Q M m g9 I S Y F– Lli a Q �� F— << v F— co C) LD I N < LO tCl lD t0 < ^\ LO U') n i u>'n o m 0-.Z > J p m O O w = N U n ® ONE Z Q NM !� O pM�OU J w6 (A 0!0: p ww wCOwS J 2 �� � as Q3 Q w OJ rr�= aM Z/1 9 e b\� < ro O ON. ZCD'ppa r ¢U Y N __......._...__,....,_._. - _ _..... _ LA N`a 3-ti.-r.._._.._. ... _ 'r I �,-F MO / S O(C w C7 I w w v �i Q� w 0 Ln I I U U OJ d =w 1...� .... w w x _0 —,- mm N w°w o a JS O s W d Z <U m �O- N M F— HOB S? N M Q F-�' CD.n Loj� NO ww m "o U y� F=m �<w wa I as V) j i a s O Q¢ w� mmS2m oQe << j X x I ® ® N J mm ww moWO CIO ` ` \ ¢¢ 0d 200= ¢ II m0 ,.......__. w a0 v �n 1 I aw U , Dm I 0 F I •1� N N �� I N - Z Z NO ¢~w_ — ¢ II II Y `L i(1 i I Q Q Q � d w w 11 ¢ ¢ C7 II X �, r - - — � W N N w w pz ,/ / II 11� �u i m m — —i — — L, —.--_—.. Z <Jm Q w� , ..// IIIiIIi II NO I tr OOic �Q / a III IU II o < �! / U V'/1/ // II II U Q \N ti 1 // u Z vpi OD ui m m I �In \�' i`Y�/ // a m w J a `v In = g �� ado ,\ \ i I111 v ^' �Q� Q Z Uj I i N N Q �Ow pUw / .�,' \VIII `� M O o (( w -•�;-•{II J NM Za amp I �Ilj~ \ F- c3 _.iJ .- I J as =� ¢�`< • // i '��j \ Q a_I I vl w w n I w (on �.... En 0 m p� // 11I I I �.� E F– Ow z �-rQ �w I1 14.// 1 - _...�. w __. m w Q It Z ScD J`._. w r �w wa 0 zUw r2 N w Jm O<� tn0 II pl 111 IT %} N M w p r- ¢a um It II III II II z`^ v °z cv ii a a s p Nou 0w w `aw II II F- F- m Wc�-0� w rW a U I II ¢ ¢ 0 J z-j u II p®N O J It ¢U U 2000 SUwW It Q '^o� acr<� "i u W W Y3 `aoa¢t9 �Z I v< m m \� ^r 1111-SS-ddd W'M•1•MUYW,�QDV��2�0-.D�.WIY,,mrv�,. 6w ft� opmo. ammom umm� il..mul ampow rlrr O...r "Onow urorrr ftmw � ummm. rN.r UNNOW ...r ammomm urom ..awl � •r n b YN n \ �CA a ! cu \ » CC W W x d 2 n 1 ! .11 W !n � r X //��[ owd ,! �!\ x !1 V O W CLL 1) � �Q m W 0 00 C4 cr CL Ir I i��' -ter► �� �'-\ M G� ,�j 0 �m I g I �i� ( \ is �/' '� �� !! W O H 0 L+i W z W N a °° I m U I Z/t 1 x I s-.t IN a M x x C� m N W CN ra x O a Q-:? Q .�- M V Y NZ iD U OZ mW ra 1 a °O � W Q�¢ t¢� win x O J W O S x O s m `a a S A 00 it J .O M Oz >i 1 v, m3 x W Z �� �� vow 02 F; o \ 7 S Y¢ z z Z � m 2 In W D I W ' v a \ _ O M I � � W 10, ao Oj — V o M z — - - z - W �\ _ U o U s p loo p E I i 9yv a4 Q C14 Co U ao I m ♦ ° I w m I N 1 ID a m u)ul J W m J O °20 O Z r Z J Z V)w 7 J¢ _ \ � x e w W NN ° U p ®� QJVI to WrOW did in Q) �SU OWU LJ NM �°a ),SCL ^� Ww °tea as zzo oa .x3 �o wC9 J � Otn ..-_/\.... W WWJ SW �.._, Wo HU ' 2� ( ) W°W z m m Z L u p J �o m aaz s Li I ' W w U v� �Q 0 m a a p aq Qq v, °m O 2� ® J mm wa o-O 1 �-r p i� ¢a Ww 2°v Q e m Q N I i I 0 N M °'o v W �'7 - m W z \ N N l z V) G p ry x / I ¢a Q wWa a� U;N �`` WIZ cv — W w 1- — — —I — N o o 'T 5°v, �� w CL ( N M ti 1 22 �¢ 0OW W rr .,V)O cr LL) J z z j m ! W ®® p zz � =mL mu W°o I I QW- N N 0 JwW pt�N m W W �-- NM Za d�F=- J W W =W J 4 Q _ as V)3r w Ln U ry Lo U O Cl Z W 2 �OQ t N Li U InW _..:._.1._.. m Qq=of �LLJ ZQJ J O W cl: � 2 7 O O Z N S W Z N M N°U 9 W w W_ LIP 7 to 4 o®N 2:Cl obr- Sw— r�c� i.LU-SS-ddd W�s\u.w��n,us\oow\i,o-ro\�aoe\n amn�v. `rwr uwr ar.rn irrr aa.r arrow aaiw MEMO "Now ommoo momw NWAMW vmwlr "mono ammum "now" UWM"